Perevod Behzod Nodira PDF

MINISTRY OF HIGHERAND SECONDARYSPECIAL EDUCATION
MINISTRY OF HEALTH OF THE REPUBLIC OF UZBEKISTAN
TASHKENT MEDICAL ACADEMY

DEPARTMENT OF FOLK MEDICINE, REHAB AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
«Approved»
Vice Rector foreducational work
ProfessorTeshaev.O.R
____________________
«________» _______________ 2014г.
Work program
Physiotherapy
Field of knowledge:700000 - “Health and welfare”
Field of study: 720000 — «Health»
Direction of education: 5720400 - «Stomatology»
Hours -42
Including:
Lections- 6
Practical exercises -17
Independent work- 19
Tashkent– 2014
Compilers:
Adilov.Sh.K.Associate Professor of folk medicine, rehabilitation and physical
Education TMA.
Visogorceva.O.N.Senior Lecturer of folk medicine, rehabilitation and physical

education TMA
Reviewers:
Yakubov.R.K.Professor.Departmentofsurgerystomatology.TMA.
Agzamova.Sh.A.Associate professor of ambulatory medicine and rehabilitation
, TashPMI
Work program on the subject drawn up in accordance with the curriculum in

areas of "Stomatology".Work program discussed and approved at a meeting of the
training council TMA protocol №___ from «____»____2014y.
1. Introduction
Physiotherapy - a field of medicine that studies the effects on the body

natural and artificially created physical factors used to treat patients , disease
prevention and medical rehabilitation , as well as to improve the resilience of the
human body. Recently, the dental practice is increasingly incorporated physical
treatment , which in combination with other treatments to quickly arrest the various
pathological processes in the maxillofacial area . Physical factors are mainly used
in the treatment of many dental diseases in starting phase ¬ nayuscheysya or
complete remission in inflammatory , degenerative and functional changes that are
used in organizations dispensary observation of patients in the rehabilitation of
patients after traumatic injuries of the maxillofacial region . Physical factors allow
a more accurate diagnosis of disease , to monitor the effectiveness of the treatment
.
The purpose of training:
Studying the application of natural and preformed physical factors in

outpatient and hospital for the treatment and prevention of various dental diseases,
and also features the use of physical therapy methods at various stages of
rehabilitation of sick and disabled.
Learning problem:
-study of the mechanisms of action of physiotherapy factors on the patient's
body ;
-Training students use physical factors for the treatment , prevention and
rehabilitation of patients with various oral diseases;
-mastering techniques students use natural and preformed physical factors in
medical practice of dental diseases;
-study methods of preventing relapse of chronic dental diseases and their
complications of using natural and premature factors;
-tudy differentiated application of physical factors for the primary prevention
of diseases and health of different populations
1.2.Requirements for knowledge, skills and experience
Student must know:
-indications and contraindications (general and specific) use of physiotherapy
treatments for various dental diseases;
-Basis of complex physical therapy, taking into account the main and related
diseases;
-especially physical factors and their mechanisms of action on the human
body in health and disease;
-principles of physiotherapy apparatus and safety when working with them;
-use of physical factors to improve health and fizioprevention.
Student should be able:
-choose the right physiotherapy at various dental diseases;
-determination of the optimal action of physical processes;
-give first aid for electrical accident occurs, and pathological reactions of the
organism in response to physical factors;
-to determine the order of physiotherapy;
-determine the type and dosage of special physical therapy in a number of
common therapeutic interventions (medication, diet, surgery, etc.).
Student must have the skills:
-independent performance of physiotherapy techniques;
-right to issue a prescription for physiotherapy appointment;
-prepare physiotherapy apparatus to conduct physiotherapy;
-to provide first aid for electrical accident occurs, and pathological reactions
of the organism in response to physical factors.
1.3.Intersubject communication in curriculum
Teaching of the subject based on the knowledge students basic physics,
biophysics and biochemistry of normal anatomy and physiology,
pathophysiology, pharmacology, internal medicine propaedeutics (vertical
integration). Also knowledge of physiotherapy integrated with articles such as
the faculty and hospital therapy and surgery, traumatology and orthopedics,
preventive dentistry, oral surgery, orthodontics, neurology, ENT, pediatrics
and pediatric dentistry (horizontal integration).
1.4.List of minimum practical skills that students must master
1. Determine the indications and contraindications to the use of therapeutic
physical factors .
2 . Determination of optimal physical factors .
3 . Proper design of a prescription for physical therapy appointment .
4 . Selection of physiotherapy treatments for various dental diseases.
5 . Preparing physiotherapy apparatus for the procedure .
6. Compliance with safety regulations when working with physical therapy
equipment.
7. Planning physiotherapy treatments and cottage correct recommendations to
patients .
8. Conducting physical therapy with patients.
9. First aid .
2. Academic load
Labor Volume distribution of the teaching load on
capacity lessons (per hour). Independent
(hours) Total Lections Practical lessons work(Hours)
42 23 6 17 19
3. Lections
3.1. Thematic plan of lectures
№ Hours
The lecture
1 Subject and tasks of physiotherapy. Classification of physical factors. 2
Mechanisms of action of physical factors. Indications and
contraindications.
2 Reshape the physical factors. Electrotherapy (permanent and transient 2

currents). Features of the application in dentistry.
3 Reshape the physical factors. Electrotherapy (alternating currents, 2

magnetic). Phototherapy. Ultrasoundtherapy. Features of the
application in dentistry.
Всего 6
Lecture number 1. Subject and tasks of physiotherapy. Classification of

physical factors. Mechanisms of action of physical factors. Indications and
contraindications. 2 hours.
Contents Topics: History of physiotherapy as a science. Scientific contribution of

Abu Ali Ibn Sina to the development of physiotherapy. Goals and objectives of
general and special physiotherapy. Mechanisms of therapeutic action of physical
factors. Classification physiotherapy factors. Indications and contra-indications of
therapeutic physical factors.
Lecture number 2. Reshape the physical factors. Electrotherapy (permanent

and transient currents). Features of the application in dentistry.2 hours
Content themes : Physical characteristics of galvanic current . Biophysical

processes in cells and tissues . Mechanisms of action of the DC on the human body
. Indications and contra-indications .
The notion of electrophoresis. Advantages electrophoresis. Terms of drug

administration by electrophoresis ( usually polarity). Indications and
contraindications .
Pulse currents , classification according to the shape and frequency of pulses (

electric, diadynamic currents (DDT ) , sinusoidal modulated currents (SMC ,
amplipulse ). Mechanisms of therapeutic action , indications and contraindications.
Electric pulp test , electrical stimulation . Features of the application in dentistry.
Lecture number 3. Reshape the physical factors. Electrotherapy (alternating

currents, magnetic).Phototherapy.Ultrasoundtherapy.Features of the
application in dentistry. 2 hours
Content themes : Physical description of alternating currents and electromagnetic
fields ( darsonvalization inductothermy , UHF-therapy , microwave therapy ) .
High technique therapy equipment . Mechanisms of therapeutic action of
alternating currents on the human body . Indications and contraindications to their
use . Physical characteristics of the magnetic field. Sources DC, AC , pulsed , the
"running " of the magnetic field . Mechanisms of action of magnetic fields.
Indications and contraindications for their purpose . Features of the application in
dentistry.
Ultrasoundtherapy . Characteristic physical factor . Holding ultrasound through

human tissue . Mechanisms of action . Indications, contraindications . Used
methods and doses in dentistry.
Phototherapy . Feature svetolechebnyh factors. Mechanisms of action depending

on the light emission spectrum .
Peloidotherapy , mud . Types of therapeutic muds and their composition . The

mechanisms of action , the methods , formation of the organism's response .
Indications and contraindications . Techniques for use in dentistry.
Features of paraffin and mineral wax . The mechanisms of action , the methods ,
formation of the organism's response . Indications and contraindications .
Techniques for use in dentistry.
Hydrotherapy . Hydrotherapy , balneotherapy . The mechanisms of action , the

methods of application of the outer and inner forming organism's response .
Indications and contraindications .
Integral Lecture: (horizontal integration) Introduction to physical therapy.

Application preformed physical factors with the aim of therapeutic and
prevention of dental diseases.
The lecture is designed for students of the 5th year of dental faculty. Lecturers:
Professor of therapeutic dentistry, MD Kamilov HA, assistant professor of
Traditional Medicine, Rehabilitation and fiz.vospitaniya, MD Adilov Sh.K.
Duration: 9, 10 semester.
Note: The presentation included lectures.
Literature:Basic(О). 1,2,3,4,5,6,10. Additional (D).10, 11, 14.
4.Content of practical lessons

№ № hours Content of practical lessons Literature
practical theme of
lessons the lection
1 1 6 Electrotherapy: Galvanized. О.1,2,3,4,5,
Electrophoresis. Electrosleep. 6,7,8,910,11
Diadynamic currents (currents Bernard). ,12,13.
Sinusoidally modulated currents Д.1,2,5,6,7,
Bathrooms (Amplipulse therapy). 8,9,10,11.
Features of the application in the stoma
ontology. Electric pulp test.
Electrostimulation.
Characteristics of physiotherapy factors,
mechanisms of action, physiological effects,
equipment, techniques in dentistry,
indications and contraindications, dosing.
Using techniques, "Who is the fastest who is
more", writing cluster Venn diagrams.
High-frequency and ultrohigh-frequency
therapy. Darsonvalization. Magnetic
2 2 6 therapy. Ultrasoundtherapy. Features of О.1,2,3,4,5,
the application s dentistry. 6,Д.1,3,5,8,
Characteristics of physiotherapy factors, 11,10,12.
indications and contraindications, dosing.
Using graphic organizers design techniques
"fishbone", "How?" "Why?" Methodology
"Learning Together".
Phototherapy. Aerosol. Aeroionotherapy.
Gidroaeroiono therapy. Peloidotherapy.
Characteristics of physiotherapy factors,
3 3 5 indications and contraindications, dosing. О.1,2,3,4,5,
Peloidotherapy. Types of therapeutic mud, 6,7,8,9.10,1
their composition, mechanisms of action, 1
physiological effects, methods in dentistry, Д.1,2,3,5,7,
indications and contraindications. Features 8,9,10,12,13
of paraffin and mineral wax, the
physiological response of the organism,
methods of application, indications and
contraindications. Features of the
application in dentistry.
Using graphic organizers design
methodologies and case technology
"Application of physical factors in treating
patients with arthritis of the
temporomandibular joint."
5.Independent work
№ № Theme Title of the topic of independent work and hours Literature
practical lection a brief summary
lessons
1 2 1.Electroanalgesia methods in dentistry. 2 О.1,2,3,4,5,

electric pulp test. 6,7,8,9,10,
Diadynamic, amplipulse, flyuktuorization. 11,12,13.
Mechanism of action, physiological effect Д.1,2,5,6,7,
used devices, techniques, indications and 8,9,10,11.
contra-indications, dosing.
2 Iontophoretic techniques in the
treatment of gingivitis and stomatitis.
Features of methods and the screening of
2 drugs at different stages of the disease. 2 О.1,2,3,4,5,
Mechanisms of action, equipment, 6,7,8,9,10,
techniques, indications and 11,12,13.
contraindications. Д.1,2,5,6,7,
3.Age factors aspects of physiotherapy. 8,9,10,11.
Features of the mechanisms of action of
physical factors, depending on the
patient's age. The role of physical factors
1,2,3 in the complex treatment of children. 2 О.1,2,3,4,5,
Features dosing physical factors in 6,7,8,9,10,
childhood and old age. Indications and 11,12,13.
contraindications for physiotherapy. Д.1,2,5,6,7,
8,9,10,11.
2 2 1.Application phonophoresis in the 2 О.1,2,3,4,5,
treatment of arthritis and arthrosis the 6,7,8,9.10,1
temporomandibular joint. 1
Characteristic physical factor, mechanism Д.1,2,3,5,7,
of action, physiological effects, used 8,9,10,12,13
devices, techniques, indications and
contra-indications, dosing.
1,2,3 2.Physical factors used in the treatment
of injuries and diseases of the facial
nerve.
Characteristics of physical factors, 2
mechanisms of action, special techniques
used machines, indications and
contraindications, dosing. Drafting
complex physiotherapy.
3.Application of physical factors in
1,2,3 inflammatory diseases of the 2 О.1,2,3,4,5,
maxillofacial area in the postoperative 6,7,8,9.10,
period. 11
Characteristics of physical factors, Д.1,2,3,5,7,
mechanisms of action, special techniques 8,9,10,12,13
used machines, indications and
contraindications, dosing. Drafting
4.Physical factors used in the treatment
of injuries and diseases of the trigeminal
1,2,3 nerve. 2 О.1,2,3,4,5,
Characteristics of physical factors, 6,7,8,9.10,
mechanisms of action, special techniques 11
used machines, indications and Д.1,2,3,5,7,
contraindications, dosing. Drafting 8,9,10,12,13
3 3 1. Laser therapy in dentistry. 2 О.1,2,3,4,5,

Magnitlazer, laserpuncture. Mechanism of 6,7,8,9.10,
action, physiological effect used devices, 11
techniques, indications and contra- Д.1,2,3,5,7,
indications, dosing. Features of the 8,9,10,12,13
application in the treatment of various
dental diseases.
2. The role of physical factors in the

treatment of salivary glandsdiseases. 2 О.1,2,3,4,5,
3. Application of physical therapy after
plastic and reconstructive surgery on
the maxillofacial area. 1 О.1,2,3,4,5,
6. Rating control and criteria for evaluation of knowledge and skills in the
discipline.
The main criterion of the quality of students is its rating, the term of the
current estimate and the final control.
Criterion of evaluation workshops is the current estimate, the term control of
student readiness to engage and assess the quality of the job and independent work.
Each student during practice session must perform independent
work. Subject and form an independent implementation of the student chooses.
100 points in the discipline as a whole are distributed as follows:
Number Type of control The maximum Factor Passing
score score
1. Monitoring with a view of the 50 0.5 27.5
SIW
2. The final control 50 0.5 27.5
3. TOTAL 100 1 55.0
Criteria for evaluation of the current control
Number Achievers- Rating Student's knowledge level
dependence
in%
1. 96-100% Excellent Full correct answer to questions on the
"5" classification of physical factors,
mechanisms of action, methods of
application, indications and contra-
indications.Summarizes and makes
decisions, think creatively, independently
analyzes. Situational problems are solved
correctly, with a creative approach, with
full justification response.
Actively and creatively involved in
interactive games, right to make informed
decisions and summarizes and analyzes.
Recipes writes is true, with the best
indication of dose exposure to physical
factors.
SIW prepared high quality (abstract, slides,
banner, video) with no less than 10 online
sources and literature in recent years.
2. 91-95% Full correct answer to questions on the
classification of physical factors,
mechanisms of action, methods of
application, indications and contra-
indications.Summarizes and makes
correctly, with a creative approach, with
full justification response.
Actively and creatively involved in
interactive games, right to make informed
decisions and summarizes and analyzes.
factors.
3. 86-90% Excellent Questions posed by the classification of
"5" physical factors, mechanisms of action,
contraindications to highlight enough, but
there are 1-2 errors in the response. Applies
in practice, with the matter, said
confidently, has fine views. Situational
problems are solved correctly, but the
justification answer sufficiently.
Actively involved in interactive games,
correct decisions.
factors, but there are 2-3 grammatical
errors.
4. 81-85% Good Questions posed by the classification of
"4" physical factors, mechanisms of action,
contraindications to fully covered, but there
are 2-3 inaccuracies, errors. Applies in
practice, with the matter, said confidently,
has fine views.Situational problems are
solved correctly, but the justification
answer sufficiently. Inaccuracies in solving
situational problems.
Actively involved in interactive games,
correct decisions.
factors, but there are 2-3 grammatical
errors, inaccuracies in dose. SIW prepared
high quality (abstract, slides, banner, video)
with no less than 10 online sources and
literature in recent years.
5. 76-80% Good Correct but incomplete coverage of the
"4" issue. The student knows the classification
of physical factors, mechanisms of action,
contra-indications, but not fully versed in
the mechanisms of action of physical
factors. With the matter, said confidently,
has fine views. Actively involved in
interactive games. Situational problem
gives partial solutions.
Recipes written specifying the dose
exposure to physical factors, but there are
3-4 grammatical errors, inaccuracies in
dose.
SIW prepared good quality (abstract, slides)
using at least 5-8 online sources and
6. 71-75% Good Correct but incomplete coverage of the
"4" issue. The student knows the classification
of physical factors, mechanisms of action,
contra-indications, but not fully versed in
the mechanisms of action of physical
factors, incomplete lists contraindications
to CFT in this pathology. With the matter,
said confidently, has fine views. Actively
involved in interactive games.Situational
problem gives partial solutions.
Recipes written specifying the dose
exposure to physical factors, but there are
3-4 grammatical errors, inaccuracies in
dose.
CPC prepared good quality (abstract,
slides) using at least 3-5 online sources and
7. 66-70% Satisfactorily The correct answer to half the questions
"3" posed. The student knows the classification
of physical factors, but poorly versed in
their mechanisms of action, incomplete lists
contraindications to CFT in this
pathology. With the matter, said
uncertainly, has accurate representations
only on specific issues theme.Situational
problems are solved correctly, but there is
no justification response. Student passive
when discussing SIW.
Recipes are written with an inaccurate
factors, there are grammatical errors.
8. 61-65% The correct answer to half the questions
posed. The student knows the classification
of physical factors, but poorly versed in
their mechanisms of action, incomplete lists
only on specific issues theme.Situational
no justification response.
CPC prepared satisfactorily designed
(abstract, slides) using at least 2-3 online
sources and literature in recent
years. Passive when discussing SIW.
9. 55-60% Correct answer 40% of the questions. The
student knows the classification of physical
factors, but poorly versed in their
mechanisms of action, incomplete lists
only on specific issues theme. Situational
no justification response.
CPC prepared satisfactorily designed
(abstract, slides) using at least 2-3 online
sources and literature in recent years. The
abstract mistakes, broken logical sequence
of topics subject was not
disclosed. Improper design of slides and
posters. Passive when discussing SIW.
10. 31-54% Unsatisfactory Coverage less than 40% of the questions at
"2" the wrong approach. Student does not know
the physical factors.Practically does not
understand the mechanisms of action of
physical factors, does not understand the
indications and contraindications to the
appointment of FT in this
pathology. Homework is not satisfied.
All recipes are written with blunders.
SIW performed with numerous errors,
using only 1-2 online sources and literature,
poorly framed, the student can not present
their work. Passive when discussing SIW.
11. 20-30% Unsatisfactory Students attend practical training in proper
"2" form, there is a workbook. Questions not
answers. Does not know the physical
factors and their mechanisms of action. Is
not able to prescribe physical factors on the
topic.
Homework is not satisfied. SIW is not
prepared.Passive in class.
Evaluation criteria SIW
dependence
in%
1. 86 - 100 Excellent Abstracts are made of high quality
"5" with more than 10 sources, websites
and literature of recent years. Theme
fully and comprehensively disclosed
text coherently and syntactically
correct set out. In preparing the
student essay showed a deep
knowledge and erudition. Summary
well decorated. Presentation of the
topic is composed of more than 30
well-designed slides with animation
and the use of modern
information. Stands, banners or
lamination on a given topic are made
in high quality, logically correct,
clearly and creatively decorated
theme fully disclosed.
2. 71 - 85 Good Abstracts are made of high quality
"4" using more than 3-5 sources, websites
and literature of recent years. Theme
fully and comprehensively disclosed
text coherently and syntactically
correct set out. Summary well
decorated.Presentation of the topic is
composed of well-designed more than
15-20 slides with animation and the
use of modern information. Stands,
banners or lamination on a given
topic are made in good quality,
logically correct, well decorated, fully
disclosed topic.
3. 55 - 70 Satisfactory "3" Abstracts are made using more than
2-3 sources, websites and literature of
recent years. Subject fully disclosed,
the text is logically inconsistent, there
are syntax errors.Summary well
decorated, but there are numerous
spelling errors. Presentation of the
topic is composed of 10-15 similar
slides. Student monotone and only
half presented a given topic. Stands,
banners or lamination on a given
topic performed poorly, the theme
revealed enough.
4. 54 - 0 Neudovlet-voritelno Abstract decorated bad, there are
"2" multiple errors, there is no logical
sequence, the theme revealed less
than half using materials 1-2 Internet
or literature. Presentation of the topic
is composed of at least 10 of the same
type, poorly designed slides. Student
monotone and less than half stated a
given topic. Stands, banners or
lamination on a given topic performed
poorly, the theme revealed enough,
there are numerous errors.
Criteria for evaluation of final control
dependence
in%
1. 96-100 Excellent "5" The student answers
correctly, clearly and
logically all the questions
consecutively teaching-
monitoring program.
91-95 The student answers
2. correctly, logically all the
questions consecutively
teaching-monitoring
program.Single logical
admitted minor inaccuracies
in the response.
3. 86-90 The student answers all the
questions correctly teaching-
monitoring program, but
logic is broken
consecutively.
4. 81-85 Good "4" Student on all questions
teaching-monitoring
program responds
correctly. Allowed one
minor error in the response.
5. 76-80 Student on all questions
teaching-monitoring
program responds
correctly. There are 1-2
minor errors in the response.
6. 71-75 Questions teaching-
monitoring program, the
student answers with errors
(30%), which in the course
of self-correcting response.
7. 66-70 Satisfying-voritelno "3" Questions teaching-
student answers with errors
(40%), impaired judgment
logical sequence.
student answers with
numerous errors, 45% of the
questions are the wrong
answers.
numerous errors, 55% of the
questions are the wrong
answers.
10 54 -30 Dissatisfaction-letvori- Questions teaching-
indeed "2" monitoring program, the
numerous errors, over 55%
of the questions are the
wrong answers.
11 30 or less All questions teaching-
monitoring program student
gives an incorrect answer,
there are multiple gross
violations of logical
sequence.
7. List of practical skills in the subject "Physical Therapy" :
1. Carrying out the procedure galvanizing.
2. Carrying out the procedure electrophoresis.
3. Carrying out the procedure UHF therapy.
4. Carrying out the procedure diadynamic therapy.
5. Carrying out the procedure darsonvalisation.
6. Carrying out the procedure magneto.
7. Carrying out the procedure USTherapy.
8. Carrying out the procedure infrared lamp SoLux.
9. Carrying out the procedure paraffin-ozocerite baths.
10. Carrying out the procedure to determine the individual biodose (UVR).
Criteria for assessment of practical skills
Evaluation of the practical classes is 40% of rated current control. Maximum
of 20 points.
On the subject of "Physiotherapy" every practical skill consists of 5-15 steps,
each of which is assessed separately and a total of 100 possible points.
If there are errors in the performance of the individual steps performed
incorrectly or reduced points: if improperly performed from 1 to 4 points, at
default from 5 to 15 points.
Amount of points by a factor of 0.2 multiplies.
For example: a student scored 80 points for the implementation of practical
skill, multiply by a factor of 0.2, will 80h0, 2 = 16 points.
Criteria for assessing the practical part of the lesson
The maximum 33-28 points 27-22 points 21-15 points 14 points and
score below
40-34
excellent good satisfactorily unsatisfactorily poorly
100% -86% 85% -71% 70-55% 54% -37% 36% or less
8. Forms of control knowledge, skills and abilities
Quality performance in the classroom evaluated two types of control: current
and final.
1.Current control (CC) includes an assessment of the student's knowledge and
develop their skills every day during the practice session. Grade is for the
following activities:
- An oral response to questions;
- Decision of situational problems and giving propriate recommendation;
- Implementation of practical skills;
- Assessment of knowledge using the new methods;
- Application of testingRelated lessons.
Independent work of students (SIW) - papers written by students and
yourself (abstract, slides, crossword, handouts, case studies, banner) on the
practical classes are heard, analyzed and assessed the situation in orderto the
rating control.
Self-study is organized in accordance with the "Model Regulations on the
organization, implementation and evaluation of the student's independent work"
(Order number 34 dated 21.02.2005 of the Ministry of Higher and Secondary
Special Education of the Republic of Uzbekistan, the order of the rector of the
TMA 2009)
2. Final control (IR) is conducted at the end of lectures and workshops in
accordance with the following requirements:
- To the final control students who scored at the current control 55 or more
points;
- The final inspection is carried out in the form of an objective structured
clinical examination (OBCE) using oral and written assignments;
- Final control is assessed in accordance with the position of the rating
control.
Overall rating point on the subject consists of the TC and IC. The resulting
scores are recorded in the statement and student gradebook.
Overall rating point on the subject is estimated as follows:
86.0 - 100.0 points-excellent
71.0 - 85.9 points - well
55.0 - 70.9 points - satisfactory
54.9 points and below-deficient
Monitoring of students' knowledge
1. Oral exam
2. Solving situational task
3. Oral answers on tickets
4. Practical skills
5. Interactive methods and knowledge estimation.
6.
9. Information and methodological support
Use of instructional technology
1. Usage of multimedia presentation during lessons

2. Computer developing programs
3. Slides,crosswords,graphic organizers
4. Multimedia practical lessons
5. Video-films
10. Literature:
Summary (O):
1.Bogolyubov VA "Overall physiotherapy" Moscow, 2001.
2.Ulaschik VS "Physiotherapy", Moscow, 2003.
3.Bogolyubov VA "Methods and techniques of physiotherapy," Moscow,
2001.
4.Pasynkov EI "Overall physiotherapy" (textbook for honey. Institutions)
1969.
5.Speransky AP "Tutorial physiotherapy" (for honey. Institutions) 1975.
6.Yuldashev K., Y. Kulikov "Physiotherapy" (textbook for students) in 1994.
7. "Manual Physical Therapy" under. Ed. AN Obrosova
8. "Physiotherapy Handbook", ed. IN Sosin.
9.Komarova LA, LA Blagovidova "Guidelines for physical therapies."
10.Pasynkov EI "Physiotherapy" darslik 1995. (In Uzbek. Language)
11.Pasynkov EI "Physiotherapy" darsligi 1966. (In Uzbek.Language.)
12.Yasnogorodsky VG "Electrotherapy" 1987. Medicine.
General (R)
1.Tsarfis PG, Kiselev VB "Therapeutic muds and other natural coolants" 1990.
2.Bassina VG Bergnitsky YM "Climatotherapy" Directory. Semfiropol. 1990
3.Biryukov AA "Massage satellite health" book for students 1992.
4.Korhin MA IM Rabinovich Gymnastics at home. L. Flax. Izdat. 1990.
5.Oransky IE, Ilhamdzhanova RS "Quick reference to physical therapy." g
6. "Manual Physical Therapy" under. Ed. VG Iasnogorodski M. Medicine,
1992.
7.Vorobev MG, V. Vorobyov "Physiotherapy at home" St. Petersburg, 1992
8.Ulaschik VS "Home physiotherapy" Minsk. Belarus. 1993
9.Umarova HT, Karachevtsev TV "Physiotherapy in Pediatrics", T., ed of
Avicenna, 1993
10.Larsky EG "Modern methods of electrophoresis» Review lit. 1990.
11.Soloveva TR "Magnetotherapy equipment." M. Medicine, 1991.
12.Yuldashev KY "Non-drug treatments for prevention and
rehabilitation." Sat scientific. works. TA-1994.
13.Yuldashev KY "Preformed natural and physical factors in the prevention
and rehabilitation." T. - 1991.
Foreign Literature:
1. Eckel M. Phizikoterapie 1 65. 2000

2. Consuelo T Lorenzo et al. Physical Medicine and
Rehabilitation Medscape Reference 2011 - WebMD
3. Lehrbuch K. Berlin. Phizijterapie volk 140.1988
4. Marlis Gonzalez-Fernandez, MD, PhD, Jarrod David Friedman,
MD Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Pocket Companion
5. Harrast mark, MD, Jonathan Finnoff, DO Sports Medicine Study
Guide and Review for Boards
6. Mika T. Warshava. Fizikaterapia. 460.2000
7. Sara J. Cuccurullo (Editor) Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation
Board Review 2004 - Demos Medical Publishing, 848 pp.
8. Teylor SB, Miller NH "B asic physiologic principilsrelatied to Group
exirsise programs" Fila delphiya 1990
9. Tehaxton L. "Phithiologicalpsythological and Effects of Short Term
exirsise eddiction on habitual Runners. " 1992 96.
10. Wainapel, Stanley F.; Fast, Avital (Editors) Alternative Medicine and
Rehabilitation A Guide for Practitioners 2003 - Demos Medical Publishing.
Internet sources:
http://www.medscap.com
http://www.sportsinjuryclinic.net
http://www.about. com .
http://www.healthline . com
http://www.thebiglimo.ru
http://www.medlinks.ru
http://www . ze.ru
http://www.sportmed.com
Tashkent Medical Academy
"APPROVED"
Pro-rector for Academic Affairs
Prof. Teshaev O.R.
____________________
"________" ___________2014 y.
Department of Folk Medicine, Rehabilitation and Physical Education
Subject: Physiotherapy
TECHNOLOGY TRAINING
on practical training
Related:
GALVANIZATION. ELECTROPHORESIS. LECTROSLEEP. DIADYNAMIC

CURRENTS. SINUSOIDAL MODULATED CURRENTS.
ELECTRODIAGNOSTICS. ELECTROSTIMULATION.
Guidelines for teachers and students of
Stomatological departments
Tashkent, 2014
Introduction
Physiotherapy as science, holds a strong position in the practice of health care
institutions. This circumstance requires a doctor fiziot e therapists clearly navigate
the various rows of physiotherapy meth treatment and prevention of diseases. In
this connection it is necessary billeting n tion better teaching physiotherapy as a
subject. Currently, physical therapy is considered as a field of medicine that studies
Deiss t Wier on the body natural and artificially created factors. Pieces e is
studying physiotherapy treatment are physical factors. The object of study of
physiotherapy is a person exposed to phys e Sgiach factors with curative,
preventive and rehabilitative purposes. F and zioterapiya as a specialty contained
in the list of medical specialties STAY approved by Order of the Ministry of
Health of the Uzbekistan Federation № 415n 0 7.0 7. 9 of 200
Physiotherapy is closely linked with other sciences. Molecular and Cleto h
ITATION mechanisms of therapeutic action of physical factors are the subject of a
number of sciences, natural science foundation components physiotherapy:
biophysics, biochemistry of normal and pathological physiology, immunology and
others. In this context, it becomes clear close collaboration with these departments
in terms of training medical residents. In addition, physical therapy about
inextricably linked with physical therapy as treatment, so within a single
department clinical residents have completely f OPPORTUNITIES get
comprehensive information about the rehabilitation process at various stages of
treatment.
Explanatory note.
In clinical residency (2 years) performed sovershens t Vovan practical

training doctors in physiotherapy based on knowledge and skills acquired in higher
education, improve their professional skills and readiness to work independently
on a specialty physician, physical therapist.
The aim is to develop clinical residency Qualified n tion physiotherapists,
which is capable of using e Physiotherapeutic SCIE methods to organize and
conduct a comprehensive treatment, and at the same time, develop and preventive
medicine.
Among the problems to be solved in the clinical residency, a special place
takes mastering the theoretical basis of modern physiotherapy, as well as
knowledge of the parameters n and each physical factor and methods of use, taking
into account clinical entities. In addition, physical therapy appointment must
comply with the original function of the body ionalnomu. Asp This project is
important in teaching medical residents.
Training of doctors - medical residents about usual in large tion l e chebno-
care facilities approved established order of d com as clinical databases, as well as
specialized medical cafes in the nucleus in the call.
Doctor - clinical intern performs 50% of the load of the doctor-
physiotherapist. In operation, the doctor - clinical intern meets with the
organization of physiotherapy department and office, straight and attracts to the
compilation of annual reports. During training in clinical internship doctors work
not only therapeutic, but also specializes in bathrooms of offices, including offices
in cardiology, neurology, Hira p energy and rehabilitation of the Uzbekistan
Children's Clinical Hospital, etc.
On the basis of the model curriculum based on the source of knowledge and
skills of the graduate medical school under the guidance of curator is offered an
individual training plan physician clinical intern. Subsequently, individual plan
approved at a meeting of the department. Reports on the implementation of the
individual plan are held quarterly at medical conferences with the participation of
the faculty of the department, hospital doctors and immediate supervisors. During
the passage from clinical ordinate structure upon wasps have schestvlenii F
unctions doctor, resident has the rights and is responsible for his Deiss t tions on a
par with physicians working independently. Administratively doctor about wearing
t - p obeys clinical intern at Mandership at the department and at the base of
medical chrezhdeniya.
At the end of the first academic year conducted clinical validation of pq and
Natori, which is discussed in the implementation of therapeutic heating dressings,
and carried out monitoring of theoretical knowledge and practical skills of elliptic
p ordinator.
At the end of the second year of residency Bp Achi pass the Final exam s
tion, which formalized protocol. With positive results and minute examination of
clinical interns are awarded the qualification of the doctor-physiotherapist and
specialist certificate issued established image and c.
Qualification characteristics.
Competence requirements for doctors by specialty "F izioter and Pius":

General requirements for education specialist.
Specialist, educated:
- A holistic repose of the processes and phenomena occurring in ing I animate
and inanimate nature, knowledge of the basic steps and trends of history and
physical processes of cultural history and its main achievements;
- Participates in the formation of a democratic legal state in the state,
management and organization of medical care;
- uses modern methods of scientific knowledge, the organization specifically
to Mr. sociological research, tools and methods of pedagogical influence on
personality, knowledge of the general and specific features of ps and hiki rights;
- Applies knowledge of foreign languages and Latin for professional s tion
communication;
- Maintains and promotes a healthy lifestyle, meaning classes Financials e
tion culture and sports for health;
- Owns the mathematical methods of solving professional tasks and working
with computers;
- Uses knowledge of the basic physical, chemical, biological and
physiological principles, processes and phenomena in health and disease, and also
works with medical diagnostic equipment;
- Apply knowledge of the structure, topography and development of cells,
tissues and org and new systems of the body in relation to their function in normal
and pathological energy, the characteristics of organism and population levels of
organization of life;
- Uses knowledge of the basic characteristics and forms of drugs, their
classification, f armakokinetiki, indications and contraindications for
nazanacheniyu and use for prevention and treatment, clearance retse n Comrade;
- conducts microbiological and immunological diagnostics etc and my main s
antibacterial, antiviral and biological pr e formulations.
Requirements on overall humanitarian and socio-economic Discitis n Lynam:
Requirements (federal component) for the compulsory minimum soda p Jania
and level of training of high school graduates over the cycle "Common g in
manitarnye and socio-economic disciplines" approved Goskomv at Zom Russia
August 18, 1993 and published in the Bulletin of the State Committee for Higher
Education number 1 for 1993
Requirements for the natural sciences:
Specialist in their professional activities should apply knowledge:
- Basic laws of physics, physical phenomena and processes, devices and
destination of medical equipment;
- The chemical nature of the substances, chemical phenomena and processes;
- The theoretical foundations of computer science, data collection, storage,
processing, pa with propagation of information, and the use of computers in health
care.
Requirements for biomedical disciplines:
The specialist must know and apply the knowledge in their professional
activities:
- General laws of the origin and evolution of life, the activities of the body
and the laws of genetics;
- Chemical nature of the substances; chemical phenomena and processes and
org anism, classification and basic characteristics of drugs;
- Structure, development and individual characteristics of the human body in
health and disease;
- Of the functioning of individual organs and systems, their pe gulyatsii and
self-regulation in health and disease;
- Morphology and physiology of microorganisms and their effects on health h
e rights.
Requirements for health-care disciplines:
The specialist should be able to:
- To organize and provide curative and preventive and anti-epidemic aid to
the population, taking into account the socio-sional profiles and age-sex structure;
- To organize and participate in the preventive, sanitary and anti-epidemic
measures and iCal;
- To carry out environmental impact assessment and environmental
forecasting of human activity; - Analyze and evaluate the health status of our e
tion, the impact of environmental factors on it and working environment, and
health care and honors.
Requirements for general professional clinical disciplines:
In surgical disciplines, obstetrics and gynecology, pediatrics, as well as on
other clinical disciplines and courses, a specialist must be formed but w doctor's
behavior and the fundamentals of clinical thinking, and the ability to ensure that
the solution of professional problems and e ca tion algorithm delivery of medical
medical care in emergency and life-threatening conditions, prevention, diag on
Stick, treatment and rehabilitation of patients with pathological processes in B with
topics:
- Respiratory;
- Cardiovascular;
- The digestive system;
- Blood and blood bodies;
- Skin and subcutaneous tissue;
- Musculoskeletal and joint;
- Connective and urinary;
- Nervous;
- Psychic;
- Endocrine glands;
- Immune;
- Reproductive;
- Organs of vision;
- Ear, nose and throat.
Physiotherapist should:
- Know the basics of the law to protect public health, to know the structure
and the basic principles of health, rights and obligations corresponding to t
liability, own planning and analysis of their work, with the principles of
cooperation with other professionals and services (physiotherapy, with about cial
service management , insurance medicine in health care, assistant dissociation of
doctors, etc.);
- Know and respect the principles of medical ethics and deontology.
Physiotherapist must master the following activities and corresponding with
them about personal problems:
1.Osnovy prevention, diagnosis, treatment and rehabilitation of patients with
the most common diseases.
2.Okazanie emergency medical emergency.
3.Organizatsionnaya work.
The main tasks of the first activity
"Fundamentals of prevention, diagnosis, treatment and rehabilitation of
patients with the most common diseases"
Physiotherapist should be able to independently:
- Inspect and evaluate data and physical examination Pats cient;
- Develop a plan for laboratory, instrumental examination;
- Be able to interpret the results of analyzes of blood, urine, sputum, w e
ludochnogo juice, duodenal study electrophysiological, alcohol on the graphics,
ergometric and other research methods;
- On the basis of clinical training in internal medicine, surgery, neurology,
traumatology and orthopedics, pediatrics, obstetrics and gynecology, as well as on
special subjects and other courses at the doctor-physiotherapist should be formed
physician's behavior and the fundamentals of clinical thinking, as well as skills and
skills, ensuring the solution of professional problems and e ca tion algorithm of
medical practice medical assistance in emergency and life-threatening conditions.
- The doctor should own principles and methods of prevention, diagnosis,
treatment of patients with the most common diseases, as required for conductivity
organizes doobsledovanie, consultation with other specialists, hospitalization of
patients. He is rehabilitating patients with pathologic processes of logical systems:
cardiovascular, respiratory, and new org musculoskeletal, digestive disorders and
exchange e substances, mocheobrazovatelnoy and urinary, nervous, mental, w e
climbed internal secretion, reproductive immune, eyes, ear, nose and throat.
Physiotherapist should know the basics of good nutrition and vit and
minizatsii population methodology for physiotherapy, kinesotherapy, massage
tailored to the individual reactions to them, determine the dosage depending on the
condition of the patients, disease characteristics and functional disorders of the
profile of patients, respectively.
The main tasks of the second activity
"Emergency medical / emergency / medical care."
Physiotherapist should be able to self-diagnose and ca shows and emergency
(emergency) Prehospital and identify tactics for continued care at the following w
ing urgent conditions: shock (anaphylactic, toxic, traumatic and iCal, hemorrhagic,
cardiogenic, etc .) fainting; collapse; coma (an e nomic, hypoglycaemia m FRESH,
diabetic, brain, liver, of unknown etiology); acute respiratory failure; laryngeal
edema, false croup; asthmatic status; angioedema; open, valve closed
pneumothorax, pulmonary embolism; congestive heart failure; gipert of technical
crisis; angina, myocardial infarction; colic; e of bleeding; renal colic; urinary
retention; phimosis, paraphimosis; acute poche h tion failure; concussion,
contusion / compression of the brain; "Acute abdomen"; cerebral stroke, cerebral
circulatory dynamic of e; pulmonary edema; brain edema; convulsive status
epilepticus status; chemical and thermal burns; frostbite; electric shock, lightning,
heat and sunstroke; poisoning; drowning, strangulation; ne relomy bones, sprains,
bruises, wounds, sprains; clinical death.
The main tasks of the third activity
"Implementation of medical manipulations."
Physiotherapist should be able to independently perform the following
manipulations:
All kinds of injection; blood group, Rh factor express method, individual and
biocompatibility of blood; holding and decryption ECG; stop external bleeding;
pneumatic, spirometry, spirography; bladder catheterization; gastric lavage w e;
manipulation to provide emergency assistance (intracardiac ENTER NO ting drugs
artificial respiration "mouth to mouth" and "mouth-to-nose" cleaning methods
upper airway aspiration fluid chest compressions, defibrillation, tracheostomy
(surgical procedures); primary surgical treatment of wounds, removing stitches,
burn treatment on the surface of n, infected wounds, applying soft bandages,
reposition the pin and Hove, transport immobilization in fractures of limbs, pelvis,
n of vertebral, removing superficial foreign bodies, abscess lancing, felon,
abscesses; skills and manipulation used in meteorology is not - a study of motor
qualities (posture, muscle tone, contralateral to the tour, muscle atrophy), to
determine the sensitivity, s survey tendon reflexes tion, assessment coordination.
The main tasks of the fourth activity
"Organising"
Physiotherapist should know the demographic and medical and social
characteristics of the district population, city, region, republic, where he works. In
accordance with this characteristic it is:
- Takes part in the promotion of medical knowledge, building on rovogo
lifestyle, nutrition, and hygiene education in a variety of food groups, the sick and
the disabled;
- Makes recommendations on hardening involved in physical molecules s ture
and sports;
- Attracts heads of agencies and businesses, health care facilities, trade s tion
and other public organizations, patients to actively participate in prov e Denia
therapeutic and rehabilitation activities;
- Organizes full range of diagnostic and therapeutic rehabilitation measures
involving, if necessary, special and sheets;
- Participates jointly with the social welfare and charity services in the
organization of rehabilitative care for the chronically ill and the disabled;
- Examines temporary disability of patients, eg in lennyh on VTEK defines
indications for employment, translated oble g tained working conditions,
sanatorium treatment;
- Organizes medical and psychological rehabilitation services patsie n there
considering health, motor activity and age of wasps singularities;
- Analyzes the health status of patients, leading accounting and reporting
medical records.
Knowledge, skills and abilities / manipulation / specialty.
Physiotherapy dental disease includes theoretical

Skuju and practical training medical students on this
discipline to the extent necessary for the development of the specialty
"dentists
ergy ", submitted by the State Educational Standards
higher education (Moscow, 2000).
All the principles of teaching physiotherapy dental disease
tions made on the basis of the educational standard
higher education on a specialty 040400 (060105.65)
"Dentistry" (Moscow, 2000), which states that "based on the standard
copper-
Ch'ing universities develop vocational education programs and
curricula specialty 040400 (060105.65) "Dentistry", establishes
vayut their assessments of the quality system of training students.
Perform ...
requirements of this Standard entitles medical schools of the Uzbekistan
Federation on the Member
government support for their activities and the issuance of diploma of
the doctor. "
1.2.PURPOSE AND OBJECTIVES OF TRAINING
The purpose of teaching - to give knowledge of the mechanisms of
therapeutic action of physical
factors principles and methods of their application and dosing at
different
dental diseases. To familiarize students with the basic and Naib-
most promising areas of modern physiotherapy and medical
tion of rehabilitation, physiotherapy equipment with modern,
application
ucts used in dentistry.
Objectives of teaching:
- Retain new knowledge bases and biophysical mechanisms of
therapeutic action
natural and artificial physical factors at different dentists
cal diseases;
- To teach the essential indications and contraindications to the use of
physical
Sgiach factors with medical rehabilitation and prophylactic purposes
at various dental diseases;
- Introduce rules making recipes from physiotherapy
dental diseases;
- To teach the techniques of, parameters, and the basics of dosing
collab-
stimosti various physical treatment modalities in dentistry;
- To teach the use of physical methods of treatment in dentistry, taking
into account
pathological process maxillofacial area;
- Consolidate practical skills for the physical therapy proce-
dures in dentistry.
Features of your course of study physiotherapy dental Zabo-
eases is to study the mechanisms of therapeutic action and methods of
use
Page 6
6
of natural resources and natural and artificial factors, the formulation
the major indications and contraindications to their use in somatology.
Teaching a course of physiotherapy inter-dental diseases
Greer with knowledge gained from the theoretical and health
biological departments.
Main method of studying physiotherapy dental disease
tions are workshops and lectures. Practical training on physio-
treatment of dental diseases consist of a discussion of the theoretical
issues, the development of devices and physical therapy equipment,
dosing and independent conduct medical procedures used
in dental patients.
Students are given lectures on modern understanding of the mechanisms
therapeutic action of physical factors, principles and methods of their
use
dosing and at various dental diseases. Relationship with
the basic principles of the organization of medical rehabilitation.
Monitoring is carried out by the students' knowledge of the input
control
survey solutions situational problems, offsetting (at the end of the
cycle), those-
stirovaniya (computer and written).
Integrative communication
Teaching general physiotherapy based on the knowledge of students,
obtained by theoretical Dept., propaedeutics internal
disease and dental disease; courses that provide knowledge about
methods
dah treatment and prevention (enhancers, massage, physical therapy,
rehab).
Integration is based on the principle of continuity of knowledge
tions obtained on the base of theoretical and clinical departments that
up-
attained through regular coordination between educational material
kafed-
ramie.
LIST OF CHAIRS, in which students gain a basic knowledge
STUDY OF INTERNAL MEDICINE
Physics
Pharmacology
Propedevtika internal
these diseases
LFK
Rehab
Dental
pro-
diseases
Page 7
7
1.3.CURRICULUM
workshops and lectures
Physiotherapy dental diseases
5 th year dental faculty
Volume discipline and kinds of study
Number
p/p
Type of educational work
Total hours
Semester
1
Total labor discipline
102
9
2
Classroom training, including:
68
9
2.1
Lectures
4
9
2.2
Practical (laboratory)
classes
64
9
3
Independent work
34
9
4
View the final control
(Tests, exams)
offset
9
9 semester (19 weeks.) - 8 practical exercises; 2 lectures on-one
physiotherapy
matologicheskih diseases.
Total: 8 practical exercises; 2 lectures.
Thematic plan of lectures
1. Physiotherapy carious lesions of hard tissues of teeth and tooth
decay.
Electroanesthesia in dentistry. Physiotherapy pro-inflammatory
processes and traumatic injuries of the maxillofacial region.
2. Physiotherapy pulpit. Physiotherapy and periodontal diseases steam
Dont, diseases of the oral mucosa, nerve diseases
face and TMJ.
Topics workshops
1. Physiotherapy carious lesions of hard tissues of teeth and tooth
decay.
Electroanesthesia in dentistry.
2. Physiotherapy inflammatory processes of the maxillofacial region.
3. Physiotherapy traumatic injuries of the maxillofacial region.
4. Physiotherapy pulpitis and periodontitis.
5. Physiotherapy periodontal disease.
6. Physiotherapy diseases of the oral mucosa.
7. Physiotherapy diseases nerves of the face
Explanatory note.

medicine.
in cardiology, neurology, Hira p energy and rehabilitation of the Uzbekistan
p ordinator.

communication;
with computers;
care.
activities:
health and disease;
e rights.
measures and iCal;
topics:
- Respiratory;
- Cardiovascular;
- Nervous;
- Psychic;
- Endocrine glands;
- Immune;
- Reproductive;
- Organs of vision;
doctors, etc.);
manipulations:
References
1. EckelM. Phizikoterapie 165. 2000
2. Consuelo T Lorenzo et al. Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Medscape
Reference 2011 – WebMD
4. Marlis Gonzalez-Fernandez, MD, PhD, Jarrod David Friedman, MD
Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Pocket Companion
5. Mark Harrast, MD, Jonathan Finnoff, DO Sports MedicineStudy Guide
and Review for Boards
7. Sara J. Cuccurullo (Editor)Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Board
Review 2004 - Demos Medical Publishing, 848 pp.
8. Teylor S.B., Miller N.H. “Basic physiologic principils relatied to Group
exirsise programs” Filadelphiya 1990
9. Tehaxton L. “Phithiological and psythological effects of short term
exirsiseeddiction on habitual runners.” 1992 96.
10.Wainapel, Stanley F.; Fast, Avital (Editors)Alternative Medicine and
RehabilitationA Guide for Practitioners2003 - Demos Medical Publishing.
Интернет источники:
www.doktor.ru,
www.medinfo.home.ml.org
www.pubmed.com, www.sportmed,ru
http://www.guideline.gov/index.asp
http://www.klinrek.ru/cgibin/mbook,
http://www.rusmedserv.com
http://www.eurasiahealth.org,
http://www.medscape.com,
http://www.pubmedcentral.nih.gov
www.alhealth.com, www.docguide.com, www.healthweb.com,www.acsm.org,
www.apta.org,www.sportsmed.org,www.jphysiol.org
www.physsportmed.com, www.sportsmedicine.com
The technology of training is discussed and confirmed on therapeutic section CMC
of the Tashkent medical academy № ____ from _________ 2014
The chairman of the prof. phD Karimov M. Sh.
Composers: the senior teacher Badalova

The technology of training is confirmed:
At faculty meeting № ______ from __________ 2014
The technology of training is discussed and confirmed on therapeutic section CMC

of the Tashkent medical academy № ____ from _________ 2014
The chairman of the prof. phD Karimov M. Sh.

Introduction
1. Introduction.
Medical control is important in the scientific substantiation of the theory and

practice of physical education. Its task is constant selection, medical
examination and monitoring of persons engaged in physical culture and
sports. Together with a range of other scientific disciplines: physiology,
biochemistry and health exercise, sports traumatology - medical control is
sports medicine. As a scientific discipline, medical control is an independent
branch of medical science that studies the state of health, physical
development and functionality of the persons regularly engaged in physical
exercises and sports.
1.1. Purpose and objectives of teaching.
Purpose of teaching:
To promote the efficient use of means and methods of physical education to
promote health, improve physical development and physical fitness of workers in
our country. To teach determine the functional status of a person, the impact of
physical activity on the body for the prevention any deseases among population.
Teach an opinion on the functional status of various organs and systems involved
in sports activities. To consolidate and deepen the knowledge of the physical
performance and how they are measured, MEDICAL - pedagogical monitoring of
persons engaged in physical culture and sports for the health of population. To
teach healthy life-style.
Pedagogical objectives:
- systematic medical monitoring and MEDICAL - pedagogical supervision for
athletes and athletes during training and competition;
- health-care provision of training and competition sites, mass participation of

sports events;
- prevention and treatment of sports injuries, pathological conditions, diseases;
- consultation in the field of physical culture and sports;
- a teaching guide to medical control cabinets and work a common network of

medical institutions for physical culture and sports;
- health education and advocacy among the population
1.2.Requirements for knowledge, skills of students
During obtaining knowledge of subject of “Physiotherapy, Medical control

and MTO” The student must know:
• disclose the contents of the subject of sports medicine and medical monitoring
tasks;
• talk about the kinds of medical examination of athletes and athletes for their
performance;
• list the criteria for evaluating physical development;
• to give an opinion about the physical development on the basis of data collected;
• describe the means and methods of correction of physical development.
• give an idea of the functional state of the organism;
• to classify functional quizs used in medical control;
• talk about the impact of physical activity on the human body;
• list respiratory quizs;
• list vegetative quizs;

• list the types of hemodynamic response to exercise;
• to give an opinion on the functional state of the organism on the basis of these
quizs.
• give an idea of the physical performance of the body;
• give an idea of the MTO;
• talk about medical groups for persons engaged in physical culture and sports;
• list contraindications for physical training;
• list the major diseases and pathological conditions requiring special attention in
physical education and sport;
• list prepathological and pathological conditions in athletes with irrational use of

physical exertion;
• give an opinion on the Fed's body on the basis of these quizs.
The student should be able to:
- perform practical skills: hold somatoscopic study independently make

anthropometric measurements, medical and fill checklist athletes and
sportsmen
- perform practical skills: conduct functional quizs, complete medical checklist

- athletes and sportsmen.
- perform practical skills: conduct functional quizs to determine the Fed's

complete medical checklist - athletes and sportsmen.
1.3. Intra and Interdisciplinary communication
Teaching the subject of medical control is based on the knowledge students the
basics of normal anatomy and physiology, pathophysiology, propaedeutics internal
medicine, biostatistics (vertical integration). Also knowledge of the topic
integrated with therapy, hygiene of children and adolescents, physical therapy and
traumatology (horizontal integration).
1.4. Minimum of skills that student must know:

2. disclose the contents of the subject of sports medicine and medical
monitoring tasks;
3. talk about the kinds of medical examination of athletes and athletes for
their performance;
4. list the criteria for evaluating physical development and to give an

opinion about the physical development on the basis of data collected;
5. describe the means and methods of correction of physical development

and give an idea of the functional state of the organism;
6. to classify functional quizs used in medical control and to give an

opinion on the functional state of the organism on the basis of these
quizs.
7. talk about medical groups for persons engaged in physical culture and
sports;
8. list contraindications for physical training;
9. list the major diseases and pathological conditions requiring special

attention in physical education and sport;
1.5. Control of students knowledge
Practical exercises are conducted in specialised classrooms and offices of the

department. Classes are provided with necessary visual material, the number of
students in the clinical group is 8-15 human rights. During the training session,
students pass the entrance quiz (interview), alone and with the participation of the
teacher solve their tasks on the mastery of knowledge and skills acquisition, are
accountable for their educational work in class. At the end of class students are
encouraged to solve some situational problems or get quized.
According to the results of training activities in accordance with the students on the
se-lected points, by the decision of the department, may be exempted from the
swipe of final certification with setting them credit.
Final certification of students includes three phases: quizing, interviewing and

quizing of practical skills.
1.6. Using pedagogical technologies
During the training session, students use many interesting pedagogical methods
as clasters, scanword etc., also they pass the entrance quiz (interview), alone
and with the participation of the teacher solve their tasks on the mastery of
knowledge and skills acquisition, are accountable for their educational work in
class. At the end of class students are encouraged to solve some situational
problems or get quized.
The program on medical control, medical physical training and

physiotherapy. It is intended for mediko-preventive, medical, stomatologic
faculties on the basis of the state educational standard. The program is directed on
increase of medical training and level of knowledge of physiotherapy, physical
rehabilitation and medical control.
The purpose and subject problem
The training purpose - improvement and strengthenings of health of the population,

improvement of quality of medicine and realisation of preventive measures.
Training of treatment of patients with various diseases in the conditions of hospital,
sanatorium and polyclinics, the prevention of complications and use of physical
and medical physical training with a view of preventive maintenance.
Strengthening of health of the population and improvement of adaptation to
conditions of life. Training of an estimation of physical development of sportsmen
and physical training in medical control, a functional condition of an organism, a
condition of the basic systems of an organism, physical activity action on an
organism, responses from an organism.
The subject purposes:
- Training of the mechanism of influence of physical processes, treatment at

various diseases, the prevention of complications and application of
measures directed on resistance increase.
- Training of treatment of various diseases and organism improvement, having

made a high-grade complex in rehabilitation.
- Training of mechanisms of influence of physical exercises on an organism,

treatment at various diseases, preventions of complications and application
of measures directed on increases of resistance of an organism.
- Training to a choice and a way of application of procedures, means and forms

in treatment and rehabilitation.
- Training of rules of medical inspection for a various contingent of the
population, their physical training and adaptation to sports exercises.
- Training of an estimation of influence of physical exercises on strengthening

of health of the population and improvement of adaptation to social and
household To conditions.
Requirements to knowledge of students in a subject and skills.
In the course of subject studying «medical control, medical physical training

and physiotherapy» the bachelor should know:
- Methods of definition of working capacity of an organism, independently

to spend and anthopometry, independently to spend functional quizs and on
the basis of these given to be able to estimate a condition cardiovascular,
respiratory, vegetative nervous Systems, the mechanism of action of
physical exercises, indications and contra-indications TPT, treatment and
form TPT methods. To make a complex of gymnastic exercises, considering
the basic and collateral diseases, correctly to choose means TPT, to equip
rooms TPT, first-aid treatment, correctly to appoint physiotherapeutic
procedures at various diseases, to define optimum influence of physical
procedures, filling of a sanatorium card, first-aid treatment at by-effects of
physiotherapeutic procedures.
- Methods of an estimation of a physical condition of sportsmen, the basic

ways of medical control at prophylactic medical examination, responses to
spent physical exercises to sort sportsmen by medical groups, mechanisms
of influence of physical exercises, indications and contra-indications TPT,
kinds and means TPT, treatment and form TPT methods. To make a
complex of gymnastic exercises, considering the basic and collateral
diseases, correctly to choose means TPT, to equip rooms TPT, first-aid
treatment, correctly to appoint physiotherapeutic procedures at various
diseases, to observe safety precautions, principles of work of
physiotherapeutic devices.
- Independently to give medical certificate and to fill a medical card, rules of

carrying out of physical exercise for persons of the basic, preparatory and
special groups, planning TPT by the patient and correctly to recommend,
conduct individual lessons with patients, estimations of adequacy and
efficiency of spent physical exercises, to define problems and sequence of
action TPT in a rehabilitation stage in polyclinic and hospital, independently
to carry out physical exercises, correctly and competently to write out
recipes on physiotherapeutic treatment.
Intra and Interdisciplinary communication of subject
Performing the program of curriculum is based on the knowledge students

the basics of normal anatomy and physiology, pathophysiology, propaedeutics
internal medicine, biostatistics (vertical integration). Also knowledge of the topic
integrated with therapy, hygiene of children and adolescents, physical therapy and
traumatology (horizontal integration).
Significance in health concerns.
Preventive orientation of domestic medicine requires physicians of all specialties,

whose extensive use of physical exercises and other means of physical training as
to the restoration of the population and improve its performance, and for the
prevention and treatment of various diseases.
Therefore crucial in the preparation of future physicians is a basic knowledge of

physical therapy and sports medicine, as important elements of non-
pharmacological prevention and treatment of various diseases and health
promotion.
Modern informations and technologies for teaching
During the training session, students use many interesting pedagogical

methods as clasters, scanword etc., also they pass the entrance quiz (interview),
alone and with the participation of the teacher solve their tasks on the mastery of
knowledge and skills acquisition, are accountable for their educational work in
class. At the end of class students are encouraged to solve some situational
problems or get quized
Study time: 5:00
Structure of the training I. Introduction

sessions
II. The main part:
1. Theoretical 2.analytic
3.practic 4.independent work of students
III. Final (resultant) part
The purpose of the training session : to consolidate and deepen the knowledge of
continuous and pulsed currents, develop skills writing prescriptions for physiotherapy
and their practical implementation.
Pedagogical objectives: Learning outcomes:
• Fix a general idea of galvanizing The student should be able to:

electrophoresis electrodream, diadynamic
currents sinusoidally modulated currents;  give a classification of continuous
and pulsed currents;
• organize knowledge about the mechanisms of  tell us about the mechanisms of
therapeutic action of these physical factors on therapeutic action of the studied
the patient's body and for their application; physical factors on the patient's
body;
• consolidate and extend the knowledge of
 list the indications and
indications and contraindications (public and
contraindications (public and
private) for the destination data physical factors;
private) for the destination data
• the application of these techniques to parse physical factors;
physiotherapy and demonstrate;  application of these techniques to
characterize the physical
• To develop skills to conduct prescribing
treatments.
physiotherapy;
The graduate should be able to:
• To develop skills to work with physical therapy
 perform practical skills:
equipment, independent of physical treatments in
prescription for holding
compliance with safety regulations;
galvanizing electrophoresis,
• develop skills in organizing, comparing, DDT-therapy amplipulse therapy
summarizing, and analyzing information; and independently carry out
physiotherapy.
develop communication skills
Training Methods Brainstorming; machinery: Graphic

Organizer - cluster.
Forms of educational activity Individual work, group work, team.
Learning Tools Manuals, training materials, set of

physioequipment, slides, markers,
sheets of A3, A4.
Methods and feedback means Quiz, test, presentation of the results

of solving situational problems,
making clusters, evaluation of
development of practical skills.
Stages of work, Contents of activity

time 5:00
Teacher Students
1st stage 1. Tells subject, purpose and planned Listen, write, update,
learning outcomes. Familiar with the plan ask questions.
Introduction to the
and features of the training session.
training session
2. Describes key categories and concepts
25 min on this topic.
3. Reported indicators and evaluation
criteria of academic work in class.
Stage 2 - 4 hours 1. Conducts a quiz to identify the source Answer questions.
of students' knowledge on the topic:
Main:
 Classification of physical factors.
Theoretical part  The main mechanisms of action of
FF: neuro-humoral reflex (general,
(1 hour) non-specific) and specific (local).
 Indications and contraindications for
general physiotherapy.
 Electric current: concept, physical
characteristics, types of currents (DC,
AC and pulse).
2. Parses the mechanisms of therapeutic
action of constant and pulse currents on the
patient, methods of their application in
dentistry, indications and contraindications
private.
3. Students are encouraged to discuss the
advantages of electrophoresis method of
"brainstorming."
4. Divides the students into groups.
Reminiscent of rules and regulations in a Participate in
group discussion. discussions, ask
5. Gives the task: questions, outline,
 Proposed to solve situational specify.
problems. Conduct and discuss the
results of individual work in mini- Participate in
groups; discussions, ideas
 Prepare for the presentation. serve, record,
6. Coordinates, advises, directs the evaluate.
learning activities. Examines and evaluates
Divided into groups.
Analytical part the results of individual work: sheets
(2:00) analyzing the situation.
7. Demonstrates physiotherapy equipment:
"Potok-1", "DDT-30", "AF", a technique of
physiotherapy. Perform the learning
8. Organize the implementation of task.
students' practical skills.
Present the results of

the group work.
Conduct
physiotherapy.
The practical part
(1 hour)
3rd stage 1. An opinion on the subject, focusing Listen.

students on the main reports on the
A Final-result-ing Conduct self-esteem,
importance of the work done for future
interassessment. Ask
20 min professional careers.
questions. Opine.
2. Commends the work of groups and
individual students, summarizes
interassessment. Analyzes and evaluates the
degree of achievement of lesson. Gives the Recorded
task to prepare for the next lesson. assignment.
Subject: Galvanizing. Electrophoresis. Electrosleep. Diadynamic currents.
Sinusoidally modulated currents. Electrodiagnostics. Electrostimulation.
1. Venue classes: Department of Medical Rehabilitation third TMA Clinic, a

physiotherapy clinic 1st TMA.
2. Duration of the theme observation: Hours - 6.

3. Purpose of the study: to consolidate and deepen the knowledge of continuous
and pulsed currents, develop skills writing prescriptions for physiotherapy and
their practical implementation.
4. Pedagogical objectives:
 fix a general idea of galvanizing electrophoresis electrodream, diadynamic
currents sinusoidally modulated currents;
 systematize the knowledge of the mechanisms of therapeutic action of these
physical factors on the patient's body and for their application;
 consolidate and extend the knowledge of indications and contraindications
(public and private) for the destination of the data of physical factors in
patients;
 application of these techniques to parse physical treatments for various
diseases and demonstrate;
 develop the skill of writing prescriptions for carrying out physiotherapy;
 develop the skill of working with physical therapy equipment, independent of
physical treatments in compliance with safety regulations;
 develop skill ordering, comparing, summarizing, and analyzing information;
 develop communication skills
5. Learning outcomes
 give a classification of continuous and pulsed currents;

 tell us about the mechanisms of therapeutic action of the studied physical
factors on the patient's body;
 list the indications and contraindications (public and private) for the destination
of the data of physical factors in patients;
 describe the application of these techniques in the physiotherapy clinic.
 Know the equipment on these factors.
 perform practical skills - holding a prescription for galvanization,

electrophoresis, DDT-therapy amplipulse therapy and independently carry out
physiotherapy.
6. Methods and techniques of teaching
Brainstorming; machinery: Graphic Organizer - cluster.
7. Learning Tools
Manuals, training materials, set physioequipment, slides, markers, banners, sheets
of A3, A4.
8. Form of study
Individual work, group work, team.
9. Terms of education
Audience ratings conditions for working in groups.
10. Monitoring and assessment

Oral control: checklists, perform educational tasks in groups.
Written control: checklists, prescribing medications, test solution and situational

problems.
11. Motivation
Physical environmental factors involved in the creation of life on earth and
contributed to the evolutionary development of the animal world, including man, have
become integral components of its ecosystem. They provide for a normal life
processes and are necessary to maintain a high level of functioning. Physical factors
have a different effect on the body, have a stimulating, analgesic, anti-inflammatory,
absorbing, reparative and regenerative effects.
Application of physical factors in the complex treatment and rehabilitation of

diseases improves the effectiveness of drug therapy, reduces recovery time, prolongs
the period of remission, reduces pill burden on the patient.
Physical factors are widely and successfully used in the practice of treating various
diseases, which necessitates in-depth study of medical students and teaching faculty.
12. Interdisciplinary communication and Intra

Teaching the topic is based on the knowledge students basic physics, biophysics
and biochemistry of normal anatomy and physiology, pathophysiology, Internal
Medicine propaedeutics (vertical integration). Also knowledge of the topic integrated
with therapy and surgery (horizontal integration).
13. Contents of the lesson

13.2. Theoretical part
DC currents.
Galvanization
Galvanising - therapeutic use of a constant electric current of low power (up to
50mA) and low voltage (up to 80).
Under the action applied to the tissue of the external electric field occurs therein
conduction current. Positively charged particles (cations) move toward the negative
pole (cathode), and negatively charged (anions) - to the positively charged pole (anode).
Approaching the metal plate electrode, ions regain their outer electron shell (lose their
charge) and turn into atoms with high chemical activity (Electrolysis) . Interacting
with water, these atoms form the products of electrolysis. By the anode is formed acid
(HCl), and a cathode - alkali (KOH, NaOH).
Products of electrolysis are reactive substances and in sufficient concentration can

cause chemical burns underlying tissues. To prevent it by electrodes placed water-soaked
gasket that allows to achieve an adequate dilution of the reactive compounds.
The current density is determined by the conductivity and strength of the

electromagnetic field depends on the conductivity of the tissues. Due to the low
conductivity of the skin motion of charged particles in the underlying tissue is mainly
the excretory ducts of the sweat glands and hair follicles - the least - through the
intercellular spaces of the epidermis and dermis. In deeper tissues maximum conduction
current density observed in body fluids: blood, urine, lymph, interstitial, perineural
spaces. Note that the conductivity of tissue increases when shifts the acid base
equilibrium resulting from inflammatory edema, congestion, etc.
Movement of the ions under the influence of a constant electric current causes a
change in the ratio of normal cells and the intercellular space. Such dynamics of ionic
situation particularly affects plasmolemma excitable tissues, changing their
polarization. However, it should be noted that the threshold sensitivity of nerve fibers
to the constant current is minimal when compared with other types of currents.
Cathode under the action of DC occurs first reduction of the resting potential at a
constant critical level of depolarization (DFP) excitable membranes. It is due to
inactivation of voltage-gated ion channels and potassium leads to partial depolarization of
excitable membranes (physiological catelectrotone). However, with prolonged
exposure of current occurs, and inactivation of voltage-gated sodium ion channels, which
leads to a positive displacement ASCs excitability and reduced tissue. Under the anode
voltage-activated potassium occurs ion channels.
As a result, increases the value at a constant resting potential ASCs, which leads to
partial hyperpolarization of excitable membranes (saline anelectrotone ).
Subsequently, due to the negative bias DFP associated with the elimination of a certain
number of stationary inactivation of sodium channels of excitable tissues increases.
Along with the movement of the ion alters the electrical current and the permeability
of biological membranes increases passive transport through these large protein
molecules (ampholytes) and other substances (the phenomenon electrodiffusion).
Furthermore, an electric field arises in the tissues multidirectional movement of water
molecules included in the hydration shell of appropriate ions (mainly, Na , K ).
Because the number of water molecules in the hydrated membranes more cations than
anions in the water content at the cathode is increased, and by decreasing the anode
(Electroosmosis).
Thus, a constant electric current causes in biological tissues following physico-

chemical effects: electrolysis, polarization, electrodiffusion and
electroosmosis.
During galvanization underlying tissues activated the system of regulation of local

blood flow and increases the content of biologically active substances (bradykinin,
kallikrein, prostaglandins) and vasoactive mediators (acetylcholine, histamine) that cause
activation of vascular relaxing factors (nitric oxide and endothelin). As a result, there is
an expansion in the vascular lumen and flushing of the skin.
Dilation of the capillaries and increased permeability of the walls due to local
neurohormonal processes occur not only in the application of the electrodes, but in the
deep tissues, through which a constant electric current. Along with increased blood and
lymph circulation, increased resorption capacity of tissues, there is a weakening of
muscle tone, increased secretory function of the skin and edema reduction in
inflammation or injury in the field. It also reduces the compression painful conductors
due to electroosmosis more pronounced under the anode.
Depending on the active current functional status of the patient and the chosen
method of galvanization, patients have local, segmental or generalized reaction
metameric. Local responses commonly observed in the skin and partly in tissues and
organs located in the area interpolar. Reaction of higher order occur when the reflex
galvanizing and paravertebral areas, as well as the respective segments and brain
structures.
Therapeutic effects: anti-inflammatory (drainage-dehydrating), analgesic, sedative

(the anode), vasodilator, muscle relaxant, metabolic, secretory (cathode).
Indications. CVD (CHD Angina I, II FC, hypertension, NDCs), gastrointestinal
diseases (gastritis, peptic ulcer, colitis, cholecystitis, pancreatitis and hepatitis), diseases
of the IPU (nephritis, cystitis), diseases of the musculoskeletal system (Ankylosing
spondylitis, osteochondrosis, arthrosis, arthritis), peripheral vascular disease and nerves.
Contraindications. Acute purulent inflammation, disorders of skin sensitivity

idiosyncrasy current violation of the integrity of the skin in the areas of electrodes,
eczema.
Parameters With the purpose of treatment using low voltage DC (80 V) and low
power (50 mA). The maximum current is used in electroplating limbs (20-30 mA) and
trunk (15-20 mA). On its face value is typically less than 3.5 mA, while in the mouth and
nose - 3.2 mA.
Currently used for galvanizing apparatus Feed-1. With the help of a transformer in it
reduced AC voltage up to 60 V, straightening his semiconductor wave rectifier and
smoothing filter ripple current. Direct current is supplied to the output terminals of the
machine. Its value is measured using a shunt milliammeter 5 or 50 mA. Structurally, the
apparatus 1 comprises flow-out of the housing, a board on which are mounted all the
elements of the circuit and potentiometer. It can be operated as in a desktop position, and
attached to the wall.
electrophoresis
Drug electrophoresis - a combined effect on the body of a constant electric current
and input with the help of the drug.
When using this method to the above mechanisms of biological action of DC added
therapeutic effects he introduced a particular drug substance They determined phoretic
mobility of substances in the electromagnetic field, the method of administration, the
amount of the drug enters the body, as well as its area of administration.
Medicinal substances in solution dissociate into ions, further constituting the

hydrophilic charged complexes. When placed in these solutions of the electric field the
ions contained therein will move toward opposite poles. Phenomenon of motion of
dispersed particles relative to the liquid phase under the action of electric fields is called
electrophoresis . If the paths are blocked by biological tissue, the drug ions will
penetrate deep into tissues and exert therapeutic effects. Phoretic drugs penetrate the
epidermis and upper dermis. Their poor vascularization leads to the accumulation of
drugs in the skin, from which they diffuse into the interstitium, fenestrated endothelium
microvasculature and lymphatics. The period of excretion of the drug from the depot of
the skin is from 3 hours to 15-20 hours. Therefore, the formation of skin depot causes
prolonged stay of drugs in the body and prolonged therapeutic effect.
Direct electric current which causes not only the essential features of drug
administration, but also significantly affects their pharmacokinetics and
pharmacodynamics. As a result of the combined action of the therapeutic effects of most
drugs phoretic (except for some anticoagulants, enzymatic and antihistamines)
potentiated and implemented at relatively low concentrations. Drugs entering the body
accumulate locally, allowing them to create a significant concentration in the affected
area or the pathological focus. With this method, there is also no adverse effects of oral
and parenteral drug administration, and there is much less allergic reactions. In addition
to these features in the electrophoresis weak expressed to ballast ingredients and applied
solutions do not require sterilization, which allows their use in procedures in the field.
Therapeutic effects. Potentiated the effects of electroplating and specific

pharmacologic effects of the drug administered shock.
Indications. Are determined by the pharmacological effects of the administered
drug substances and indications for electroplating.
Contraindications. Besides contraindications for galvanization, these include

contraindications for use of the drug administered (intolerance, allergic reactions to the
drug).
The drugs are administered in the poles with the same name, which corresponds to
the sign of the charge of the active drug substance. If both parts must enter the drug, it is
administered with both poles. Metal ions most alkaloid administered with a positive
pole, whereas the acid radical ions and metalloids - a negative. Before the procedure,
electrophoresis of antibiotics is advisable to do a skin test for sensitivity to drugs of this
group.
PULSE ELECTROTHERAPY
Electric dream therapy - Therapeutic effect of pulsed currents on the structure of
the brain.
Used in this method pulsed currents penetrate into the cranial cavity through the
hole orbits. Maximum current density occurs along the vessels of the skull base.
Emerging here conduction currents have a direct impact on sensory nucleus of
cranial nerves and hypnogenic centers of the brain stem (Hypothalamus,
pituitary, the inner region of the pons, reticular formation). They cause
inhibition of impulse activity aminergic neurons of locus coeruleus and reticular
formation, which leads to a decrease in the ascending activating influences on the
cerebral cortex and increased internal inhibition. This contributes to the synchronization
pulse repetition frequency current to the slow rhythms of brain activity.
Along with the strengthening of inhibitory processes in the cerebral cortex,

rhythmically ordered impulse currents activate serotonergic neurons of the dorsal raphe
nucleus. Accumulation of serotonin in the subcortical structures of the brain leads to a
reduction of conditioned reflex activity and emotional activity. Because of this, the
patient comes to the state nap, and in some cases, and sleep.
Together with the central structures, pulsed currents excite sensory nerve conductors
eyelid skin. Arising in these rhythmic afferent flows come to the bipolar neurons of the
trigeminal (Gasser) node, and from there spread to the large touch trigeminal nucleus and
- further - to the nuclei of the thalamus. Electrical stimulation of the reflex zones
enhances central hypnogenic effects of pulsed currents leads to normalization of the
higher nervous activity and better night's sleep.
Close morphological and functional coupling between the nuclei of the brain stem
determine the induction effect of pulsed currents on the vasomotor and respiratory
centers as well as centers of the autonomic and endocrine systems. Such currents have a
direct impact on the regulation of internal organs and tissues, activate trophic influence
on them of the parasympathetic nervous system. This leads to lower elevated vascular
tone activates the transport processes in the microvasculature, increases oxygen capacity
of the blood, stimulates the formation of blood and normalizes the ratio of coagulation
and anticoagulation systems of blood. Pulse currents also cause slowing and deepening
of external respiration, increase its volume per minute, activate the secretory function of
the gastrointestinal tract, excretory and reproductive systems. They restore the disturbed
carbohydrate, lipid, mineral and water exchanges in the body, activate the hormone-
producing function of the endocrine glands.
Due to the dynamic nature of brain activity when electrodream-therapy

conventionally identified two functional phases - braking and activation. The first
of these occurs during the procedure, and is characterized by drowsiness, sleepiness,
slowing of the heart rate and respiration (bradycardia and bradypnea), a reduction of
activating rhythms of brain activity. After 30 minutes to 1 hour after the procedure arises
activation phase, which continues in the long term. It manifests itself in feeling sick, and
freshness, reducing fatigue and increasing efficiency, improving mood and activation of
cortical processes.
Therapeutic effects: tranquilizing, sedative, antispasmodic, trophic,

secretory.
Indications. Diseases of the central nervous system (neurasthenia, reactive and

asthenia, sleep at night, logoneurosis), diseases of the cardiovascular system (cerebral
atherosclerosis in the initial period, coronary heart disease, cardiopsychoneurosis
hypertension type, hypertension 1-11 stages, obliterating vascular diseases of
extremities), gastric ulcer and duodenal ulcer, asthma, atopic dermatitis, eczema,
enuresis.
Contraindications. Epilepsy decompensated heart disease, intolerance to electric

current, inflammatory diseases of the eye (conjunctivitis, blepharitis), weeping
dermatitis of the face and hysteria.
Parameters electrodream-therapy to use rectangular pulses 5-160 pulse frequency

and duration of 0.2-0.5 ms. The strength of the pulse current is typically less than 8.10
mA. Pulse repetition rate is selected based on the patient's condition. Low frequencies
(5-20 c / s) is used in patients with severe central nervous system excitation and higher
frequencies (40-100 pulses / s) at its oppression. Effectiveness of pulsed exposure
increases when the constant component of the electric current.
For the procedures used electrodream-therapy Aids Electrosleep-4T (ES-4T) and

Electrosleep-5 (EC-10-5). They allow you to interact continuous pulsed currents with
different ratios and pulsed direct current (dc component). Generated by these devices
impulse currents can discretely change in frequency and amplitude.
Methodology Procedures are carried out in a darkened room, isolated from the noise.
Patients should be in a comfortable position, lying on the couch. Use orbital-
retromastoid methodology for applying electrodes. Apply rubber cuff bifurcated
electrodes, which are inserted into sockets hydrophilic water-soaked pad thickness of 1
cm is placed on the eye electrodes closed eyelids and connected to the cathode, occipital
electrodes fixed on the mastoid process of the temporal bone and is attached to the
anode. Maximum allowable current during electrodream-therapy should not exceed 8
mA. It increased until the patient experiences mild painless vibration under the
electrodes. Experience discomfort, burning under the electrodes serves as a signal to
reduce power supplied current.
Duration of the treatment procedure of 20-40 min. They spend a day or every day, a
course of treatment - 15-20 procedures. If necessary, repeat the course electrodream-
therapy prescribed in 2-3 months.
Diadynamic - Method of therapeutic effects on the body Diadynamic pulse

currents.
Used in this method diadynamic currents rhythmically excite myelinated nerve

conductors somatosensory system (skin and muscle afferents). It is known that nerve
conductors have a maximum sensitivity of the skin to such currents. Emerging rhythmic
ascending afferent flows thick myelinated fibers extend toward the gelatinous substance
of posterior horn of the spinal cord and further paleospinothalamic, neospinothalamic
spinoreticulothalamic paths and activate the endogenous opioid and serotonergic
systems of the brain stem and form a dominant focus of excitation in its crust.
Dominant rhythmic stimulation by law negative feedback induction causes

delocalization of pain in the cortex of the dominant centers and activates the
parasympathetic nervous system. Downstream physiological mechanisms of activation
of pain suppression leads to a reduction in pain of the patient until complete analgesia.
As a result of afferent impulses of pain hearth reaches ascending pathways and does not
enter the central nervous system. These changes in afferent impulse flows are most
pronounced in the tissues under the cathode. Analgesic effect Diadynamic currents
potentiated while the introduction of local anesthetics - (dyadic namoforez ) and
continues for 2 to 6 hours. Generated as a result of activation of cortical and subcortical
centers descending efferent impulse flows increase blood flow velocity in the affected
organs and tissues, activate trophic influence of the sympathetic nervous system and
local protective humoral mechanisms. The activation of the release of endorphins, the
increase in enzyme activity, Diadynamic currents under the action of the paravertebral
zone activate Renshaw cells and restores the system of spinal inhibition. This reduces
the increased muscle tension associated with pain (breaking the cycle of pain circle). In
a direct impact on the affected areas of the body such currents cause rhythmic
contractions of the large number of myofibrils of skeletal muscle and vascular smooth
muscle. Change their contractile properties leads to a unique massage microvasculature
that defines reflex vasodilation, and increases the number of active anastomosis and
collaterals. Used in this method pulsed currents activated by metabolic processes in
tissues. As a result, their temperature in the affected area is increased by 0,4-1 º C.
Along with hyperemia, vascular smooth muscle causes an increase in venous outflow,
the redistribution of the content of ions and water dipoles in the interstitium, promotes
removal of products of autolysis of cells, tissue dehydration and reduction of edema .
Changing the ratio of ions leads to increased dispersion of protein colloids cytosole
significantly alters the permeability of cell membranes and plasmolemma. Reducing
perineural edema improves functional properties nerve agents (primarily their
excitability and conductivity) in the impact zone. Such swelling are often
the cause of pain the patient. It should be noted that the reflex nature of
the regulation of vascular tone of blood determines the gain in body site s
innervated by a single segment of the spinal cord, and including on the
opposite side.
Therapeutic effects: myoneurostimulating, analgesic, vasoactive trophic.
Indications. Acute and subacute peripheral nervous system diseases

(sciatica, neuritis, radicu loneuritis, sympathalgia, spinal cord injury),
acute traumatic injuries of the musculoskeletal system (ligament damage,
injuries, myalgia, periarthritis, muscle atrophy), diseases of the
cardiovascular system (hypertension stage II, Raynaud's disease,
atherosclerosis of the extremities, varicose disease, occlusive disease),
asthma, diseases of the gastrointestinal tract (cholecystitis, biliary
dyskinesia, atonic and spastic colitis, pancreatitis), rheumatoid arthritis,
enuresis, deforming osteoarthritis, an kylosing spondylitis chronic
inflammatory diseases of the uterus, adhesive disease.
Contraindications. Fractures with mobilizing bone fragments, urine
and cholelithiasis, thrombophlebitis, acute pain of visceral origin (angina
pectoris, myocardial infarcti on, renal colic, childbirth, surgical
procedures), increased sensitivity to electrical current, psychosis, multiple
sclerosis.
Parameters For the procedures used diadynamic currents - half-sine
pulses with the falling edge, overcast exponentially at 50 and 100 Hz.
Author of this method French dentist P.Bernard showed that excitable
tissues of the body will quickly adapt to such currents. Adaptation to
reduce the need to change the form of electrical stimulation that leads to
the need for diadynamic currents in various combinations. Currently used 5
basic combination (s) of these currents and 2 types of wave modulation.
Main types diadynamic currents. One -way continuous (OH) semi-
sinusoidal current at 50 Hz. Possesses strong irritant and myostimulating
action until tetanic muscle contraction. Vibration causes major trouble in
the patient.
Continuous-wave (NAM) semi-sinusoidal current with a frequency of
100 Hz. Possesses strong analgesic and vasoactive action causes fibrillary
twitching of muscles, small and diffuse vibration.
Half-wave rhythm (RR) intermittent half -wave current, which
alternate parcel with pauses of equal duration (1:1 or 1.5:1.5 s). Has the
most pronounced effect myostimulating during current pulses, which are
combined with a period of complete muscle relaxation during pause The
current modulated short period (KP), sequential combination of half-wave
continuous (OH) and continuous-wave (NAM) currents following equal parcels (1-1.5
c). This significantly reduces the alternation adaptation. This current in the early
exposure has neuromyostimulating action, but after 1-2 min causes analgesia. Its
inclusion causes the patient feeling periodic large and soft gentle vibration.
Current modulated long period (DP) simultaneous combination of half-wave

continuous parcels (OH) 4 with the current duration and continuous-wave (DN) of the
current duration of 8 seconds. In this current pulses for 4 OH supplemented with
smoothly rising and falling (for 2 s) current pulses NAM. Such currents decreases
neuromyostimulating action and gradually increases the analgesic, vasoactive and
trophic effects. Feelings of the patient are similar to the previous mode of exposure.
Wave modulation diadynamic currents. One-way wave (RH) sending a half-

wave continuous current at 50 Hz with a duration of 4-8 with a gradual increase and
decrease of amplitude followed with a pause of 2-4 seconds). Possesses strong
neuromyostimulating action.
Wave-wave (VC) full-wave sending continuous current 100 Hz lasting 4-8

seconds with a gradual increase and decrease of amplitude followed with a pause of 2-4
seconds). Possesses strong neurotrophic and vasoactive action.
To reduce the patient's addiction to impulse current in the recipe usually use 2-3
kinds diadynamic currents. Depending on the purpose and impact of the expected effect
of using a combination of base currents and their modulations.
Methodology Diadynamic therapy during procedures using flat electrodes of various

sizes used for electroplating, small and medium sized pan electrodes, as well as
abdominal (rectal and vaginal). Flat electrodes placed on the patient's body
longitudinally (transversely) and fixed rubber bandages or sacks with sand. At the same
time strive to achieve good electrode contact with the tissues of the patient. Calyx cavity
electrodes tampone the hydrophilic gaskets. The distance between electrodes should not
be smaller than their transverse dimensions. The electrodes should be placed on the
surface of the skin in the area of pain hearth, and the use of local electrodes to move
them in the course involved in the pathological process of the nerves. At the center
impose pain active electrode connected to the cathode, which is the most effective forms
dominant rhythmic stimulation, promotes relief of acute pain. The figurative expression
P.Bernard, "The physician must chase the cathode for the pain."
At diadynamophoresis anesthetics between the skin of the patient and a

hydrophilic drug gasket interlayer moistened with a solution of the drug. On the
other electrode the drug can be administered opposite polarity. Current supplied to the
patient dosed strength, which depends on the shape and size of the electrodes and is
from 2-5 to 15-20 mA. In addition, a nurse during procedures should focus on feelings
of the patient. Current is gradually increased until a distinct vibration sensation or
feeling sliding electrode. When the burning sensation under the electrodes or significant
hyperemia after the procedure amperage decrease in subsequent proceedings.
Length conducted daily or twice daily influences not exceed 8-10 minutes. The
course of treatment is 6-12 procedures. If necessary, a second course in 2 weeks.
Amplipulse - Therapeutic effect on the sinusoidal modulated currents.
The main active factor of this method is an alternating electrical current at 5000 Hz,
amplitude-modulated, and that was the basis of the method name (and mplipuls -
Amplitude ripple). Along with the amplitude, such currents are also at the low-frequency
modulation.
Delivered to the patient's body sinusoidal modulated currents in the underlying

tissues cause significant conduction currents that stimulate nerve and muscle fibers. The
basis of these reactions is the activation of voltage-gated ion channels and sarcolemmal
neurolemma that leads to a change of the initial polarization of the membrane and the
generation of action potentials (spikes). No. activated ion channels due to matching the
modulation frequency AC and kinetic characteristics of ion channels, as well as the depth
of amplitude modulation. The lower the frequency modulation affecting the AC, the
longer duration have a series of oscillations. This opens up not only prevailing on
excitable membranes are rapidly activated ion channels are activated but slowly. As a
result, the factor stimulating effect increases. In contrast, with increase of the modulation
frequency and shorter duration of the series oscillation, it becomes smaller. On the other
hand, the greater the depth of amplitude modulation of the alternating current, the greater
the probability of the excitation of the ion channels are involved not only low but also
with high thresholds. Consequently, the effect neuromyostimulating sinusoidal
modulated currents parametrically depends on the frequency and depth of modulation.
Moreover, its efficiency is slightly higher, in whose direct current, but inferior
diadynamical and fluctuating currents.
Due to significant tensions induced electromagnetic field in the tissues involved in

the excitation of skin, muscle and visceral afferents, as well as motor and autonomic
nerve fibers. Because of the coincidence frequency modulation with a repetition rate of
spikes along the nerve fibers of different types in them rhythmically formed orderly flow
of afferent impulses in the central nervous system. It makes extensive use of sinusoidal
modulated currents in relieving pain in patients.
Antalgic effect of sinusoidal modulated currents implemented along the same lines
as diadynamic (see Diadynamic). However, they cause a more efficient blockade of
the peripheral conductors of pain sensitivity, up to their parabiosis. In addition, due to
the weak adaptation to such currents in the central nervous system is formed expressed
dominant rhythmic stimulation associated with severe time constraints centers
neuroendocrine regulation of the brain. This dominance leads to rapid extinction of
dominant pain and stimulates the trophic function of the sympathetic nervous system and
the allocation of opioid peptides in the brain stem.
Along with the central mechanisms of pain management, sinusoidal modulated

currents activate the microcirculatory bed of ischemic tissues, reduce venous stasis and
perineural edema, which are often the cause of compression nociceptor conductors. The
combination of these mechanisms ensures a significant analgesic effect, which is
expressed in 90-98% of patients. In this sinusoidal modulated current most effectively
cropped pain syndromes associated with overstimulation of autonomic fibers
(sympathalgia).
Series sinusoidal modulated current amplitude when they are able to cause
considerable reduction of the rhythmic large number of myofibrils that at a modulation
frequency higher than 10 Hz can lead to tetanus smooth and skeletal muscle. Because of
the periodic variation of the intensity vector generated electric fields in tissues
myostimulating action is expressed here in a lesser degree compared to Diadynamic
currents. Accordingly, the sinusoidal modulated currents can cause excitation of muscles
and their innervating motor fibers only in the early stages of degeneration. Nevertheless,
because of the impact of this therapeutic factor to all tissues of the interelectrode space
is a reduction not only skeletal muscle but also smooth muscle organs.
As a result of the convergence of ascending afferent streams at different levels of the

central nervous system is the activation of the vasomotor and respiratory centers. This
leads to marked changes in hemodynamic and respiratory function (slows heart rate and
breathing, the tone of the cerebral vessels). Sinusoidal modulated currents increased
arterial inflow and venous outflow, which causes an increase in tissue temperature at
0,8-1,0 º C. There is also increased contractile function of the heart and respiratory
function (increases its depth). Along with this sinusoidal modulated currents increase the
tone of the intestine, biliary tract and ureters. The trophic processes in the internal
organs function restores them with dystrophic changes and stimulates reparative
regeneration of tissues.
Therapeutic effects: neuromyostimulating, analgesic, vasodilatory, trophic.

Indications. Diseases of the peripheral nervous system with pain (neuralgia, neuritis,
sciatica, plexitis, neuromyositis, causalgia), hypertension stage I-II, respiratory disease
(chronic bronchitis, bronchial asthma), gastrointestinal tract (functional indigestion,
peptic ulcer gastric and duodenal ulcers, reflux esophagitis, dyskinetic constipation,
biliary dyskinesia), joint diseases (rheumatoid arthritis, arthrosis deformans,
periarthritis), enuresis, impotence functional nature.
Contraindications. Non-immobilising fractures with bone fragments, cholelithiasis

and urolithiasis, increased sensitivity to electrical current, varicose veins.
Parameters To use variable amplipulse therapy harmonic (sinusoidal) current 5 kHz

modulated by a frequency of 10-150 Hz. Amplitude modulation depth currents up to
100%. For therapeutic effects applied AC and DC modes of generation of
electromagnetic oscillations. In the first case they are distributed in the form of
amplitude fluctuations and the second unipolar sinusoidal pulses. Amplitude modulating
a current not exceeding 50 mA. Amplipulse carry separate series of current oscillations,
following in sequence, which define the type of work. Isolated five main childbirth
operation.
The first kind of work (IPP, PM, constant modulation) - modulation of the
current principal (carrier) frequency currents fixed frequency (in the range 10-150 Hz)
and modulation depth. Power exciting effect increases with decreasing frequency
modulation and increase its depth.
The second type of work ( IIPP, PP send-pause) - a combination of

current pulses of the carrier frequency modulated by the same frequency (in the range of
10-150 Hz) with pauses. Duration current pulses and pauses discrete within 1-6 seconds.
This makes for a pronounced contrast sinusoidal modulated currents on the background
of pauses and has the most pronounced effect neuromyostimulating.
The third type of work ( IIIPP, Mon, parcel-carrier frequency) - A

combination of current pulses modulated by a specific frequency (in the range 10-150
Hz) to parcels current baseband frequency of 5 kHz. Duration current pulses discrete
within 1-6 seconds. The stimulatory effect of sinusoidal modulated currents in this
combination less pronounced than in the previous regime, but begins to show analgesic
effect.
The fourth type of work (IVPP, IF alternating frequency) - a

combination of alternating current pulses with a modulation frequency of 150 Hz and
with different modulation frequencies (in the range of 10-150 Hz). Sinusoidal
modulated currents in this case have the greatest analgesic effect, which increases with
decreasing difference between the frequency of 150 Hz and the selected modulation
frequency.
The fifth type of work (VPP, PPP, alternating frequency - pause) - a
combination of alternating current pulses with different modulation frequencies in the
range 10-150 Hz and pauses there between. This makes for an ill-defined contrast
sinusoidal modulated currents on the background of pauses and has a mild
neuromyostimulating and trophic effect.
Methodology Amplipulse therapy procedures carried out under conditions that

maximize patient muscle relaxation. Plate electrodes are used which are positioned on
the patient's body through a pad thickness of 1 cm, made of hydrophilic material.
Electrode area of a rectangular or circular shape should be commensurate with the size of
the pathological focus. Electrodes fixed with elastic bandages, dressings, bags of sand or
by placing electrodes on the patient.Sinusoidal modulated current is performed using
several kinds of operation. The more pronounced pain syndrome, the more the increase
in the frequency of the current modulation III kind of work, which affect 3-5 min. In
contrast, in the kind of IV frequency difference should be small (typically use
modulation frequencies of 90 and 120 Hz or 130 Hz and 150 Hz) with a duration of 1-2
chips, and limited exposure for 3-4 minutes. With a decrease in pain for 3-4th procedure
modulation frequency is reduced to 30-60 Hz, and the modulation depth is increased to
50-75%. When expressed pain with mild atrophy of muscles on the affected tissue
sinusoidal modulated currents of type II, IV and then kind of work for 3-5 minutes.
Duration conducted every day or impacts does not exceed 20-30 minutes, a course of
6-10 treatments administered. When severe pain procedures may be carried out 2 times a
day. If necessary, repeat the course amplipulse therapy prescribed in 15-30 days.
Private contact therapy technique constant and pulsed electric current
Methodology 1 Exposure to the orbital location-occipital electrodes (by

Bourguignon). Two circular electrode ( diameter 5 mm ) placed on the eyelid skin
and is connected to one pole of the machine, the second electrode area 50sm2 when
connecting to pole is placed on the neck. Power toka1-5mA, duration 10-20 min on a
course of 10-15 procedures.
Methodology 2 Impact on half of the face (half-mask Bergonier). Three-bladed

electrode is placed on the affected side of the face so that each blade fits snugly to the
forehead, cheek and chin, leaving empty eyes and mouth, and the second electrode is
placed in the interscapular region, or on the opposite shoulder. Current 10-20 mA,
duration 10-15 minutes, the course of 10-12 procedures.
Methodology 3 Impact on the region of the ear (extraural). One electrode 3na
4cm in size in an arc around the lower half of the stack of the ear and connected to one
pole of the apparatus, the second measuring electrode 6 is placed on the opposite 8cm
cheek and connected to the second terminal. Current 0.5-1.2 mA, duration 10-15
minutes, the course of 10-12 procedures.
Methodology 4 Impact on the region of the maxillary sinuses. One electrode of 3.5
cm na17 placed on the surface projection of the nose and maxillary sinus, the second
electrode sizes 7na10sm feature on the back of the neck. Current 3.6 mA, duration 10-20
- min, a course of 8-15 treatments.
Methodology 5Intranasal impact. Introduced into each nostril and placed under the
lower turbinate 2.5cm released from isolation and soldered end of the wire, tightly
wrapped in a layer of cotton wool moistened with water or a solution of the drug
substance. The second surface on the back of the neck. Current 5.3 mA, 10-14 minutes on
a course of 10 Ave
Methodology 13Impact on the region of the larynx. In the area of the larynx is placed
or the size of one electrode 6 10cm (in front of the neck), or two measuring electrodes 3
na6sm on side surfaces of the larynx, a second electrode placed on the back of the neck.
Current 7.4 mA, lasting 10 minutes, a course of 8-10.
Methodology 7 Impact on the collar area (by Scherbak). Electrode as a shawl

collar is placed on the upper back so that it covered the ends of the shoulder girdle and
the clavicle to the second intercostal space in the front, the second electrode is disposed
in the lumbosacral region. We need to start the procedure with 6 minutes, current 6 mA,
with each procedure and allow time and current to 20mA 20min.
Methodology 8 Effect on the area of the mammary glands. Electrodes in the form
of rings with an outer diameter 10 and inner 15smi 5cm connected with a cathode
arranged on the mammary gland, leaving free teat halos, a second electrode disposed in
or on interscapular symphysis pubis - the anode.
Technique number 9 . The overall effect on the body (for Vermel). To do this,
the patient lying electrode 15 by 20cm is placed in the interscapular region, the other two
size 10 na15sm on the calf muscles. Current 10-25mA, 20min, a course of 10-14
procedures.
Methodology 10 Four-bath. For this patient, sitting in a special chair, plunges his
hands and feet in the water-filled temperature-37.S 36 trays, each of which has an indoor
from direct contact with the body of a carbon electrode ( or -). Impact is carried out at a
current of 30mA, 20min, a course of 10-12 procedures.
Methodology 13Impact on the bikini zone (for Shcherbak). The patient lying down.
One electrode 15 × 20cm positioned in the lumbosacral region, a second electrode on the
lower third of the stomach, or the other two on the front of the thighs. Procedure starts
with 6min and 6mA, increasing their 2min at 2mA and bringing to 15-30min and 15-
30mA.
Methodology 12 Impact on the area of the spine. Electrodes measuring 4 × 12-15

cm have paravertebral on both sides of the spine, current 5mA. Electrodes or 8 × 15 are
placed one on the sternum, the other - against the first on the spine. Or both of the
electrodes along the spine. Current is 10-15mA.
Methodology 13 Effect on the area of the sciatic nerve. One electrode 3 × 15cm
were placed on the back surface of the femur in the projection of the sciatic nerve, a
second electrode on the front surface of the same hip. Current 4-5mA, 10-12min. Or one
electrode 3 × 5cm placed in the gluteal fold of the sciatic nerve in the projection, the
second electrode of the same size - in the popliteal fossa several lateral midline. Current
2-5mA 8-15min, a course of 10-20 procedures.
Methodology 14 Impact on the lung area. Electrodes 10 × 15-20cm on a side

surfaces of the thorax to the left and right, and possibly the location of the electrodes in
the anteroposterior projection pathological nidus. Current 15-20mA, 15-20min, a course
of 20 treatments.
Methodology 15 Impact on the area of the liver and gallbladder. In the supine
position, one electrode is placed razmerom10 × 15cm in front of the projection of the
liver and gall bladder, the second of the same size are placed on your back against the
first. Current 15mA.
Methodology 16 Impact on the stomach. In the supine position, the first electrode
15 × 12 is placed in the epigastric region, second the same area - on the back in the lower
chest region. Current up to 18mA, 8-15min, a course of 10-15 procedures.
Methodology 13Effects on the kidneys. Two electrodes of 100-150sm2 placed on the

abdominal wall above the symphysis pubis, the same area of the second electrode is
disposed in the lumbosacral region. Current is 15 mA, 10-15min
Methodology 18 Impact on the neck - the facial area. V-shaped electrode area of 150
cm 2 arranged so that the bottom blade cover the auricle. Such an electrode is arranged at
the opposite side. The current in the first two treatments 4 7mA, and then 10-15mA.
Methodology 19 Cross effects on the temporomandibular joint. Electrode 4 × 5

cm is applied to the affected joint. Second, oral, with the tip of the electrode active area
of 2 cm is introduced at an open mouth in the retromolar triangle. Current density up to
0.3 mA / cm 2 .
Methodology 20 Impact on the region of the spleen. In the supine position, one
electrode 10 × 20cm positioned over the area of the left costal margin back up to axillary
line, the second of the same area was placed on the back, next to the first. Current up to
20mA, within 10min Course 10-16 procedures.
Methodology 21 one in the abdominal region, the second Impact on the region of
the intestine. In the supine position the two electrodes 15 × 20cm positioned in the
lumbar region. Current up to 30mA, up to 30 minutes duration, the course of 10-20
treatments.
Methodology 22 Impact on a person. Three-bladed electrode ("half-mask
Bergonier") area of 200 cm ² is applied on the affected side of the face, the second
electrode of the same area have on the opposite shoulder. Current up to 5 mA. The
exposure duration to 20 min.
Methodology 23 Impact on the person with neuritis of the facial and auditory
nerves. In the external auditory canal on the affected side introduced a cotton swab
moistened drug substance. Then placing the electrode - "Bergonier half mask." The end
of the tampon must be in contact with the electrode. The second electrode of the same
area positioned on the opposite shoulder.
Methodology 24 Impact on the exit point of the trigeminal nerve. Three round
electrode 4 cm in diameter is placed on the skin projection of the supraorbital, infraorbital
and mental holes. The combined conductor ends are connected to one terminal apparatus.
The other electrode terminal is coupled with an area equal to the area of the first three
superimposed on top of 0.5 cm tragus of the ear, respectively, the projection of the nerve
trunk. With the defeat of one of the branches of the electrodes are placed on the
projection output branch and the trunk.
Methodology 25 Electrosleep. The procedure is performed in an atmosphere

conducive to the onset of sleep in the room in terms half-darkened silence. Two
interconnected electrode embedded in a rubber cuff in the form of metal cups, filled with
cotton swabs soaked in water and put on the closed eyelids eyes. Two other electrodes
mounted on the same rubber cuff, after filling their wet swab is applied to the mastoid
region. Wire from the cuff is connected to the electrosleep machine. The patient is placed
on his back, and include increased slowly until you feel the current slight vibration (2-
8mA) pulse frequency 10-100Hz, 10-25min, a course of 10-16 procedures.
Solution of test items (see Appendix)
USING "brainstorming"
To work on this technique, it is necessary to establish an atmosphere of trust,

overcome psychological stress as an obstacle to open discussion. Technique combines the
ability to extend stereotype, abstracted from existing constraints, to develop dynamic
mental activity, intensify training activities. The method teaches argue and defend their
own point of view, to find the optimal solution to build communion, to convince others of
loyalty defended position.
Methodology provides:
 greeting soaring thoughts;

 receiving the largest number of proposals;
 combination of ideas and their development;
 any comments and criticisms that interfere with the formation of ideas;
 brief statement without arguments deployed;
 division of the group into those who generates ideas and those who cultivate it.
Students are encouraged to discuss the advantages of electrophoresis. Everyone
expresses their proposals, which are written on the board or flip card. Then alternately
opened position template and compared with the responses of students. At the end of an
assessment of the job correctly and summarizing.
Template answers . Benefits electrophoresis:
 no damage to the skin;

 does not irritate the gastrointestinal mucosa;
 A single skin depot;
 a high concentration of drug in the affected tissues;
 no drug in the systemic circulation and has no side effects;
 the drug is administered in an electrically active state;
 preparation is injected into altered under the influence of galvanic current
tissue, which also enhances its efficiency;
 You can enter multiple drugs with different poles;
 drug consumed in smaller amounts and concentrations;
 there aftereffect.
Criteria for evaluating the theoretical part
Maximum score 8 points and

25-22 21-18 points 17-14 score 13-9 score
below
100% -86% 85% -71% 70-55% 54% -37% 36% or less
13.2. Analytical part
13.2.1.Situational tasks:
1. The patient was 23 years old with a diagnosis of radicular pain diadynamic appointed.
What types of modulation currents are recommended? By what method?
Answer If radicular pain DDT-therapy is prescribed for the purpose of analgesic and
anti-inflammatory therapy. For this purpose it is necessary to assign a modulation: NAM
(continuous push-pull)-CP (short term)-E (two-stroke wave) for 2-3 minutes, changing
the polarity on the course 3 treatments. Technique used: two electrodes overlap
paravertebral in the lumbosacral spine.
2. Patient appealed with complaints of facial asymmetry, tearing of one eye. The
diagnosis is: Neuritis of the facial nerve. Recommended performing procedures
electrophoresis. Specify with what drug and what technique should conduct this
procedure?
Answer The goal of treatment the patient neuritis of the facial nerve is the removal of the
inflammatory process and improve neuromuscular transmission of nerve impulses.
Therefore, we recommend the introduction of neostigmine by electrophoresis procedure
Bergonier half mask and the active electrode mounted on the affected side of the face is
connected to the anode of the rule of polarity.
3. B. Patient with asthenoneurotic syndrome history: neurotrauma. What surge current

recommend, given the general state of the patient?
Answer Because the patient has a history of neurotrauma, recommended the appointment
of course procedures electrodream-therapy possessing sedative and central analgesic
effect.
4. Patient A. D-h: hypertension stage II, grade 2 hypertension, the risk II (middle). What
method do you recommend physiotherapy?
Answer Galvanic collar by Scherbak, Electrosleep. Electrophoresis with magnesium or

with bromine to collar area.
13.2.2. Graphic Organizer: compilation of clusters on a given topic.
Cluster - (beam bunch) method mapping information - gathering ideas around a main
factor for determining the meaning and focus of the whole structure. Stimulates updating
knowledge helps freely and openly engage in new associative thinking process
perspective on a topic. Technology develops systems thinking, the ability to structure,
organize information.
Students are divided into small groups of 2-3 people, they are distributed threads for
compiling cluster. To complete the task given to 15-20 minutes, after which the group
presents its cluster.
Themes: "Galvanizing", "transient currents", "benefits electrophoresis."
Steps:
1. Acquainted with the rules of drawing cluster.

2. In the center of the chalkboard or a large sheet of paper written keyword or topic
name of 1-2-words.
3. By association with the keyword credited by his side in the circles smaller "satellite" -
words or sentences that are associated with the topic. Connect them with lines of
"principal" word. These "satellites" may be "small satellites", etc. record goes before the
expiration of the allotted time or until exhausted ideas.
4. Exchange clusters for discussion.
Criteria for evaluation of the analytical part:
Maximum point 10 points and

25-21 points 20-16 score 15-11 score
30-26 below
100% -86% 85% -71% 70-55% 54% -37% 36% or less
13.3 The practical part
1. Carrying out the procedure galvanizing.

Purpose: teach students to correctly perform the technique of the procedure for
therapeutic purposes.
Performs step :
Number Activity Is not satisfied Fully

executed
(0 points)
correctly
1 Go into the treatment room, walk up to the 10

machine.
2 Check the readiness of the unit. 10
3 Take a suitable gasket soaked with saline. 10
4 Put the patient. 5

5 By Appointment procedure positioned 15
gaskets, top electrode close oilcloth fix.
6 Turn on the appliance by pressing the Start 15

button.
7 Given the sensitivity of the patient, using the

controller to determine the effect of current -
15
dose.
8 Put on 10-15-20 minutes 10
9 After some time the arrow control to bring to 5

"0" and turn off
10 Remove the electrodes, remove the pads, let 5

the patient
Total: 100
2. Conducting electrophoresis procedure.
Taken steps of:

executed
(0 points)
correctly

machine.
3 Take a suitable gasket soaked with saline

and drug substance.
15
5 Appointed to arrange for the procedure and

the corresponding electrode pads, top close
20
oilcloth fix.
button

15
dose
8 Put on 10-15-20 minutes 10
9 After some time the arrow control to bring to 5

"0" and turn off
10 Remove the electrodes, remove the pads, let 5

the patient.
Total: 100
3. Carrying out the procedure diadynamic therapy.
Taken steps of:

executed
(0 points)
correctly

machine.
3 Take a suitable gasket soaked with saline. 10
5 Appointed to arrange for the procedure and

the corresponding electrode pads, top close
15
oilcloth fix.

button.

dose. 10
8 3 minutes to put on. 10
9 After 3 minutes, the controller arrow to 5

bring up the "0" and turn off the current.
10 Customize the other types of current and 15

measure the time (3 minutes).
11 After 3 minutes, the controller arrow to 5

bring up the "0" and turn off the current.
12 Remove the electrodes, remove the gasket. 5

Release patient.
Total: 100
The maximum
14 points
score 33-28 points 27-22 points 21-15 points
and below
40-34
excellent poorly
good satisfactorily unsatisfactorily
85% -71% 70-55% 54% -37% 36% or less

100% -86%

 oral
 written
 decision situational problems
 demonstration of practical skills mastered.
Joint evaluation criteria table theoretical and analytical, practical and self-
employment units
Rating excellent good satisfactorily unsatisfactorily poorly

Number % 100% - 85% - 36% or less
Achievement 70-55% 54% -37%
86% 71%
Theoretical 25-22 21-18 8 points an
1 17-14 score 13-9 score
part score points below
30-26 25-21 10 points
2 Analytical part 20-16 score 15-11 score
point points and below
The practical 40-34 33-28 14 points

3 27-22 points 21-15 points
part points points and below
Independent 5-4,3 4,2-3,6 And 1.8
4 3.5-2.8 score 2,7-1,9 score
work score score points below
15. Criteria of the current control

Nu Achievers- Rating Level of knowledge and skills
mb dependenc
er e in%
1. 96-100% excellent Full correct answer to the questions on the classification
"5" of electrotherapy, mechanisms of action of continuous and
pulsed currents (galvanization, electrophoresis,
diadynamic, electric, amplipulse), application techniques,
indications and contra-indications. Summarizes and
makes decisions, think creatively, independently analyzes.
Situational problems are solved correctly, with a creative
approach, with full justification response.
Actively and creatively involved in interactive games,
right to make informed decisions and summarizes and
analyzes.
Recipes writes is true, with the best indication of dose
exposure to physical factors.
CDS prepared high quality (abstract, slides, banner,
video) with no less than 10 online sources and literature in
recent years.
2. 91-95% Full correct answer to the questions on the classification
of electrotherapy, mechanisms of action of continuous and
pulsed currents (galvanization, electrophoresis,
diadynamic, electric, amplipulse), application techniques,
indications and contra-indications. Summarizes and
makes decisions, think creatively, independently analyzes.
Situational problems are solved correctly, with a creative
approach, with full justification response.
Actively and creatively involved in interactive games,
analyzes.
exposure to physical factors.
recent years.
3. 86-90% excellent Questions posed by products electrotherapy, mechanisms
"5" of action of continuous and pulsed currents
(galvanization, electrophoresis, diadynamic, electric,
amplipulse), application techniques, indications and
contraindications to highlight enough, but there are 1-2
errors in the response. Applies in practice, with the matter,
said confidently, has fine views. Situational problems are
solved correctly, but the justification answer sufficiently.
Actively involved in interactive games, correct decisions.
exposure to physical factors, but there are 2-3
grammatical errors.
recent years.
4. 81-85% Good Questions posed by products electrotherapy, mechanisms
"4" of action of continuous and pulsed currents
amplipulse), application techniques, indications and
contraindications to fully covered, but there are 2-3
inaccuracies, errors. Applies in practice, with the matter,
said confidently, has fine views. Situational problems are
solved correctly, but the justification answer sufficiently.
Inaccuracies in solving situational problems.
exposure to physical factors, but there are 2-3
grammatical errors, inaccuracies in dose. CDS prepared
high quality (abstract, slides, banner, video) with no less
than 10 online sources and literature in recent years.
5. 76-80% Good Correct but incomplete coverage of the issue. The student
"4" knows the classification of electrotherapy, mechanisms of
action of continuous and pulsed currents (galvanization,
electrophoresis, diadynamic, electric, amplipulse),
methods of application, indications and contra-
indications, but not fully versed in the mechanisms of
action of physical factors. With the matter, said
confidently, has fine views. Actively involved in
interactive games. Situational problem gives partial
solutions.
Recipes written specifying the dose exposure to physical
factors, but there are 3-4 grammatical errors, inaccuracies
in dose.
CPC prepared good quality (abstract, slides) using at least
5-8 online sources and literature in recent years.
6. 71-75% Good Correct but incomplete coverage of the issue. The student
"4" knows the classification of electrotherapy, mechanisms of
action of continuous and pulsed currents (galvanization,
electrophoresis, diadynamic, electric, amplipulse),
methods of application, indications and contra-
indications, but not fully versed in the mechanisms of
action of physical factors, incomplete lists
contraindications to CFT for this Pathology. With the
matter, said confidently, has fine views. Actively involved
in interactive games. Situational problem gives partial
solutions.
Recipes written specifying the dose exposure to physical
factors, but there are 3-4 grammatical errors, inaccuracies
in dose.
7. 66-70% The correct answer to half the questions posed. The
student knows the classification of continuous and pulsed
currents (galvanization, electrophoresis, diadynamic,
electric, amplipulse) but poorly versed in the mechanisms
of action of physical factors, incomplete lists
contraindications to CFT in this pathology. With the
matter, said uncertainly, has accurate representations only
on specific issues theme. Situational problems are solved
correctly, but there is no justification response. Passive
when discussing CDS.
Recipes are written with an inaccurate indication of dose
exposure to physical factors, there are grammatical errors.
8. 61-65% The correct answer to half the questions posed. The
Satisfactorily student knows the classification of continuous and pulsed
"3" currents (galvanization, electrophoresis, diadynamic,
electric, amplipulse) but poorly versed in the mechanisms
of action of physical factors, incomplete lists
contraindications to CFT in this pathology. With the
matter, said uncertainly, has accurate representations only
on specific issues theme. Situational problems are solved
correctly, but there is no justification response.
CPC prepared satisfactorily designed (abstract, slides)
using at least 2-3 online sources and literature in recent
years. Passive when discussing CDS.
9. 55-60% Correct answer 40% of the questions. The student knows
the classification of continuous and pulsed currents
amplipulse) but poorly versed in the mechanisms of action
of physical factors, incomplete lists contraindications to
CFT in this pathology. With the matter, said uncertainly,
has accurate representations only on specific issues theme.
Situational problems are solved correctly, but there is no
justification response.
years. The abstract mistakes, broken logical sequence of
topics subject was not disclosed. Improper design of
slides and posters. Passive when discussing CDS.
10 31-54% Unsatisfactorily Coverage less than 40% of the questions at the wrong
"2" approach. Student does not know the physical factors
amplipulse). Practically does not understand the
mechanisms of action of physical factors, does not
understand the indications and contraindications to the
appointment of FT in this pathology. Homework is not
satisfied.
CDS performed with numerous errors, using only 1-2
online sources and literature, poorly framed, the student
can not present their work. Passive when discussing CDS.
11 20-30% Unsatisfactorily Students attend practical training in proper form, there is a
"2" workbook. Questions not answers. Does not know the
physical factors (galvanization, electrophoresis,
diadynamic, electric, amplipulse) and their mechanisms of
action. Is not able to prescribe physical factors on the
topic.
Homework is not satisfied. CDS is not prepared. Passive
in class.
16. Test Questions

1. To define "physical therapy."
2. What are the main mechanisms of action of physical factors on the patient's body?
3. What is the neuro-humoral reflex action of physical factors on the human body?
4. What is the specific effect of physical factors on the human body?
5. List the general contraindications to physical therapy.
6. Provide definitions for "direct current", "surge current" list their physical
characteristics (power, voltage, resistance, direction, frequency, pulse shape).
7. To define "galvanizing."
8. What is the mechanism of therapeutic action of galvanizing?
9. What methodologies galvanization you know? What are the techniques used in
dentistry.
10. List the indications for the purpose galvanizing and private contraindications.
11. Define the notion of "electrophoresis".
12. List the penetration of the drug in the human body during electrophoresis.
13. List the advantages of electrophoresis.
14. To define "diadynamic."
15. What types of modulation currents diadynamic you know?
16. What is the mechanism of the analgesic action of DDT? What types of
modulations have mainly analgesic effect?
17. To define "amplipulse therapy."
18. Mechanisms of action amplipulse therapy.
19. List the indications and contraindications for private DDT and amplipulse therapy.
20. What type of current used in electrodream-therapy? What methodology of
procedures?
21. What are the main target application electrodream-therapy?
17. Suggested Reading.

1. VM Bogolyubov "Overall physiotherapy", M. Medicine, 2001.
2. Medical rehabilitation (manual). Edited by academician, Professor V.
Bogolyubov. M., 2007. Volume 1, 2.
3. Bogolyubov VA "Methods and techniques of physiotherapy" M. 2001
4. Ponomarenko TN "Guide to practical training in general physiotherapy", M,
2000.
5. Yuldashev K., Y. Kulikov "Physiotherapy". T. 1984.
Internet sites:
http://www . ze.ru
Appendix
Tests for control of knowledge relating to number 1
1. Electric current is
a) the type of matter, by means of which communication and interaction between

moving charges
b) the directional movement of carriers of electric charges of any nature
c) the displacement of positive and negative charges, atoms and molecules under the
influence of an external field
d) a current which varies in time according to the strength or direction
d) the current due to the electromotive force of induction
2. According to the requirements of the thickness of the hydrophilic spacers in the

electrode should be
a) 0, b 5 cm), 1, 0-1, 5 s) 1 0 g cm) 1 0 cm d) 3, 0 cm
3. Tissue of the following entities and bodies have the highest electrical conductivity:
1. blood;
2. muscle tissue;
3. parenchymal organs;
4. bone;
5. Skin
a) if the correct answer 1, 2 and 3 b) if the correct answers 1 and 3) if the correct
answers 2 and 4 g) if the correct answer 4
d) if the correct answer 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5
4. electrophoresis is indicated for:
1. Ankylosing spondylitis average activity;
2. exacerbation of chronic arthrosis, arthritis of the shoulder joint;
3. iridocyclitis;
4. impairment of cerebral blood flow in the recovery period;

5. chronic gastritis.
a) if the correct answer 1, 2 and 3
b) if the correct answers 1 and 3
c) if the correct answers 2 and 4
g) if the correct answer 4
5. In the mechanism of the analgesic action electrodream main role belongs to:
a) the formation of endorphins in the limbic system of the brain
b) formation of biologically active substances (histamine, serotonin)
c) improve the globulin fractions of blood proteins
g) improve the function of sympathetic-adrenal system
d) formation of free radicals
6. With a decrease in pain during treatment sinusoidal modulated currents

modulation frequency was changed as follows
a) increasing
b) reducing
c) no change
g) set to 0
d) set at 100
7. For use of interferential unit
a) Interdyn b) Pole 1) Feed-1g) Amplipuls d) Tone-1
8. Diadynamic contraindicated in the following diseases
1 acute intraarticular damage;
2 coronary heart disease with jetlag as severe sinus bradycardia;
3. acute inflammatory process;
4. occlusive disease;
5. chronic inflammatory diseases

a) if the correct answer 1,2 and 3
d) if the correct answer 1,2,3,4 and 5
9. Treatment of sinusoidal modulated currents shown in the following diseases:
1. peptic ulcer and 12 duodenal ulcer;
2. acute thrombophlebitis;
3. acute sciatica;
4. heart rhythm disturbances in the form of bradycardia;
3. ligament rupture in acute
g) if the correct answer 4;
10 Fluctuating currents are used for therapeutic purposes in the following diseases:
1. neuritis of the facial nerve;
2. peptic ulcer disease;
3. osteochondrosis of the cervical and thoracic spine;
4. Hypertensive crisis;
5. myocardial infarction

11 Active factor in the method diadynamic therapy is
a) DC
b) high frequency pulse current and voltage, low power
c) pulsed sinusoidal current
g) half-sine pulse current with the falling edge tightened exponentially
d) rectangular pulse current
12 The greatest time of the procedure amplipulse therapy for appointment to

several fields of
a) 5-10min and b) 10-15 min), 15-20 min g) for 20-30 minutes d) 30-40min
13 During interferential maximum duration of exposure to one area is
a) 3.5 b min) in 10-15 min), 20-30 min g) was 35-45 min d) 45-60 minutes
14. The main effect of treatment effect electrodream are as follows:
1. sedation;
2. trophic;
3. analgesic;
4. anti-inflammatory;
5. desensitizing
15 Contraindicated for appointment transcerebrally electrostimulation are the

following diseases:
1. convulsive conditions, epilepsy;
2. alcohol withdrawal syndrome;
3. injury and brain tumors;

4. immunodeficiency;
5. diathesis.
16. To assign diadynamic therapy shows the following diseases:
1. arthrosis;
2. occlusive peripheral arterial disease;
3. intervertebral osteochondrosis with radicular syndrome;
4. acute pneumonia;
5. gap ligamentous apparatus.
17th The most pronounced analgesic effect in amplipulse therapy notes for the
following types of current:
1. "Constant modulation";
2. "Premise - the carrier frequency";
3. "Sending break";
4. intermittent frequency;
5. intermittent frequency break

18 Advantages of electrophoresis:
1. creation of skin depot drug;
2. impact directly on the pathological focus;
3. virtually no allergic reactions;
4. painless insertion of the drug;
5. intracavitary instillation of the drug
a) if the correct answer 1, 2 and 3
b) if the correct answer and 1
19th In the mechanism of the analgesic action of diadynamic currents have an

important role following factors:
1. blockade of peripheral nerves;
2. improved circulation;
3. forming the dominant vibration of the central nervous system
4 increased exudation tissues;
5. formation of biologically active substances

20 Disadvantages of the method electrophoresis:
1. Not all drugs can be used for electrophoresis;
2. unknown polarity of many drugs;
3. difficulty in determining the exact amount of drug administered;
4. severe allergic reaction;
5. painful introduction of drug
a) if the correct answer 1, 2 and
21 In the method Franklinization acting factor is
a) low-frequency alternating magnetic field
b) a constant electric field of high voltage
c) variable pulsed high voltage and low power
d) the electric field of ultrahigh frequency
d) pulsed magnetic field
22 When conducting Franklinization patient has an effect not only to a static electric
field, but also
a) low-frequency alternating magnetic field
b) DC
c) the mechanical vibrations of the air environment
g) highly chemicals
d) air ions of negative polarity
Universal model of learning technologies in the classroom

Subject: "Electrotherapy: alternating currents and electromagnetic fields of
different characteristics. Magnetic therapy. Ultrasound therapy "
Study time: 5:00

sessions
II. The main part:
2. theoretical
3. analytical
4. practical
5. independent work of students
The purpose of the training session : to consolidate and deepen the knowledge of AC
currents, develop the skill of writing prescriptions for physiotherapy and their practical
implementation.
• Fix a general idea of alternating The student should be able to:

electromagnetic fields;
 give a classification of alternating
• Fix a general idea of ultrasound therapy, electromagnetic fields;
phonophoresis;  tell us about the mechanisms of
therapeutic action of the studied
• organize knowledge about the mechanisms of
physical factors on the patient's
therapeutic action of these physical factors on
body;
the patient's body and for their application;
• consolidate and extend the knowledge of contraindications (public and
indications and contraindications (public and private) for the destination data
private) for the destination data physical factors; physical factors;
 application of these techniques to
• the application of these techniques to parse
physiotherapy and demonstrate;
treatments.
• To develop skills to conduct prescribing The graduate should be able to:
physiotherapy;
 perform practical skills:
• To develop skills to work with physical therapy prescription for holding
equipment, independent of physical treatments in darsonvalization, UHF,
compliance with safety regulations; microwave therapy, and conduct
independently ultrasound therapy
• develop skills in organizing, comparing, physiotherapy.
summarizing, and analyzing information;

Learning Tools Manuals, training materials, set

sheets of A3, A4.

Flow chart classes

time 6:00
Teacher Students
1st stage 4. Tells subject, purpose and planned Listen, write,

learning outcomes. Familiar with the plan update, ask
Introduction to
and features of the training session. questions.
the training
session
on this topic.
15 minutes 6. Reported indicators and evaluation
Stage 2 - 5 9. Uses the technique of mutual learning Answer
hours "Learning Together" ("Coop, Coop"). questions.
Conducts a quiz to identify students'
Main:
knowledge on the topic:
Theoretical  Classification of alternating currents.
part  The main mechanisms of action of
alternating currents: neuro-humoral reflex
(2 hours) (general, non-specific) and specific
(thermal, oscillatory).
 Indications and contraindications to the
study of physical factors: UHF-therapy
darsonvalization, magnetic therapy,
ultrasound therapy.
action of alternating currents on the patient,
their methods of application, indications
and contraindications private.
11. Students are encouraged to make a
graphic organizer Venn on "Electrophoresis
and phonophoresis."
Reminiscent of rules and regulations in a
group discussion. Participate in
13. Gives the task: discussions, ask
 Proposed to solve situational problems. questions,
Conduct and discuss the results of outline, specify.
individual work in mini-groups;
Participate in
 Prepare for the presentation.
discussions, ideas
14. Coordinates, advises, directs the
serve, record,
learning activities. Examines and evaluates
Analytical part evaluate.
the results of individual work: sheets
(2:00) analyzing the situation. Divided into
15. Demonstrates physiotherapy equipment: groups.
"Iskra-1", "UHF-66", "rennet", "RAS"
methods of physiotherapy.
16. Organize the implementation of
Perform the
learning task.
Present the
results of the
group work.
Conduct
physiotherapy.
The practical
part
(1 hour)

A Final-result Conduct self-
esteem,
interassessment.
Ask questions.
Opine.
interassessment. Analyzes and evaluates
the degree of achievement of lesson.
Gives the task to prepare for the next
lesson.
Recorded
assignment.
Subject: ELECTROTHERAPY: Alternating currents and electromagnetic fields

of different characteristics. MAGNETOTHERAPY. Ultrasound therapy.

20. Purpose of the study: to consolidate and deepen the knowledge of AC currents and
electromagnetic fields of different characteristics, as well as ultrasound therapy,
especially their use in dental diseases, develop the skill of writing prescriptions for
physiotherapy and their practical implementation.
 secure a basic understanding of AC currents and electromagnetic fields, high and
ultra-ultra-high frequency (darsonvalization, UHF-therapy, microwave therapy);
 fix a general idea of magnetic therapy;
 fix a general idea of ultrasound therapy;
 consolidate and extend the knowledge of indications and contraindications (public
and private) for the destination data physical factors.
 Application of these techniques to parse physiotherapy and demonstrate;
 give a classification of alternating currents and electromagnetic fields of high and

ultra-ultra high frequency;
 tell us about the mechanisms of therapeutic action of the studied physical factors
on the patient's body;
data physical factors;
 describe methods of application studied physiotherapy in internal medicine.
 perform practical skills: prescription for holding darsonvalization, UHF-therapy,

UHF-therapy, magnetic therapy, and conduct independently ultrasound therapy
physiotherapy.
The method of "Learning Together" ("Coop-Coop") technique: Graphic Organizer
Venn on "Electrophoresis and phonophoresis."
24. Learning Tools

Manuals, training materials, set physioequipment, slides, markers, sheets of A3,
A4.
25. Form of study



Written control: checklists, prescribing medications.
28. Motivation
Physical factors have a different effect on the body, have a stimulating, analgesic,
anti-inflammatory, absorbing, reparative and regenerative effects.

diseases, which necessitates in-depth study of medical students and medical and
pedagogical faculties.
with medical and surgical hospitals (horizontal integration).

Local darsonvalization - Therapeutic effect on some parts of the patient's body

weak pulse AC high voltage and medium frequency.
The highest density of displacement currents in this method occurs in the

superficial tissues, and realized where the main effects of the treatment modality.
Low frequency pulses modulated medium-frequency currents [Quiet digit)
terminal portions irritate sensitive nerve fibers of the skin, which leads to changes in
their excitability and activation of the microcirculation (at the axon reflex
mechanism.) Intermittent spasmodermia replaced their long extension due to the
reduction of smooth muscle tone. The basis of cutaneous vascular reactions on the
change in the configuration of endothelial cells.
With an increase in the amplitude of the pulse current afferent impulses from
nerve agents enters the posterior horns of the spinal cord and causes excitation of
motor and trophic fibers. This leads to a reflex response of the internal organs and
tissues associated with that segment. These reactions are also expanding in arterioles
and capillaries in the area of impact, the increased blood flow and activate skin
metabolism. Medium frequency currents also cause an increase elasticity and turgor
of the skin, it stimulates the secretory and excretory functions.
With a significant increase in the amplitude of the pulse current and some
distance from the body between the electrode and the skin formed streamers - thin
branched channels filled with ionized air. Their aggregate forms spark
discharge, acting on the patient. Due to the expansion of streamers on the surface
of the skin arise microshock waves, which are accompanied by a characteristic bang.
Under the action of the spark discharge are produced in the skin lesions
micronecroses that stimulate phagocytosis and recovery of biologically active agents
(heparin, cytokines) and mediators (histamine) in the underlying tissues.
Moving in the microcirculatory bed, the decomposition products of protein

molecules stimulate secondary humoral mechanisms of immunity and activate
selection antimediators inflammation in surrounding tissues. Severe irritation of skin
unmyelinated nerve fibers (C fibers) leads to the blockade of the conductivity and
flow restriction of afferent impulses of pain hearth. Spark increased tone of arterioles
reduces not only the surface layers of the skin, but also reflexively related internal
organs. Expanding capillaries and arterioles, it improves the tone of veins and
strengthens trophometabolic processes in tissues. Finally, a spark causes destruction
of membranes of microorganisms and their death. This effect is potentiated produced
during local darsonvalization nitrogen oxides and ozone.
Therapeutic effects: local analgesic, vasoactive, local trophic, a local anti-

inflammatory, antipruritic, bactericidal.
Indications. Diseases of the peripheral nervous system with pain (neuralgia,

neyromyositis, osteochondrosis, hypotensia, paresthesia), sensorineural hearing loss,
cardiopsychoneurosis on cardial type, migraine, sleep disorders, climacteric neurosis,
enuresis, alopecia, varicose veins of the lower extremities and hemorrhoidal veins,
diseases of the mouth, sores and skin lesions, itching dermatitis, eczema, nonhealing
wounds, vasomotor rhinitis, inflammatory diseases of the female genital organs,
prostatitis, impotence.
Contraindications. Idiosyncrasy current abdominal pain when administered

electrodes.
Parameters For local usedarsonvalization AC bell-shaped pulses with carrier

frequency 110 kHz. Pulse repetition rate is 50 imp/s. " The pulse duration is 100
ms, and supplied to the capacitor electrode voltage - 25-30 kV. The current in the
discharge does not exceed 0.02 mA and voltage of 50 V. The air inside the glass
electrodes-cylinders of various shapes sparse to 6,7-13,5 Pa.
For procedures using portable AidsIskra Iskra-1 and 2, as well as portable units
Impulse-1 and M-Crown. These phones comes with a set of 8 vacuum electrodes:
comb, large and small rectal, ear, large and small mushroom, gingival and vaginal.
Methodology Current pulses supplied to the mid-body of the patient through a

glass capacitor electrode. One plate of it is placed in a rarefied airspace metallic
conductor connected to the coil-resonator. It is separated from the glass tube section
of the body of the patient, which is a second electrode. At low voltage electrode and
continuous contact with the skin of the patient it affect current midrange (labile
contact method). With increasing stress and removing the electrode from the surface
of the patient's body becomes active factor spark (remote procedure). In both
methods, vacuum electrode is moved slowly to the site of exposure. To improve the
sliding electrode on the skin before the procedure it sprinkle talcum powder, and the
electrodes wiped with a cotton swab dipped in alcohol.
Dosing procedures carried out by local darsonvalization output voltage

apparatus, current strength and duration of the discharge procedure.
Length is conducted every 3-5 minutes procedures at one site and not
exceed 10-15 minutes when exposed to different fields. The duration of
treatment is 10-15 procedures. If necessary, a second course of local
darsonvalization prescribed in 1-2 months.
Ultrahigh-frequency (UHF) therapy - The therapeutic use of the electric
component of the electromagnetic field of alternating high and ultra-high frequency.
Due to the great length of the electromagnetic waves of UHF band is carried out
by exposure to significant portions of the patient's body that is in near-field
electromagnetic field source. This zone is dominated by the electric component of the
electromagnetic field, which accounts for over 85% of its energy. Capacitance tissues
at high frequency is substantially less than at low, hence the influence of an electric
field, not only on the cellular membrane, but the subcellular structures. Furthermore,
in this method UHF electric field interacts with the tissues throughout the
interelectrode space and causes vibration and rotational displacement of biomolecules
and significant degree the density of conduction currents.
In the mechanism of UHF therapy conventionally isolated nonthermal

(oscillatory) and thermal components. The first of these is caused by the
relaxation oscillations of soluble globular proteins, glycolipids, glycoproteins and
phospholipids of cell membranes. Following them conformational changes of
molecular complexes lead to increased degree of dispersion of proteins and
phospholipids, increased permeability plasmolemma tissue cells interpolar zone.
In the theoretical concepts of the mechanisms of action of UHF and microwave

radiation cardinal manifestation nonthermal the effect of electromagnetic radiation
is traditionally considered heating biological tissues by no more than 0,1 º C.
However, due to the high temperature coefficient of resistance of biological
membranes even tissue heating 0,01-0,1 ° C causes a noticeable modulation effects
on the structural transitions excitable membranes . As a result of their resistance
decreases by 10-20%, which determines the activation of various ion-transporting
systems, cellular membranes.
Arising as a result of orientation (vibrational and rotational) displacements

induced biological molecules and intrinsic dipole moment in the high-frequency
electric field tissue polarization changes the physico-chemical properties of the
membranes. It activates processes and enzymatic oxidation of free cells. On this
basis, successively formed nonspecific metabolic responses of cells that determine
the therapeutic effects of this factor. Such reactions include UHF oscillation
stimulation of hematopoiesis and immunogenesis (increase and decrease of albumin
content in serum globulins), and the phagocytic activity of leukocytes. These changes
are particularly pronounced when a pulsed field UHF.
Besides bias current, domain arises in transconductance due to relaxation

oscillation subcellular structures, by the action of high-frequency electric field in the
tissue of an organism arise which translational motion of ions in the interstitium and
cytosole, which also leads to a change in ion selective permeability plasmolemma.
Thermal action component appears along with the oscillator with an increase
in the intensity of UHF oscillations. In this case, due to the high vibrational
displacement amplitude orientation of protein molecules, the polarization of the tissue
increases the interelectrode space and frequency-selective absorption of
electromagnetic energy. In a viscous medium as a result of vibrational displacement
of protein molecules and subcellular structures there are significant frictional force
with subsequent conversion to an electric field energy into heat. Specific power of
heat in such procedures substantially exceeds metabolic, and existing mechanisms do
not compensate for its heat. As a result, the heating of the irradiated tissue in the
affected area . Due to the different energy absorption UHF field protein molecules
and ions of the maximum amount of heat is produced in the tissues with distinct
dielectric properties and poor water (nerve, bone and connective tissue, subcutaneous
adipose tissue, tendons and ligaments). In contrast, in tissues with significant
electrical conductivity and water-rich (blood, lymph, muscle tissue) of heat generated
by an order less. This is due not only to the nature of electrical energy absorption data
environments, but also with low thermal conductivity and poor blood supply to the
tissues of the first group.
Heating organs and tissues under the influence of an electric field causes UHF
stable, long and deep tissue hyperemia in the affected area. Especially strongly
expanding capillaries whose diameter increases by 3-10 times. At the same time
increases the rate of blood flow in large vessels. Under the influence of UHF field is
greatly accelerated and Regional lymphodynamics, increases the permeability of the
endothelium, the blood-brain and other tissue barriers. Strengthening regional
circulation and lymph flow in the affected tissues increased permeability of the
microvasculature, increasing the number of white blood cells and increase their
phagocytic activity lead to dehydration and resorption of the inflammatory focus, and
perineuraledemacaused by a decrease in pain. Activation stromal elements of
connective tissue systems and mononuclear phagocytes (histiocytes, fibroblasts and
macrophages), increased dispersion of blood plasma proteins, local acidosis,
increased concentration of Ca 2 and activation of metabolism in the lesion area
proliferative stimulate regenerative processes in the connective tissue around the
inflammatory focus and have a secondary anti-bacterial effect. This allows the use of
UHF treatment at various stages of the inflammatory process.
High frequency electric field when subjected to different brain structures

(transcerebrally) stimulates the central links of the neuroendocrine regulation of
visceral functions. Neurohumoral activation processes leads to a reduction in blood
low density lipoprotein and triglyceride levels rise of HDL having pronounced anti-
atherogenic effect. Along with hypolipidemic action, high-frequency electric field
causes an increase in fibrinogen and increase tolerance of plasma to heparin that
enhances hemostasis. As a result of the processes activated nonspecific resistance.
Electric field of high frequency stimulates the parasympathetic nervous system
and reduces sympathicotonic impact on internal organs, normalizes blood pressure,
motor and secretory function of the stomach and duodenum, the absorption of
nutrients in the small intestine. Activation of the endocrine system when exposed to
an electric field UHF endocrine glands occurs due to stimulation hormone-synthetic
processes in the thyroid gland and adrenal cortex, along with the suppression of the
synthesis of catecholamines. Increased synthesis of glucocorticoids leads to reduced
activity of exudative component of inflammation and immunological reactivity.
Furthermore, a high frequency electric field improves the trophism of the tissue in the
target area, accelerates epithelialization of wounds. It reduces the excitability of nerve
somatosensory system conductors eliminates the spasm of vascular smooth muscle
which leads to lower blood pressure in patients.
Therapeutic effects: anti-secretory, vasodilatory, muscle relaxant, an

immunosuppressive, trophic.
Indications.Inflammation, including acute suppurative processes of different

localization (boils, carbuncles, abscesses, cellulitis, panaritiums etc.), acute and
subacute inflammatory diseases of various internal organs (lung, stomach, liver,
urinary organs), injuries and diseases of the musculoskeletal system and peripheral
nervous system, frostbite, phantom pain, causalgia, occlusive disease and other
peripheral vascular disease, limb diseases proceeding with severe allergic component
(asthma, chronic obstructive bronchitis, rheumatoid arthritis), vegetative-vascular
dysfunction, hypertension I- stage II, menopausal and post-menopausal symptoms.
Contraindications. Aortic aneurysm, hypotension, frequent angina, the presence

of cardiac pacemakers in the impacts decorated hearth purulent inflammation,
purulent sinusitis, stroke, pregnancy with the third month.
The use of these devices with a small area of the electrodes in the presence of
metal objects in the area of impact is contraindicated.
The ratio of non-thermal and thermal components of the therapeutic action of

UHF oscillations determines the intensity of the treatment modality, which is dosed
by output devices.
Methodology During procedures UHF-therapy use capacitor technique.

Applied longitudinal and transverse location of the two capacitor plates. Tension and
absorbed engergiya UHF electric field generated in the therapeutic effects, varies and
depends on the distance between the electrode and the tissues and their spatial
arrangement. For shallow lesions gap between the plates and the skin surface is 1-2
cm, deep location of the hearth - 3-4 cm total clearance shall not exceed 6 cm and
procedures can be carried out through clothing, but not through the wet bandages.
Correct setting of the output circuit in response checked with milliammeter scale is
available on the machine, or adjustment indicator (neon lamp). In the last when
placed in the UHF field glow discharge occurs.
Low-intensity field UHF used primarily in the acute (Exudative) stage of

inflammation, and high intensity - the stage of resolution (Proliferative)
inflammatory process or after drainage of purulent inflammation focus. UHF electric
field exposure is not subjected to the heart area, in order to avoid provocation of its
rhythm disorders.
Dosing medical procedures performed on the output device. When UHF

therapy apply nonthermal, low-heat and thermal dose. For non-thermal effect of the
energy flux density should not exceed 0.1 W / m 2 Which is achieved with output
devices UHF therapy is not more than 30 watts. The phone UHF-5-2 miniterm
installed power meter to determine the power absorbed by the tissues of the patient.
When using other devices, be aware that the electromagnetic energy absorbed by the
tissues about half generated.
Duration daily ongoing procedures is 10-15 minutes at nonthermal exposure can

be performed twice a day (morning and evening) Course 8-12 procedures. If
necessary, a second course of therapy prescribed UHF 2-3 months.
Low-frequency magnetic therapy - Therapeutic use of the magnetic

component of the electromagnetic field of alternating very low and low frequency.
For therapeutic use various kinds of effects of low frequency magnetic fields: AC
(VMF), pulsed (Pumpe), rotating (VrMP) and running (BeMP).
The mechanism of therapeutic action of low frequency magnetic fields are the
same pattern as for the permanent mechanism implemented on a liquid crystal or by
induction of singlet-triplet transitions pair of free radicals in biological systems .
Spatial heterogeneity of low frequency magnetic fields (most pronounced in

running fields) is moving in the conductive media (blood, lymph) formation of
magnetohydrodynamic forces. These forces are acting on the free charges (ions) and
cause them additional movement in the stream, which significantly increases the
likelihood of their participation and chemical reactions. Spatiotemporal field
inhomogeneity leads to divergent mechanical moments during the first and second
phase of the oscillation period of the magnetic field. As a result, in environments
having alternating pressure processes which increase the convection in the cells, and
moving fluids. These processes create favorable conditions for physico-chemical
interaction of cells and activate their metabolism.
By periodically changing the orientation of uncompensated magnetic moments of

free radicals low-frequency magnetic field can significantly alter the rate of lipid
peroxidation. This contributes to the activation of trophic processes in organs and
tissues, eliminates infiltration and accelerates epithelization of wounds.
According to the degree of clinical efficacy effects of low-frequency magnetic
fields are most susceptible to the nervous, cardiovascular and endocrine systems. In
such fields increases the speed of action potentials in nerve conductors, increasing
their excitability, reduced perineuraledema. Restoration of modified functional
properties neyrolemmy afferent conductors pain sensitivity leads to a weakening and
then cessation of pain impulses from the hearth. It normalizes the autonomic
functions of the body, reduces the increased vascular tone and motor function of the
stomach. At the same time most exciting action have variables and moving magnetic
fields. In contrast, using a rotating magnetic field can be carried out administering
the drug substance in the tissue (Officinalismagnetophoresis).
By increasing the vibrational motions of formed elements of blood plasma

proteins and the activation of local blood flow, increased blood supply to various
organs and tissues, as well as their trophics. It should be noted that the restoration of
the local blood flow in many cases the basis of the clinical effectiveness of a given
factor. Low-frequency magnetic fields enhance the education of releasing factors in
the hypothalamus and pituitary trophic hormones that stimulate the function of the
adrenal, thyroid, genitals and other endocrine glands. As a result, formed the common
adaptive response of the organism to increase its resistance and tolerance to physical
stress, stimulation of sexual activity. Furthermore, activation of low-frequency
magnetic fields of the central parts of the neuroendocrine regulation of the internal
organs leads to an increase in their predominantly catabolic reactions. By relaxing the
smooth muscle of peripheral vessels such fields have a weak hypotensive action.
Therapeutic Effects : vasoactive, anti-inflammatory (decongestant), trophic,

gipokoaguliruyuschy, local analgesic, Vasoprotective.
Indications.Consequences of closed brain injury and ischemic stroke, disease and

damage to the peripheral nervous system, diabetic polyneuritis, vegetative neurosis,
vegetalgii, coronary heart disease, myocardial infarction, hypertension stage I,
Raynaud's disease, other occlusive disease and peripheral vascular disease, limb,
chronic diseases internal organs (lung, stomach, liver, duodenum, kidney, female
genital mutilation), prostate, bone fractures, arthritis, and arthritis, osteomyelitis,
periodontal disease, diseases of the ear, nose and throat, sluggish healing sores, burns,
keloids.
Contraindications.Individual Hypersensitivity to the factor, cerebrovascular

accident, complicated forms of ischemic heart disease, pronounced hypotension,
presence of pacemakers, acute psychosis.
Parameters Currently used for medicinal purposes low-frequency magnetic fields

with frequencies 0,125-1000 imp / s, magnetic induction does not exceed 100 mT.
By virtue of the fact that in practice successfully used Physio various kinds of low-
frequency magnetic field generating blocked Aids also varied and plentiful. All are
provided with the inductors of two types: electromagnets and solenoids. A number of
devices are available and abdominal inductors. Magnetic fields very low
frequency (10-100 Hz) created using devices Pole-1, 2-pole, pole-2D Gradient-
1, AMT-01 Magniter, MAG-30 and MAG-30-4. Magnetic induction produced by
these devices on the surface of the inductors, does not exceed 50-75 mT, and
penetrating power does not exceed 6 cm alternating magnetic field of low frequency
(700, 1000 Hz) creates a machine-101 Pole, the magnetic induction in the center of
the solenoid which is 1 5 mT and apparatus Inductor-2U and 2D, running at 5000 Hz
and forming a magnetic field of 3 mT.
For exposure a pulsating magnetic field, in the frequency range 0,17-30

imp / s devices use the BIOS, Cascade, Eros Biopotentser. Magnetic induction
created by a majority of them does not exceed 30 mT. The device is equipped with an
automatic BIOS program that allows to synchronize a pulsed magnetic field with a
heart rate of the patient.
Versatile device that lets you create permanent, alternating, pulsating and pulsed
magnetic fields is PDMT operating at frequencies of 25, 50, 75, 100 and 150 pulses /
sec. It creates the magnetic field induction are 150 mT (constant) and 100 mT (low
frequency). The structure of this unit consists of 27 inductors, electromagnets, and he
has 16 steps of adjustment of the magnetic induction.
Traveling magnetic field is created by connecting a multi-generator system

of the spaced planar magnetic coils. Because switching current pulses alternately
from one reel to another magnetic field generated "looped" region of patient's body on
which the coils. Vehicles, radiating traveling magnetic field are 1 Olympus, Athos
and Aurora-MK-01.
Rotating magnetic field forming apparatuses using three-pole and four-pole,

generating a magnetic field with a frequency of 12-25 pulses / sec. Induction of the
magnetic field created by them are 30 and 15 mT, and its constant direction and a
special form of inductors allows magnetophoresis drugs.
Methodology During low frequency magnetic contact technique used primarily.

Inductors in the projection set of pathological lesions on the skin or in the
paravertebral areas without pressure and is fixed by means of flexible control rods or
apparatus using the housing with pockets for inductors. Using longitudinal and
transverse position of the inductors. In the inductor solenoids organs and limbs in a
longitudinal direction of the main vessel along the length thereof, and inductor
solenoids - laterally. Procedures low frequency magnetic therapy combined with
ultrasound . They are incompatible with local darsonvalization on the same area.
Dosing medical procedures performed by magnetic induction. And a degree of

inhomogeneity of the magnetic field penetration depth in the tissue is calculated on
the distribution of magnetic induction in the air. Duration conducted every day or two
treatment modalities is 15-30 min. In the course of treatment prescribed procedures
20-25. If necessary, a second course of low frequency magnetic prescribed in 1-2
months.
Decimeter wave therapy - Therapeutic use of electromagnetic waves in the

decimeter range.
Under the influence of electromagnetic waves in body tissues arise orientation

fluctuations of dipolar molecules bound water (95% tissue water), as well as
side groups of proteins and glycolipids plasmolemma. As a result, the
polarization of hydration shells of proteins and glycolipids occur conformational
rearrangements of the cytoskeleton and membrane organelles of neurons and blood
cells. Such processes modulate the intermolecular electrostatic interactions and
structural framework of membrane proteins with extracellular matrix proteins activate
membrane enzymatic complexes and second messenger systems (cyclic nucleotides,
G-proteins and Caions 2 ). In addition, the electromagnetic wave UHF alter the
physico-chemical properties of subcellular structures. The above phenomena
determine nonthermal (oscillatory) component of the mechanism of therapeutic
action of UHF.
Decimeter electromagnetic waves of low intensity cause complex physical and

chemical processes occurring in irradiated tissues. The consequence of these
processes is the activation of cellular respiration and enzyme activity, conformational
rearrangements plasmolemma glycolipids, changing its permeability and functional
properties of the membranes. Such waves activate the synthesis of nucleic acids and
proteins into cells, increased intensity of phosphorylation in mitochondria.
Relaxation oscillations of bound water molecules and glycolipids lead to energy

conversion to electromagnetic waves in thermal and heating the tissues. The
greatest heat occurs in the organs and tissues rich in water (Blood, lymph,
muscle, parenchymal organs). Heat transfer mechanisms do not compensate
occurring in these organs of heat, temperature and Regional deep-seated tissue
increased by 1,5 ° C. This phenomenon is referred to as thermal component of the
mechanism of therapeutic action of UHF.
Penetration into tissues UHF averages 9-11 cm deep-heating of tissues and organs
under the influence of UHF high intensity leads to the expansion of capillaries and
increased regional blood flow, increased microvascular permeability and dehydration
of the inflammatory focus, activate metabolism of exposed organs and tissues
improves their trophic and restore lost function in disease activity.
Electromagnetic waves in the decimeter range when exposed to endocrine glands

stimulate their activity. Activation of the endocrine system leads to increased
corticotropin releasing factor production in the hypothalamus, stimulating hormone-
synthetic processes in the thyroid gland. She is accompanied by the release of
glucocorticoids in blood and increased utilization of catecholamines in the
myocardium, resulting in a reduction of functionally active (proteinized) amines.
Upon irradiation of different organs (liver, thyroid, etc.) capable of microwaves as

relaxing and boost immunogenesis processes and regeneration in irradiated tissues. It
allows you to manage the exchange, immune and reparative processes using targeting
decimeter waves on various endocrine glands. In addition, microwaves restore
impaired respiratory function, stimulate myocardial contractility, promote
development of collaterals and induce reparative processes in the body reduces the
peripheral resistance of the capillary bed and enhance coronary blood flow. Lowering
blood pressure and heart rate also occurs here due to the activation of the
parasympathetic nerve fibers.
Therapeutic effects: anti-secretory, vasodilatory, immunoregulatory, metabolic.
Indications.Subacute and chronic inflammatory diseases of the internal organs

(bronchitis, pneumonia, gastric ulcer, cholecystitis, adneksit, prostatitis), diseases of
the cardiovascular system (hypertension stage I-II, renovascular hypertension,
myocardial infarction (25-28 days of the disease), rheumatism activity is not above
Grade II in conjunction with valvular heart rhythm disturbances and without
circulatory failure is not above stage I, cerebral atherosclerosis), asthma (allergic and
infectious-allergic form), rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis deformans. Microwave
therapy is indicated for subacute and acute inflammatory processes in the presence of
Chloe outflow of fluid, periodontal disease, fractures of jaws.
Contraindications. Purulent acute inflammatory processes, pregnancy (when

exposed to the stomach area), swelling of tissues and the presence of foreign bodies
in the affected area, angina at rest, paroxysmal cardiac arrhythmia, stomach ulcer
with pyloric stenosis and the risk of bleeding, epilepsy.
Parameters For Decimeter wave therapy using electromagnetic waves frequency

460 ± 4,6 MHz (wavelength 65 cm). Abroad for treatment modality used generators
of electromagnetic waves with a wavelength of 69 cm and 33 working in pulsed
mode.
For procedures using domestic apparatus, Wave-2M mobile and portable:

UHF and UHF 15 Camomile 20-1 rennet. The first of these has a maximum output
power of 100 W, which is governed by 9 steps. Maximum power output apparatus
Chamomile does not exceed 12-15 W, and rennet - 25 watts. They have three
interchangeable emitter: Two flat disk-shaped (diameter of 4 cm and 10 cm) and a
rod adapted for abdominal procedures. Abroad for Decimeter wave therapy devices
used Radiotherm, ThermaSpec 600 and others.
The ratio of non-thermal and thermal components of therapeutic effects UHF

determined by the intensity of electromagnetic radiation dosed on output devices.
MethodologyDecimeter wave therapy procedures carried out in two basic
methods:distant and the contact. Act on the affected area, or the corresponding
endocrine glands through the radiators of various shapes. When using techniques
distant gap between the emitter and the patient is 3-4 cm In addition, you must
consider the greatest anti-inflammatory effect when applied low-heat intensities,
whereas the thermal effect can complicate the process by autohemolymphoperfusion
of inflammatory products.
Dosing medical procedures performed on the output devices. For non-thermal

effect energy flux density should not exceed 0.01 W | cm 2 Which is achieved with
output power of the device wave-2M no more than 30 watts, and rennet unit - no
more than 10 watts. You also need to consider the feeling of pleasant warmth sick.
Duration conducted every day or procedures ranges from 4 to 15 minutes (in

special techniques - up to 30 min), the rate of 8-12 influences. If necessary, a second
course of therapy prescribed Decimeter wave in 2-3 months.
Centimeter therapy - therapeutic use of electromagnetic waves in the centimeter

range.
Biophysical mechanisms of action of centimeter waves on biological tissues are

not fundamentally different from decimeter. However, a significant decrease in the
length of wave action results in an increase of the relaxation oscillations of molecules
unstructured free water, phospholipids and the side chains of amino
acids polarization in the surface tissue and the formation of the bias current. This is
due to the fact that the characteristic frequency of the relaxation of the molecules
close to the frequency range of centimeter waves, which determines the resonant
absorption of energy.
Short wavelength is associated with less depth of penetration of the

electromagnetic waves, which is approximately 3-5 cm
Centimeter waves are also inherent nonthermal and thermal components of

the mechanism of therapeutic action due to relaxation oscillations of water molecules
and amino acids, which are manifested primarily in the superficial tissues of the
body.
Centimeter waves of low intensity directed at the impact of stimulating the

endocrine system of the body - the adrenal cortex, thyroid and pancreas. Activation of
the endocrine glands leads to an increase in blood plasma content of ACTH, growth
hormone, cortisol, thyroxine and insulin inhibition of the activity of immune cells.
When the intensity of irradiation of tissues occurs oppression of the sympathetic
nervous system.
Under the influence of microwave radiation of high intensity occurs in tissue
heat. The temperature of the skin and underlying tissues increases by 1-3 º C, and
deep-tissue to 0,5 ° C. centimeter waves reinforce regional hemo-lymphodynamics
and by increasing the rate of blood flow, the number of functioning capillaries and
expansion of small vessels. These processes accelerate resorption products of
autolysis of cells from the inflammatory focus, activate metabolism and trophics of
irradiated tissues. Activation of microcirculation system leads to a decrease in
perineuraledema pain fire and change the functional properties of nerve conductors
located in the irradiated zone.
Radio waves in the centimeter range modulate the flow of afferent impulses in the
corresponding segments of the spinal cord, thalamo-pituitary centers, which is the
basis of formation of segmental cutaneous visceral and cutaneous somatic reactions.
Degree of their expression depends on the intensity of exposure and the level of
activation of the corresponding reflex mechanisms. Thuscentimeter waves act on the
centers of the parasympathetic nervous system, leading to a reduction in blood
pressure and causes bradycardia, as well as stimulate neurohumoral regulation of
homeostasis. Activation of the cAMP accumulation of prostaglandins and increase the
intensity of metabolic processes in irradiated tissues, and the increase of Ca-
accumulating capacity myocardiocytes membranes leads to an increase in myocardial
contractility.
Effective correction of hemodynamic changes can be achieved by local effects on

the paravertebral and reflex zones, as well as acupressure points (Microwave
pulse reflexology).
Therapeutic effects: anti-inflammatory, analgesic, metabolic, secretory,

vasodilatory.
Indications.Subacute and chronic inflammatory diseases of the peripheral

nervous system (neuralgia, neuritis), degenerative diseases of joints and spine in the
acute stage (low back pain, bursitis, periarthritis, tendonitis, ligament rupture),
pustular skin diseases (furuncle, carbuncle, hydradenitis), chronic nonspecific lung
disease, inflammatory diseases of the female genital organs, urinary tract, prostate,
eye, paranasal cavities of the nose, mucous membranes of the mouth.
Contraindications. Inflammatory disease with severe tissue edema and the

presence of metal objects in the target area, hyperthyroidism, myocardial infarction
(during the first 1-3 months), vegetalgia, coronary heart disease, exertional angina FC
III, peptic ulcer with pyloric stenosis and the risk of bleeding, rigid antral gastritis
epilepsy.
Parameters Centimeter for therapy using electromagnetic waves frequency 2375

MHz (12.6 cm wavelength) and 2450 ± 50 MHz (12.2 cm wavelength).
For procedures using portable devices CMV-150-1-11 beam (with a maximum
output power of 150 W) and CMB-20-3-3 and Ray variation with a maximum power
of 20 watts.
Methodology Use two basic techniques Centimeter therapy: Distant and

contact. In the first of them, carried out using the apparatus Luch-11 emitters
installed at a distance of 5-7 cm from the patient's body. By using contact methods
(using 3-beam apparatus) transducer is placed directly on the patient's body.
Dosing medical procedures performed on the output device. When distant

effects low-heat procedure performed at an output power up to 40 W, 40-60 W
medium heat and silnoteplovaya - 60-80 watts. When the contact method specified
degree of therapeutic effects achieved with output power respectively 3, 4-6 and 7-10
watts.
Duration conducted every day or two treatment modalities is 5-20 min, 5-15
treatment procedures. If necessary, a second course of therapy prescribed Centimeter
2-3 months.
Ultrasound Therapy - Therapeutic use of ultrasound.
Elastic vibrations in the ultrasonic range pose a high sound pressure gradient and
cause significant shear stresses in different biological tissues. The amplitude of
vibrational displacement of particles of tissue insufficient to excite the
mechanoreceptors of the skin. However, such bias can change the conductivity
stretch-channel membranes of various cells and cause microshowers metabolites in
the cytosole and organelles (micromassage tissues). The resultant deformation of the
tissues leads to an increase in the permeability of individual cells and
plasmolemmahistohematic different barriers. Activation of membrane enzymes and
depolymerization of hyaluronic acid may reduce edema and resorption, reduced
compression nociceptor nerve agents in the treatment area.
Along with the deformation of biological tissue ultrasonic vibrations cause the
complex physico-chemical reaction in tissues. They accelerate the movement of
biological molecules in the cells, which increases the likelihood of their participation
in metabolic processes. This also contributes to break the weak intermolecular bonds,
reducing the viscosity of the cytosole (thixotropy), the transition ions and biologically
active compounds in the free state. Subsequently activated mechanisms of nonspecific
immunological resistance the body by increasing the binding of biologically active
substances (kinins, histamine) blood proteins and their cleavage enzymes.
Ultrasound activation of lysosomal enzymes of macrophages leads to the

purification of the inflammatory focus of cellular debris and pathogenic microflora in
exudative step. Along with this, the ultrasonic waves accelerate the synthesis of
collagen by fibroblasts and formation of granulation tissue in the proliferative and
reparative stage of inflammation. Occurs under the influence of ultrasonic vibrations
increase the enzymatic activity of the cells and increased their metabolism stimulates
reparative regeneration of tissues, accelerates the healing of wounds and trophic
ulcers. Formed under the influence of ultrasonic vibrations collagen and elastin fibers
forming scars have increased (2 or more) strength and elasticity compared to non-
populated cloth. However, it should be remembered that ultrasound scoring bone in
the proliferative stage of inflammation leads to increased growth of cartilage and slow
osteoblast differentiation. These mechanical and physico-chemical effects arising in
the field of ultrasonic waves, determine the nonthermal (Specific) action of
ultrasound.
When the intensity of the ultrasound on the border heterogeneous biological

media formed highly damped shear (transverse) waves and releases heat (Thermal
action of ultrasound). Due to the significant absorption of ultrasonic vibration energy
to tissues containing molecules with large linear dimensions, tissue temperature
increases by 1 ° C, with the greatest amount of heat released is not uniform in the
thickness of tissue and tissue at the interfaces of different acoustic impedance -
collagen-rich superficial layers of the skin, fascia, ligaments, scars, synovium,
menisci and articular periosteum. Warming weak connective tissue increases its
elasticity and increases the range of physiological stress by streamlining its structure.
This increases the amplitude of movements of the joints in the case of contractures.
Tissue heating alters the functional properties of thermal, mechanosensitive

structures tendons and ligaments helps to reduce phantom pain and reduces muscle
spasms. Local vasodilatation microvasculature increases blood flow in ill tissues (2-
3 times), increasing their oxygenation and metabolic rate, which greatly accelerates
the reparative regeneration in inflammation.
Ultrasound improves physiological lability of the nerve centers, peripheral nerve

agents, smooth muscle spasm eliminates skin and blood vessels and parabiosis
excitable tissues. Due to increased afferent nerve conduction conductors activated
reticular formation, the hypothalamic-pituitary and limbic system and higher centers
of the parasympathetic nervous system. What is happening at the same time restoring
the metabolism of catecholamines enhances adaptive-trophic processes in the body of
the patient.
Ultrasonic vibrations damage cell membranes of microorganisms. Sensitivity to

ultrasound of different bacteria varies - the maximum - in Leptospira, and most
staphylococci resistant to it.
Therapeutic effects: anti-inflammatory, analgesic, antispasmodic, metabolic,

defibrosing, bactericidal.
Indications. Inflammatory and degenerative diseases of the joints with severe pain
(arthritis, osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, low back pain, periarthritis,
epicondylitis), injuries and damage to the musculoskeletal system (contracture,
tenosynovitis, etc.), inflammatory diseases of the peripheral nerves (neuritis and
neuralgia, radiculitis), respiratory diseases (bronchitis, pleurisy, pulmonary
tuberculosis), digestive (stomach ulcer and duodenal ulcer, biliary dyskinesia),
genitourinary system (oophoritis, adnexitis, cervical erosion, prostatitis), ENT
diseases, eyes, mucous membranes of the mouth, scleroderma, trophic ulcers.
Contraindications. Coronary heart disease, exertional angina FC III, hypotension,

vegetative-vascular dysfunction in early pregnancy (during irradiation of the lower
third of the abdomen), thrombophlebitis.
Parameters For procedures using ultrasonic mechanical vibrations frequency 22-

44 kHz, 880 kHz and 2640 kHz, generated in the continuous mode. Pulsed
ultrasound therapy using a series of low-frequency pulses with frequencies filling 1 3
MHz and a duration of 0.5, 1, 2, 4 and 10 ms and the pulse repetition frequency of 16,
48, 50 and 100 imp / s. Switching modes are mainly used to achieve non-thermal
effects. The ratio of non-thermal and thermal components of the therapeutic action of
the ultrasonic vibration is determined by the intensity of the radiation or mode
(continuous or pulsed) exposure.
The intensity of the generated ultrasonic vibrations in a continuous mode is 0.05 -

2.0 W / cm 2 , Pulsed - 0.1-3.0 W / cm 2 . Effective emission area is 0,7-5,4 cm 2 .
For the treatment modality widely used ultrasound therapy (UST) devices.
Methodology During procedures using ultrasound therapy stable and labile

techniques. In the first case the transmitter is fixed in one position and is moved
continuously in the second zone of influence.
Because of the strong attenuation of the ultrasonic vibration exposure is via

water or oil contact environment. To this end generally use vaseline or vegetable
oils or gels. After applying a coupling medium head transmitter installed in the
projection of the affected organ and smoothly move in a circular motion of small
radius without departing from the skin. Ultrasonic treatment on the part of the body
complex configurations (foot and hand joints) scoring is carried out in a pan with
water or through the rubber bag with water. One takes the form of the surface of the
irradiated portion and the second contact with the emitter.
Ultrasound therapy combined with electrophoresis (e elektrophonophoresis)

Diadynamic (phonodiadinamophoresis) amplipulse (phonoamplipulse-
phoresis) various kinds of magneto (Magnitophonophoresis) and vacuum
massage ( in akuumphonoterapiya).
Dosing therapeutic interventions carried out by ultrasound energy flux density

(intensity). Its threshold at various techniques does not exceed 2 Watt / cm 2 .
Duration daily ongoing procedures is 10-15 minutes, a course-8-12 procedures. If
necessary, a second course of ultrasound therapy is prescribed in 2-3 months.
Herbal phonophoresis - The combined effects on the ultrasonic vibration and

entered with them drugs.
The phenomenon of vibrational displacement of dispersed particles relative to

the liquid phase in an ultrasonic field is called phonophoresis. If the path of the
drug substance are biological tissue, it will penetrate deeper into the particles and
they exert a therapeutic effect. Caused by ultrasound increased permeability of the
skin and other barriers histohematic creates favorable conditions for the penetration
of molecules through them drugs. When using this method to the above mechanisms
of biological action of ultrasonic vibrations are added therapeutic effects of a
particular drug. Due to significant radiation pressure of ultrasound (reaching 10 Pa)
molecule drugs acquire greater mobility and reactivity. This significantly increases
the amount of drug entering the body, its therapeutic effectiveness and action, which
also depends on the area of administration (mucosal receives more than through the
skin).
The amount of drug in the body is 1.3% of the damage to the skin surface. It
depends on the frequency of the ultrasonic vibrations - the lower, the greater the
amplitude of vibration induced displacements of the drug substance. Therefore, at a
frequency of 880 kHz amount phoretic matter more than at 2640 kHz. Also it depends
on the frequency increases with the intensity of the ultrasonic vibrations to 0.8 W /
cm 2 (And then reduced) and the duration of exposure. In the continuous mode, it is
also larger than a pulse, and when the above procedure labile than stable. Number
phoretic substance is directly proportional to the duration of exposure.
phoretic in an ultrasonic field drugs penetrate the epidermis and upper dermis
through the ducts of the sebaceous glands. Due to the lipophilicityexpressed they are
fairly easy to diffuse into the interstitium and pass through the pores of the
endothelium of blood and lymph vessels. As they begin to enter the blood at 1 hour
after treatment, reaching maximum concentrations after 12 hours and tissues are
within 2-3 days. Therefore, unlike electrophoresis under phonophoresis amount of
drug accumulating in the skin depot smaller, and they operate within a relatively short
time, which can not create a significant concentration in the affected area or
pathological nidus.
The quantity of ultrasonic waves using the drug substance does not exceed 3-4%
of the applied during the procedure and does not significantly increase with an
increase in their concentration in solution is above 5% and the intensity is greater than
1 W / cm 2 . Phoretic greatest activity exhibit lower frequency ultrasonic vibrations.
Ultrasonic vibrations significantly affect the pharmacokinetics and

pharmacodynamics of drugs phoretic. As a result of the combined action of
potentiated the therapeutic effects of vasodilators, anti-inflammatory and absorbable
materials, local anesthetics, antibiotics, immunosuppressants and anticoagulants, as
well as their side effects are attenuated. However, the ultrasonic vibrations molecules
inactivate certain drugs (atropine, barbiturates, vitamins, codeine, caffeine, morphine,
procaine, platifillina tartrate, polymyxin B sulfate, pyrazolone derivatives, quinine,
ephedrine, etc.), which considerably reduces their pharmacological activity.
Ultrasonic field is not significantly accelerates the diffusion of ascorbic acid and
thiamine.
Therapeutic effects: potentiated the effects of ultrasound therapy, and the specific
effects of the drug substance administered ultrasound.

drug substances and indications for ultrasound therapy.
Contraindications. Besides contraindications for ultrasonic therapy, they include

allergic reactions to medications administered.
Parameters For procedures apply mechanical vibrations parameters determined

values used for ultrasonic therapy.
For the procedures used ultraphonophoresis Aids Ultrasound therapy .

Methodology Procedures are carried out in two main ways: contact and distant.
In the first case, the area of impact is applied to drugs in the form of solutions,
suspensions, ointments, and then fixedly mounted transducer (Stable method) or
move it without departing from the surface of the skin (Labile procedure) .
Using solutions of drugs their pipetted and rubbed into the skin, then cover it with
vaseline oil and produce scoring. Efficiency of this method ultraphonophoresis
increases after preliminary mechanical or chemical treatment of the surface of the
skin in the area of influence: dehydration of a mixture of ether and alcohol, heating,
hot water or diadynamic (current SG).
In the second case, phonophoresis performed in the bath with a solution of the
medicinal substance in degassed water at a temperature of 35-36 ° C. The small
emitter is moved in a circular motion at a distance of 1-2 cm from the skin surface.
Such a method should preferably be used for non-uniform exposure to the extensive
surface. In dentistry instead of baths using various funnels and nozzles.

below
100% -86% 85% -71% 70-55% 54% -37% 36% or less
13.2.1. The method of "Learning Together" ("Coop-Coop") - Mutual learning

technique based on a single basic principle: study group is divided into small groups.
Each member of the group becomes an expert in a particular area of the subject and
teaches others. The goal of each team is to ensure that all participants have mastered
the topic in full.
Flow chart art "Learning Together" ("Coop-Coop")
Activity
Teacher Students
Phase 1 work
Forms a heterogeneous group of

Learning Levels 3-5 people.
Stage 2 work
Each group gives one thing job - part general theme, which Within each
will run over the whole study group. Provides support (expert group, the
lists). overall task is
distributed.
Topics for jobs:
1. Alternating currents: a) UHF-therapy

b) microwave therapy
c) darsonvalization
2. Magnetic therapy: a) mechanisms of therapeutic action
b) equipment, techniques
c) indications and contraindications
3. Ultrasound therapy: a) mechanisms of therapeutic action

Phase 3 work
Monitors the success of the job, the 3.1. All operate individual assignments
culture of communication. and work independently on the whole
subject.
3.2. Listen mini-reports of group

members. Form a common report.
Stage 4 work
Announces the completion of group Speakers groups or the whole group

work and the beginning of the performed a presentation of reports.
presentation of results.
5 stage work
Analyzes and evaluates the results of the group

determines the winning team. Final score group includes
both the total score for the report, and the individual
scores for independent work.
1. The patient was 30 years with a diagnosis: Sided bronchoalveolitis,

assigned UHF-therapy. Define the methodology and dosing procedure. Write down
the recipe.
Answer After lowering the temperature to 37 0 With assigned UHF-therapy technique

in the transverse low-heat dosage (20-40 W), with a gap of 1 cm, 10 minutes for
treatment 5-6 procedures.
2. Turned 27 years old patient with complaints of pain and crunching in the left
knee joint, worse when walking. The diagnosis is:Arthrosis, arthritis of the left knee.
Define goals and objectives physiotherapy appointment. What physical factors can
recommend?
Answer In this case, physiotherapy appointed to provide anti-inflammatory, analgesic,

anti-proliferative and trophic effects. In the different stages of the inflammatory
process of the studied physical factors can recommend UHF therapy, magnetic
therapy, electrophoresis with novocaine and potassium iodide ultrasound therapy or
phonophoresis with NSAIDs or corticosteroids.
3. Patient 50 years complained of headaches and dizziness.
Hypertensive heart disease more than 5 years. What physical factors can recommend?
Answer Physiotherapy goals: normalization of blood pressure, minimal medical

therapy to improve quality of life. Of physical factors can be recommended:
Darsonvalization neck area, total franklinization, KY electrophoresis or chalk on the
collar area.
13.2.3. Graphic Organizer: Graphic Organizer Venn on "Electrophoresis and

phonophoresis."
Venn diagram is used for comparison or matching or contrasting 2 3 aspects

and show their similarities. Develops systems thinking, the ability to compare,
compare, analyze and synthesis.
Students get acquainted with the rules of construction of a Venn diagram.

Individually or in pairs build a chart and fill part of overlapping circles. Then
combined in pairs, compare and complement your charts. The intersection of circles
(× ×) make a list of those features which, in their opinion, are common to the 2 or 3
dimensions, but in a place where the circles intersect (×), give it features these
aspects.
Venn diagram

30-26 below
100% -86% 85% -71% 70-55% 54% -37% 36% or less
Purpose: teach students to correctly perform the technique of the procedure

for therapeutic purposes.
Taken steps of:

Number Activity Is not Fully
satisfied executed
correctly
(0 points)
1 Go into the treatment room, walk up 10

to the machine.
3 Plant patient. 5
4 Install capacitor plates assigned to the 20

procedure.
5 Set the power regulator on the 15

prescribed dose.
6 Turn on the machine, check 15

availability tester UHF field.
7 Be patient on 5-10-15 minutes. 10
8 After the procedure, turn off the unit. 10
9 Remove the capacitor plates, let the 10

patient.
Total: 100
2. Carrying out the procedure darsonvalization.

Taken steps of:

satisfied executed
correctly
(0 points)

to the machine.
3 In the presence of patient electrode 10

vacuum treat alcohol.
4 Plant patient. 5
5 Turn on the machine. Set the power 15

regulator on the prescribed dose.
6 Gradually increasing the knob 20

settings to determine the current.
7 The scope of process talc. 10
8 Slowly drive electrode Intended labile 20

procedure.

Release patient.
Total: 100
3. Carrying out the procedure of ultrasound therapy.

Taken steps of:

satisfied executed
correctly
(0 points)
1 Go into the treatment room, walk 10

up to the machine.
4 Mark emitter. 10
5 Turn on the machine. 5
6 Press the power button - the 10

prescribed dose.
7 Drip water on the surface of the 15

radiator - there is vibration.
8 Lubricate the skin with Vaseline. 10
9 Labile procedure - circular 15

movements influence.
10 Exposure time of 10 minutes. 10
11 Switch off the machine. Release 5

patient.
Total: 100
The maximum
14 points
and below
40-34
excellent poorly
85% -71% 70-55% 54% -37% 36% or less

100% -86%

 oral
 written
 Joint evaluation criteria table theoretical and analytical, practical and self-
employment units
Number % 100% - 85% - 36% or less
86% 71%
Theoretical 25-22 21-18 8 points
part score points and below
30-26 25-21 10 points
3 33-28 14 points
The practical 40-34 27-22 points 21-15 points
points and below
part points
And 1.8
Independent 5-4,3 4,2-3,6
4 3.5-2.8 score 2,7-1,9 score points
work score score
below

Nu Achievers Rating Level of knowledge and skills
mb -
er dependenc
e in%
1. 96-100% excellent Full correct answer to the questions on the
"5" classification, mechanisms of action studied (UHF,
microwave therapy, darsonvalization, magnetic,
Ultrasound therapy, phonophoresis) physical
factors (FF), application techniques, indications
and contra-indications. Summarizes and makes
correctly, with a creative approach, with full
Actively and creatively involved in interactive
games, right to make informed decisions and
summarizes and analyzes.
Recipes writes is true, with the best indication of
dose exposure to physical factors.
CDS prepared high quality (abstract, slides,
banner, video) with no less than 10 online sources
and literature in recent years.
2. 91-95% Full correct answer to the questions on the
classification, mechanisms of action studied (UHF,
3. 86-90% excellent Questions posed by the classification, mechanisms
"5" of action studied (UHF, microwave therapy,
darsonvalization, magnetic, Ultrasound therapy,
phonophoresis) physical factors (FF), application
techniques, indications and contraindications to
highlight enough, but there are 1-2 errors in the
response. Applies in practice, with the matter, said
confidently, has fine views. Situational problems
are solved correctly, but the justification answer
sufficiently.
Actively involved in interactive games, correct
decisions.
dose exposure to physical factors, but there are 2-3
grammatical errors.
4. 81-85% Good Questions posed by the classification, mechanisms
fully covered, but there are 2-3 inaccuracies,
errors. Applies in practice, with the matter, said
sufficiently. Inaccuracies in solving situational
problems.
decisions.
grammatical errors, inaccuracies in dose. CDS
prepared high quality (abstract, slides, banner,
video) with no less than 10 online sources and
5. 76-80% Good Correct but incomplete coverage of the issue.
"4" Student knows the classification mechanisms of
action studied (UHF, microwave therapy,
phonophoresis) physical factors (FF), methods of
application, indications and contra-indications, but
not fully versed in the mechanisms of action of
physical factors. With the matter, said confidently,
has fine views. Actively involved in interactive
games. Situational problem gives partial solutions.
Recipes written specifying the dose exposure to
physical factors, but there are 3-4 grammatical
errors, inaccuracies in dose.
CPC prepared good quality (abstract, slides) using
at least 5-8 online sources and literature in recent
years.
action studied FF (UHF, microwave therapy,
phonophoresis), methods of application,
indications and contra-indications, but not fully
versed in the mechanisms of action of physical
factors, incomplete lists contraindications to CFT
in this pathology . With the matter, said
interactive games. Situational problem gives
partial solutions.
years.
7. 66-70% The correct answer to half the questions posed.
Student knows classification studied FF (UHF,
Satisfactorily
Ultrasound therapy, phonophoresis), but poorly
"3"
in this pathology. With the matter, said
uncertainly, has accurate representations only on
specific issues theme. Situational problems are
solved correctly, but there is no justification
response. Passive when discussing CDS.
Recipes are written with an inaccurate indication
of dose exposure to physical factors, there are
grammatical errors.
response.
grammatical errors.
CPC prepared satisfactorily designed (abstract,
literature in recent years. Passive when discussing
CDS.
9. 55-60% Correct answer 40% of the questions. Student
knows classification studied FF (UHF, microwave
therapy, darsonvalization, magnetic, Ultrasound
therapy, phonophoresis), but poorly versed in the
mechanisms of action of physical factors,
incomplete lists contraindications to CFT in this
pathology. With the matter, said uncertainly, has
accurate representations only on specific issues
theme. Situational problems are solved correctly,
but there is no justification response.
grammatical errors.
literature in recent years. The abstract mistakes,
broken logical sequence of topics subject was not
disclosed. Improper design of slides and posters.
Passive when discussing CDS.
10 31-54% Unsatisfactorily Coverage less than 40% of the questions at the
"2" wrong approach. Student does not know the
physical factors (UHF, microwave therapy,
phonophoresis). Practically does not understand
the mechanisms of action of physical factors, does
not understand the indications and
contraindications to the appointment of FT in this
CDS performed with numerous errors, using only
1-2 online sources and literature, poorly framed,
the student can not present their work. Passive
11 20-30% Unsatisfactorily Students attend practical training in proper form,
"2" there is a workbook. Questions not answers. Does
not know the physical factors (UHF, microwave
therapy, phonophoresis) and their mechanisms of
action. Is not able to prescribe physical factors on
the topic.
Homework is not satisfied. CDS is not prepared.
Student in class passive.
33. Test Questions

1. Please enter a valid factor and mechanism of action darsonvalization.
2. Methodology for darsonvalization.
3. Indications for use darsonvalization.
4. Please enter a valid factor and mechanism of action of UHF therapy.
5. What impact has the gap when installing capacitor plates UHF therapy el.field energy
distribution in the tissues?
6. Indications and contraindications for the purpose UHF therapy.
7. Specify differences UHF therapy and microwave therapy.
8. Please enter a valid factor and mechanism of action of magnetic therapy.
9. Indications and contraindications for the purpose of magnetic therapy.
10. Please enter a valid factor and mechanism of action ultrasound therapy.
11. The mechanism of penetration of drugs into the tissue at phonophoresis.
12. Indications and contraindications for the purpose of ultrasound and phonophoresis.
2000.
Internet sites:
http://www . ze.ru
Subject: "Electrotherapy: alternating currents and electromagnetic fields of

different characteristics. Magnetic therapy. Ultrasound therapy "
Study time: 5:00

sessions
II. The main part:
6. theoretical
7. analytical
8. practical
9. independent work of students
The purpose of the training session : to consolidate and deepen the knowledge of AC
currents, develop the skill of writing prescriptions for physiotherapy and their practical
implementation.
• Fix a general idea of alternating The student should be able to:

electromagnetic fields;
 give a classification of alternating
• Fix a general idea of ultrasound therapy, electromagnetic fields;
phonophoresis;  tell us about the mechanisms of
therapeutic action of the studied
• organize knowledge about the mechanisms of
physical factors on the patient's
therapeutic action of these physical factors on
body;
the patient's body and for their application;
• consolidate and extend the knowledge of contraindications (public and
indications and contraindications (public and private) for the destination data
private) for the destination data physical factors; physical factors;
 application of these techniques to
• the application of these techniques to parse
physiotherapy and demonstrate;
treatments.
• To develop skills to conduct prescribing
physiotherapy; The graduate should be able to:
• To develop skills to work with physical therapy  perform practical skills:

equipment, independent of physical treatments in prescription for holding
compliance with safety regulations; darsonvalization, UHF,
microwave therapy, and conduct
• develop skills in organizing, comparing,
independently ultrasound therapy
summarizing, and analyzing information;
physiotherapy.

Learning Tools Manuals, training materials, set

sheets of A3, A4.

Flow chart classes

time 6:00
Teacher Students
1st stage 7. Tells subject, purpose and planned Listen, write,

Introduction to
and features of the training session. questions.
the training
session
on this topic.
15 minutes 9. Reported indicators and evaluation
Stage 2 - 5 17. Uses the technique of mutual learning Answer
hours "Learning Together" ("Coop, Coop"). questions.
Conducts a quiz to identify students'
Main: knowledge on the topic:
 Classification of alternating currents.
Theoretical
 The main mechanisms of action of
part
alternating currents: neuro-humoral reflex
(2 hours) (general, non-specific) and specific
(thermal, oscillatory).
 Indications and contraindications to the
study of physical factors: UHF-therapy
darsonvalization, magnetic therapy,
ultrasound therapy.
action of alternating currents on the patient,
their methods of application, indications
and contraindications private.
19. Students are encouraged to make a
graphic organizer Venn on "Electrophoresis
and phonophoresis."
group discussion. Participate in
21. Gives the task: discussions, ask
 Proposed to solve situational problems. questions,
Conduct and discuss the results of outline, specify.
individual work in mini-groups; Participate in
 Prepare for the presentation. discussions, ideas
22. Coordinates, advises, directs the serve, record,
learning activities. Examines and evaluates evaluate.
the results of individual work: sheets
Analytical part Divided into
analyzing the situation.
(2:00) groups.
23. Demonstrates physiotherapy equipment:
"Iskra-1", "UHF-66", "rennet", "RAS"
methods of physiotherapy.
Perform the
learning task.
Present the
results of the
group work.
Conduct
physiotherapy.
The practical
part
(1 hour)

A Final-result Conduct self-
esteem,
interassessment.
Ask questions.
Opine.
interassessment. Analyzes and evaluates
lesson.
Recorded
assignment.
Subject: ELECTROTHERAPY: Alternating currents and electromagnetic fields

of different characteristics. MAGNETOTHERAPY. Ultrasound therapy.

37. Purpose of the study: to consolidate and deepen the knowledge of AC currents and
electromagnetic fields of different characteristics, as well as ultrasound therapy,
especially their use in dental diseases, develop the skill of writing prescriptions for
physiotherapy and their practical implementation.
 secure a basic understanding of AC currents and electromagnetic fields, high and
ultra-ultra-high frequency (darsonvalization, UHF-therapy, microwave therapy);
 fix a general idea of magnetic therapy;
 fix a general idea of ultrasound therapy;
 consolidate and extend the knowledge of indications and contraindications (public
and private) for the destination data physical factors.
 Application of these techniques to parse physiotherapy and demonstrate;
 give a classification of alternating currents and electromagnetic fields of high and

ultra-ultra high frequency;
 tell us about the mechanisms of therapeutic action of the studied physical factors
on the patient's body;
data physical factors;
 describe methods of application studied physiotherapy in internal medicine.
 perform practical skills: prescription for holding darsonvalization, UHF-therapy,

UHF-therapy, magnetic therapy, and conduct independently ultrasound therapy
physiotherapy.
The method of "Learning Together" ("Coop-Coop") technique: Graphic Organizer
Venn on "Electrophoresis and phonophoresis."
41. Learning Tools

Manuals, training materials, set physioequipment, slides, markers, sheets of A3,
A4.
42. Form of study



Written control: checklists, prescribing medications.
45. Motivation
Physical factors have a different effect on the body, have a stimulating, analgesic,
anti-inflammatory, absorbing, reparative and regenerative effects.

diseases, which necessitates in-depth study of medical students and medical and
pedagogical faculties.

with medical and surgical hospitals (horizontal integration).

Local darsonvalization - Therapeutic effect on some parts of the patient's body

weak pulse AC high voltage and medium frequency.
The highest density of displacement currents in this method occurs in the

superficial tissues, and realized where the main effects of the treatment modality.
Low frequency pulses modulated medium-frequency currents [Quiet digit)
terminal portions irritate sensitive nerve fibers of the skin, which leads to changes in
their excitability and activation of the microcirculation (at the axon reflex
mechanism.) Intermittent spasmodermia replaced their long extension due to the
reduction of smooth muscle tone. The basis of cutaneous vascular reactions on the
change in the configuration of endothelial cells.
With an increase in the amplitude of the pulse current afferent impulses from
nerve agents enters the posterior horns of the spinal cord and causes excitation of
motor and trophic fibers. This leads to a reflex response of the internal organs and
tissues associated with that segment. These reactions are also expanding in arterioles
and capillaries in the area of impact, the increased blood flow and activate skin
metabolism. Medium frequency currents also cause an increase elasticity and turgor
of the skin, it stimulates the secretory and excretory functions.
With a significant increase in the amplitude of the pulse current and some
distance from the body between the electrode and the skin formed streamers - thin
branched channels filled with ionized air. Their aggregate forms spark
discharge, acting on the patient. Due to the expansion of streamers on the surface
of the skin arise microshock waves, which are accompanied by a characteristic bang.
Under the action of the spark discharge are produced in the skin lesions
micronecroses that stimulate phagocytosis and recovery of biologically active agents
(heparin, cytokines) and mediators (histamine) in the underlying tissues.
Moving in the microcirculatory bed, the decomposition products of protein

molecules stimulate secondary humoral mechanisms of immunity and activate
selection antimediators inflammation in surrounding tissues. Severe irritation of skin
unmyelinated nerve fibers (C fibers) leads to the blockade of the conductivity and
flow restriction of afferent impulses of pain hearth. Spark increased tone of arterioles
reduces not only the surface layers of the skin, but also reflexively related internal
organs. Expanding capillaries and arterioles, it improves the tone of veins and
strengthens trophometabolic processes in tissues. Finally, a spark causes destruction
of membranes of microorganisms and their death. This effect is potentiated produced
during local darsonvalization nitrogen oxides and ozone.
Therapeutic effects: local analgesic, vasoactive, local trophic, a local anti-

inflammatory, antipruritic, bactericidal.
Indications. Diseases of the peripheral nervous system with pain (neuralgia,

neyromyositis, osteochondrosis, hypotensia, paresthesia), sensorineural hearing loss,
cardiopsychoneurosis on cardial type, migraine, sleep disorders, climacteric neurosis,
enuresis, alopecia, varicose veins of the lower extremities and hemorrhoidal veins,
diseases of the mouth, sores and skin lesions, itching dermatitis, eczema, nonhealing
wounds, vasomotor rhinitis, inflammatory diseases of the female genital organs,
prostatitis, impotence.
Contraindications. Idiosyncrasy current abdominal pain when administered

electrodes.
Parameters For local usedarsonvalization AC bell-shaped pulses with carrier

frequency 110 kHz. Pulse repetition rate is 50 imp/s. " The pulse duration is 100
ms, and supplied to the capacitor electrode voltage - 25-30 kV. The current in the
discharge does not exceed 0.02 mA and voltage of 50 V. The air inside the glass
electrodes-cylinders of various shapes sparse to 6,7-13,5 Pa.
For procedures using portable AidsIskra Iskra-1 and 2, as well as portable units
Impulse-1 and M-Crown. These phones comes with a set of 8 vacuum electrodes:
comb, large and small rectal, ear, large and small mushroom, gingival and vaginal.
Methodology Current pulses supplied to the mid-body of the patient through a

glass capacitor electrode. One plate of it is placed in a rarefied airspace metallic
conductor connected to the coil-resonator. It is separated from the glass tube section
of the body of the patient, which is a second electrode. At low voltage electrode and
continuous contact with the skin of the patient it affect current midrange (labile
contact method). With increasing stress and removing the electrode from the surface
of the patient's body becomes active factor spark (remote procedure). In both
methods, vacuum electrode is moved slowly to the site of exposure. To improve the
sliding electrode on the skin before the procedure it sprinkle talcum powder, and the
electrodes wiped with a cotton swab dipped in alcohol.
Dosing procedures carried out by local darsonvalization output voltage

apparatus, current strength and duration of the discharge procedure.
Length is conducted every 3-5 minutes procedures at one site and not
exceed 10-15 minutes when exposed to different fields. The duration of
treatment is 10-15 procedures. If necessary, a second course of local
darsonvalization prescribed in 1-2 months.
Ultrahigh-frequency (UHF) therapy - The therapeutic use of the electric

component of the electromagnetic field of alternating high and ultra-high frequency.
Due to the great length of the electromagnetic waves of UHF band is carried out
by exposure to significant portions of the patient's body that is in near-field
electromagnetic field source. This zone is dominated by the electric component of the
electromagnetic field, which accounts for over 85% of its energy. Capacitance tissues
at high frequency is substantially less than at low, hence the influence of an electric
field, not only on the cellular membrane, but the subcellular structures. Furthermore,
in this method UHF electric field interacts with the tissues throughout the
interelectrode space and causes vibration and rotational displacement of biomolecules
and significant degree the density of conduction currents.
In the mechanism of UHF therapy conventionally isolated nonthermal

(oscillatory) and thermal components. The first of these is caused by the
relaxation oscillations of soluble globular proteins, glycolipids, glycoproteins and
phospholipids of cell membranes. Following them conformational changes of
molecular complexes lead to increased degree of dispersion of proteins and
phospholipids, increased permeability plasmolemma tissue cells interpolar zone.
In the theoretical concepts of the mechanisms of action of UHF and microwave

radiation cardinal manifestation nonthermal the effect of electromagnetic radiation
is traditionally considered heating biological tissues by no more than 0,1 º C.
However, due to the high temperature coefficient of resistance of biological
membranes even tissue heating 0,01-0,1 ° C causes a noticeable modulation effects
on the structural transitions excitable membranes . As a result of their resistance
decreases by 10-20%, which determines the activation of various ion-transporting
systems, cellular membranes.
Arising as a result of orientation (vibrational and rotational) displacements

induced biological molecules and intrinsic dipole moment in the high-frequency
electric field tissue polarization changes the physico-chemical properties of the
membranes. It activates processes and enzymatic oxidation of free cells. On this
basis, successively formed nonspecific metabolic responses of cells that determine
the therapeutic effects of this factor. Such reactions include UHF oscillation
stimulation of hematopoiesis and immunogenesis (increase and decrease of albumin
content in serum globulins), and the phagocytic activity of leukocytes. These changes
are particularly pronounced when a pulsed field UHF.
Besides bias current, domain arises in transconductance due to relaxation

oscillation subcellular structures, by the action of high-frequency electric field in the
tissue of an organism arise which translational motion of ions in the interstitium and
cytosole, which also leads to a change in ion selective permeability plasmolemma.
Thermal action component appears along with the oscillator with an increase
in the intensity of UHF oscillations. In this case, due to the high vibrational
displacement amplitude orientation of protein molecules, the polarization of the tissue
increases the interelectrode space and frequency-selective absorption of
electromagnetic energy. In a viscous medium as a result of vibrational displacement
of protein molecules and subcellular structures there are significant frictional force
with subsequent conversion to an electric field energy into heat. Specific power of
heat in such procedures substantially exceeds metabolic, and existing mechanisms do
not compensate for its heat. As a result, the heating of the irradiated tissue in the
affected area . Due to the different energy absorption UHF field protein molecules
and ions of the maximum amount of heat is produced in the tissues with distinct
dielectric properties and poor water (nerve, bone and connective tissue, subcutaneous
adipose tissue, tendons and ligaments). In contrast, in tissues with significant
electrical conductivity and water-rich (blood, lymph, muscle tissue) of heat generated
by an order less. This is due not only to the nature of electrical energy absorption data
environments, but also with low thermal conductivity and poor blood supply to the
tissues of the first group.
Heating organs and tissues under the influence of an electric field causes UHF
stable, long and deep tissue hyperemia in the affected area. Especially strongly
expanding capillaries whose diameter increases by 3-10 times. At the same time
increases the rate of blood flow in large vessels. Under the influence of UHF field is
greatly accelerated and Regional lymphodynamics, increases the permeability of the
endothelium, the blood-brain and other tissue barriers. Strengthening regional
circulation and lymph flow in the affected tissues increased permeability of the
microvasculature, increasing the number of white blood cells and increase their
phagocytic activity lead to dehydration and resorption of the inflammatory focus, and
perineuraledemacaused by a decrease in pain. Activation stromal elements of
connective tissue systems and mononuclear phagocytes (histiocytes, fibroblasts and
macrophages), increased dispersion of blood plasma proteins, local acidosis,
increased concentration of Ca 2 and activation of metabolism in the lesion area
proliferative stimulate regenerative processes in the connective tissue around the
inflammatory focus and have a secondary anti-bacterial effect. This allows the use of
UHF treatment at various stages of the inflammatory process.
High frequency electric field when subjected to different brain structures

(transcerebrally) stimulates the central links of the neuroendocrine regulation of
visceral functions. Neurohumoral activation processes leads to a reduction in blood
low density lipoprotein and triglyceride levels rise of HDL having pronounced anti-
atherogenic effect. Along with hypolipidemic action, high-frequency electric field
causes an increase in fibrinogen and increase tolerance of plasma to heparin that
enhances hemostasis. As a result of the processes activated nonspecific resistance.
Electric field of high frequency stimulates the parasympathetic nervous system

and reduces sympathicotonic impact on internal organs, normalizes blood pressure,
motor and secretory function of the stomach and duodenum, the absorption of
nutrients in the small intestine. Activation of the endocrine system when exposed to
an electric field UHF endocrine glands occurs due to stimulation hormone-synthetic
processes in the thyroid gland and adrenal cortex, along with the suppression of the
synthesis of catecholamines. Increased synthesis of glucocorticoids leads to reduced
activity of exudative component of inflammation and immunological reactivity.
Furthermore, a high frequency electric field improves the trophism of the tissue in the
target area, accelerates epithelialization of wounds. It reduces the excitability of nerve
somatosensory system conductors eliminates the spasm of vascular smooth muscle
which leads to lower blood pressure in patients.
Therapeutic effects: anti-secretory, vasodilatory, muscle relaxant, an

immunosuppressive, trophic.
Indications.Inflammation, including acute suppurative processes of different

localization (boils, carbuncles, abscesses, cellulitis, panaritiums etc.), acute and
subacute inflammatory diseases of various internal organs (lung, stomach, liver,
urinary organs), injuries and diseases of the musculoskeletal system and peripheral
nervous system, frostbite, phantom pain, causalgia, occlusive disease and other
peripheral vascular disease, limb diseases proceeding with severe allergic component
(asthma, chronic obstructive bronchitis, rheumatoid arthritis), vegetative-vascular
dysfunction, hypertension I- stage II, menopausal and post-menopausal symptoms.
Contraindications. Aortic aneurysm, hypotension, frequent angina, the presence

of cardiac pacemakers in the impacts decorated hearth purulent inflammation,
purulent sinusitis, stroke, pregnancy with the third month.
The use of these devices with a small area of the electrodes in the presence of
metal objects in the area of impact is contraindicated.
The ratio of non-thermal and thermal components of the therapeutic action of
UHF oscillations determines the intensity of the treatment modality, which is dosed
by output devices.
Methodology During procedures UHF-therapy use capacitor technique.

Applied longitudinal and transverse location of the two capacitor plates. Tension and
absorbed engergiya UHF electric field generated in the therapeutic effects, varies and
depends on the distance between the electrode and the tissues and their spatial
arrangement. For shallow lesions gap between the plates and the skin surface is 1-2
cm, deep location of the hearth - 3-4 cm total clearance shall not exceed 6 cm and
procedures can be carried out through clothing, but not through the wet bandages.
Correct setting of the output circuit in response checked with milliammeter scale is
available on the machine, or adjustment indicator (neon lamp). In the last when
placed in the UHF field glow discharge occurs.
Low-intensity field UHF used primarily in the acute (Exudative) stage of

inflammation, and high intensity - the stage of resolution (Proliferative)
inflammatory process or after drainage of purulent inflammation focus. UHF electric
field exposure is not subjected to the heart area, in order to avoid provocation of its
rhythm disorders.
Dosing medical procedures performed on the output device. When UHF

therapy apply nonthermal, low-heat and thermal dose. For non-thermal effect of the
energy flux density should not exceed 0.1 W / m 2 Which is achieved with output
devices UHF therapy is not more than 30 watts. The phone UHF-5-2 miniterm
installed power meter to determine the power absorbed by the tissues of the patient.
When using other devices, be aware that the electromagnetic energy absorbed by the
tissues about half generated.
Duration daily ongoing procedures is 10-15 minutes at nonthermal exposure can

be performed twice a day (morning and evening) Course 8-12 procedures. If
necessary, a second course of therapy prescribed UHF 2-3 months.
Low-frequency magnetic therapy - Therapeutic use of the magnetic

component of the electromagnetic field of alternating very low and low frequency.
For therapeutic use various kinds of effects of low frequency magnetic fields: AC
(VMF), pulsed (Pumpe), rotating (VrMP) and running (BeMP).
The mechanism of therapeutic action of low frequency magnetic fields are the
same pattern as for the permanent mechanism implemented on a liquid crystal or by
induction of singlet-triplet transitions pair of free radicals in biological systems .
Spatial heterogeneity of low frequency magnetic fields (most pronounced in

running fields) is moving in the conductive media (blood, lymph) formation of
magnetohydrodynamic forces. These forces are acting on the free charges (ions) and
cause them additional movement in the stream, which significantly increases the
likelihood of their participation and chemical reactions. Spatiotemporal field
inhomogeneity leads to divergent mechanical moments during the first and second
phase of the oscillation period of the magnetic field. As a result, in environments
having alternating pressure processes which increase the convection in the cells, and
moving fluids. These processes create favorable conditions for physico-chemical
interaction of cells and activate their metabolism.
By periodically changing the orientation of uncompensated magnetic moments of

free radicals low-frequency magnetic field can significantly alter the rate of lipid
peroxidation. This contributes to the activation of trophic processes in organs and
tissues, eliminates infiltration and accelerates epithelization of wounds.
According to the degree of clinical efficacy effects of low-frequency magnetic

fields are most susceptible to the nervous, cardiovascular and endocrine systems. In
such fields increases the speed of action potentials in nerve conductors, increasing
their excitability, reduced perineuraledema. Restoration of modified functional
properties neyrolemmy afferent conductors pain sensitivity leads to a weakening and
then cessation of pain impulses from the hearth. It normalizes the autonomic
functions of the body, reduces the increased vascular tone and motor function of the
stomach. At the same time most exciting action have variables and moving magnetic
fields. In contrast, using a rotating magnetic field can be carried out administering
the drug substance in the tissue (Officinalismagnetophoresis).
By increasing the vibrational motions of formed elements of blood plasma

proteins and the activation of local blood flow, increased blood supply to various
organs and tissues, as well as their trophics. It should be noted that the restoration of
the local blood flow in many cases the basis of the clinical effectiveness of a given
factor. Low-frequency magnetic fields enhance the education of releasing factors in
the hypothalamus and pituitary trophic hormones that stimulate the function of the
adrenal, thyroid, genitals and other endocrine glands. As a result, formed the common
adaptive response of the organism to increase its resistance and tolerance to physical
stress, stimulation of sexual activity. Furthermore, activation of low-frequency
magnetic fields of the central parts of the neuroendocrine regulation of the internal
organs leads to an increase in their predominantly catabolic reactions. By relaxing the
smooth muscle of peripheral vessels such fields have a weak hypotensive action.
Therapeutic Effects : vasoactive, anti-inflammatory (decongestant), trophic,

gipokoaguliruyuschy, local analgesic, Vasoprotective.
Indications.Consequences of closed brain injury and ischemic stroke, disease and

damage to the peripheral nervous system, diabetic polyneuritis, vegetative neurosis,
vegetalgii, coronary heart disease, myocardial infarction, hypertension stage I,
Raynaud's disease, other occlusive disease and peripheral vascular disease, limb,
chronic diseases internal organs (lung, stomach, liver, duodenum, kidney, female
genital mutilation), prostate, bone fractures, arthritis, and arthritis, osteomyelitis,
periodontal disease, diseases of the ear, nose and throat, sluggish healing sores, burns,
keloids.
Contraindications.Individual Hypersensitivity to the factor, cerebrovascular

accident, complicated forms of ischemic heart disease, pronounced hypotension,
presence of pacemakers, acute psychosis.
Parameters Currently used for medicinal purposes low-frequency magnetic fields

with frequencies 0,125-1000 imp / s, magnetic induction does not exceed 100 mT.
By virtue of the fact that in practice successfully used Physio various kinds of low-
frequency magnetic field generating blocked Aids also varied and plentiful. All are
provided with the inductors of two types: electromagnets and solenoids. A number of
devices are available and abdominal inductors. Magnetic fields very low
frequency (10-100 Hz) created using devices Pole-1, 2-pole, pole-2D Gradient-
1, AMT-01 Magniter, MAG-30 and MAG-30-4. Magnetic induction produced by
these devices on the surface of the inductors, does not exceed 50-75 mT, and
penetrating power does not exceed 6 cm alternating magnetic field of low frequency
(700, 1000 Hz) creates a machine-101 Pole, the magnetic induction in the center of
the solenoid which is 1 5 mT and apparatus Inductor-2U and 2D, running at 5000 Hz
and forming a magnetic field of 3 mT.
For exposure a pulsating magnetic field, in the frequency range 0,17-30

imp / s devices use the BIOS, Cascade, Eros Biopotentser. Magnetic induction
created by a majority of them does not exceed 30 mT. The device is equipped with an
automatic BIOS program that allows to synchronize a pulsed magnetic field with a
heart rate of the patient.
Versatile device that lets you create permanent, alternating, pulsating and pulsed
magnetic fields is PDMT operating at frequencies of 25, 50, 75, 100 and 150 pulses /
sec. It creates the magnetic field induction are 150 mT (constant) and 100 mT (low
frequency). The structure of this unit consists of 27 inductors, electromagnets, and he
has 16 steps of adjustment of the magnetic induction.
Traveling magnetic field is created by connecting a multi-generator system

of the spaced planar magnetic coils. Because switching current pulses alternately
from one reel to another magnetic field generated "looped" region of patient's body on
which the coils. Vehicles, radiating traveling magnetic field are 1 Olympus, Athos
and Aurora-MK-01.
Rotating magnetic field forming apparatuses using three-pole and four-pole,

generating a magnetic field with a frequency of 12-25 pulses / sec. Induction of the
magnetic field created by them are 30 and 15 mT, and its constant direction and a
special form of inductors allows magnetophoresis drugs.
Methodology During low frequency magnetic contact technique used primarily.
Inductors in the projection set of pathological lesions on the skin or in the
paravertebral areas without pressure and is fixed by means of flexible control rods or
apparatus using the housing with pockets for inductors. Using longitudinal and
transverse position of the inductors. In the inductor solenoids organs and limbs in a
longitudinal direction of the main vessel along the length thereof, and inductor
solenoids - laterally. Procedures low frequency magnetic therapy combined with
ultrasound . They are incompatible with local darsonvalization on the same area.
Dosing medical procedures performed by magnetic induction. And a degree of

inhomogeneity of the magnetic field penetration depth in the tissue is calculated on
the distribution of magnetic induction in the air. Duration conducted every day or two
treatment modalities is 15-30 min. In the course of treatment prescribed procedures
20-25. If necessary, a second course of low frequency magnetic prescribed in 1-2
months.
Decimeter wave therapy - Therapeutic use of electromagnetic waves in the

decimeter range.
Under the influence of electromagnetic waves in body tissues arise orientation

fluctuations of dipolar molecules bound water (95% tissue water), as well as
side groups of proteins and glycolipids plasmolemma. As a result, the
polarization of hydration shells of proteins and glycolipids occur conformational
rearrangements of the cytoskeleton and membrane organelles of neurons and blood
cells. Such processes modulate the intermolecular electrostatic interactions and
structural framework of membrane proteins with extracellular matrix proteins activate
membrane enzymatic complexes and second messenger systems (cyclic nucleotides,
G-proteins and Caions 2 ). In addition, the electromagnetic wave UHF alter the
physico-chemical properties of subcellular structures. The above phenomena
determine nonthermal (oscillatory) component of the mechanism of therapeutic
action of UHF.
Decimeter electromagnetic waves of low intensity cause complex physical and

chemical processes occurring in irradiated tissues. The consequence of these
processes is the activation of cellular respiration and enzyme activity, conformational
rearrangements plasmolemma glycolipids, changing its permeability and functional
properties of the membranes. Such waves activate the synthesis of nucleic acids and
proteins into cells, increased intensity of phosphorylation in mitochondria.
Relaxation oscillations of bound water molecules and glycolipids lead to energy

conversion to electromagnetic waves in thermal and heating the tissues. The
greatest heat occurs in the organs and tissues rich in water (Blood, lymph,
muscle, parenchymal organs). Heat transfer mechanisms do not compensate
occurring in these organs of heat, temperature and Regional deep-seated tissue
increased by 1,5 ° C. This phenomenon is referred to as thermal component of the
mechanism of therapeutic action of UHF.
Penetration into tissues UHF averages 9-11 cm deep-heating of tissues and organs
under the influence of UHF high intensity leads to the expansion of capillaries and
increased regional blood flow, increased microvascular permeability and dehydration
of the inflammatory focus, activate metabolism of exposed organs and tissues
improves their trophic and restore lost function in disease activity.
Electromagnetic waves in the decimeter range when exposed to endocrine glands

stimulate their activity. Activation of the endocrine system leads to increased
corticotropin releasing factor production in the hypothalamus, stimulating hormone-
synthetic processes in the thyroid gland. She is accompanied by the release of
glucocorticoids in blood and increased utilization of catecholamines in the
myocardium, resulting in a reduction of functionally active (proteinized) amines.
Upon irradiation of different organs (liver, thyroid, etc.) capable of microwaves as

relaxing and boost immunogenesis processes and regeneration in irradiated tissues. It
allows you to manage the exchange, immune and reparative processes using targeting
decimeter waves on various endocrine glands. In addition, microwaves restore
impaired respiratory function, stimulate myocardial contractility, promote
development of collaterals and induce reparative processes in the body reduces the
peripheral resistance of the capillary bed and enhance coronary blood flow. Lowering
blood pressure and heart rate also occurs here due to the activation of the
parasympathetic nerve fibers.
Therapeutic effects: anti-secretory, vasodilatory, immunoregulatory, metabolic.
Indications.Subacute and chronic inflammatory diseases of the internal organs

(bronchitis, pneumonia, gastric ulcer, cholecystitis, adneksit, prostatitis), diseases of
the cardiovascular system (hypertension stage I-II, renovascular hypertension,
myocardial infarction (25-28 days of the disease), rheumatism activity is not above
Grade II in conjunction with valvular heart rhythm disturbances and without
circulatory failure is not above stage I, cerebral atherosclerosis), asthma (allergic and
infectious-allergic form), rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis deformans. Microwave
therapy is indicated for subacute and acute inflammatory processes in the presence of
Chloe outflow of fluid, periodontal disease, fractures of jaws.
Contraindications. Purulent acute inflammatory processes, pregnancy (when

exposed to the stomach area), swelling of tissues and the presence of foreign bodies
in the affected area, angina at rest, paroxysmal cardiac arrhythmia, stomach ulcer
with pyloric stenosis and the risk of bleeding, epilepsy.
Parameters For Decimeter wave therapy using electromagnetic waves frequency

460 ± 4,6 MHz (wavelength 65 cm). Abroad for treatment modality used generators
of electromagnetic waves with a wavelength of 69 cm and 33 working in pulsed
mode.
For procedures using domestic apparatus, Wave-2M mobile and portable:

UHF and UHF 15 Camomile 20-1 rennet. The first of these has a maximum output
power of 100 W, which is governed by 9 steps. Maximum power output apparatus
Chamomile does not exceed 12-15 W, and rennet - 25 watts. They have three
interchangeable emitter: Two flat disk-shaped (diameter of 4 cm and 10 cm) and a
rod adapted for abdominal procedures. Abroad for Decimeter wave therapy devices
used Radiotherm, ThermaSpec 600 and others.
The ratio of non-thermal and thermal components of therapeutic effects UHF

determined by the intensity of electromagnetic radiation dosed on output devices.
MethodologyDecimeter wave therapy procedures carried out in two basic

methods:distant and the contact. Act on the affected area, or the corresponding
endocrine glands through the radiators of various shapes. When using techniques
distant gap between the emitter and the patient is 3-4 cm In addition, you must
consider the greatest anti-inflammatory effect when applied low-heat intensities,
whereas the thermal effect can complicate the process by autohemolymphoperfusion
of inflammatory products.
Dosing medical procedures performed on the output devices. For non-thermal

effect energy flux density should not exceed 0.01 W | cm 2 Which is achieved with
output power of the device wave-2M no more than 30 watts, and rennet unit - no
more than 10 watts. You also need to consider the feeling of pleasant warmth sick.
Duration conducted every day or procedures ranges from 4 to 15 minutes (in

special techniques - up to 30 min), the rate of 8-12 influences. If necessary, a second
course of therapy prescribed Decimeter wave in 2-3 months.
Centimeter therapy - therapeutic use of electromagnetic waves in the centimeter

range.
Biophysical mechanisms of action of centimeter waves on biological tissues are

not fundamentally different from decimeter. However, a significant decrease in the
length of wave action results in an increase of the relaxation oscillations of molecules
unstructured free water, phospholipids and the side chains of amino
acids polarization in the surface tissue and the formation of the bias current. This is
due to the fact that the characteristic frequency of the relaxation of the molecules
close to the frequency range of centimeter waves, which determines the resonant
absorption of energy.
Short wavelength is associated with less depth of penetration of the

electromagnetic waves, which is approximately 3-5 cm
Centimeter waves are also inherent nonthermal and thermal components of
the mechanism of therapeutic action due to relaxation oscillations of water molecules
and amino acids, which are manifested primarily in the superficial tissues of the
body.
Centimeter waves of low intensity directed at the impact of stimulating the

endocrine system of the body - the adrenal cortex, thyroid and pancreas. Activation of
the endocrine glands leads to an increase in blood plasma content of ACTH, growth
hormone, cortisol, thyroxine and insulin inhibition of the activity of immune cells.
When the intensity of irradiation of tissues occurs oppression of the sympathetic
nervous system.
Under the influence of microwave radiation of high intensity occurs in tissue

heat. The temperature of the skin and underlying tissues increases by 1-3 º C, and
deep-tissue to 0,5 ° C. centimeter waves reinforce regional hemo-lymphodynamics
and by increasing the rate of blood flow, the number of functioning capillaries and
expansion of small vessels. These processes accelerate resorption products of
autolysis of cells from the inflammatory focus, activate metabolism and trophics of
irradiated tissues. Activation of microcirculation system leads to a decrease in
perineuraledema pain fire and change the functional properties of nerve conductors
located in the irradiated zone.
Radio waves in the centimeter range modulate the flow of afferent impulses in the
corresponding segments of the spinal cord, thalamo-pituitary centers, which is the
basis of formation of segmental cutaneous visceral and cutaneous somatic reactions.
Degree of their expression depends on the intensity of exposure and the level of
activation of the corresponding reflex mechanisms. Thuscentimeter waves act on the
centers of the parasympathetic nervous system, leading to a reduction in blood
pressure and causes bradycardia, as well as stimulate neurohumoral regulation of
homeostasis. Activation of the cAMP accumulation of prostaglandins and increase the
intensity of metabolic processes in irradiated tissues, and the increase of Ca-
accumulating capacity myocardiocytes membranes leads to an increase in myocardial
contractility.
Effective correction of hemodynamic changes can be achieved by local effects on

the paravertebral and reflex zones, as well as acupressure points (Microwave
pulse reflexology).
Therapeutic effects: anti-inflammatory, analgesic, metabolic, secretory,

vasodilatory.
Indications.Subacute and chronic inflammatory diseases of the peripheral

nervous system (neuralgia, neuritis), degenerative diseases of joints and spine in the
acute stage (low back pain, bursitis, periarthritis, tendonitis, ligament rupture),
pustular skin diseases (furuncle, carbuncle, hydradenitis), chronic nonspecific lung
disease, inflammatory diseases of the female genital organs, urinary tract, prostate,
eye, paranasal cavities of the nose, mucous membranes of the mouth.
Contraindications. Inflammatory disease with severe tissue edema and the

presence of metal objects in the target area, hyperthyroidism, myocardial infarction
(during the first 1-3 months), vegetalgia, coronary heart disease, exertional angina FC
III, peptic ulcer with pyloric stenosis and the risk of bleeding, rigid antral gastritis
epilepsy.
Parameters Centimeter for therapy using electromagnetic waves frequency 2375

MHz (12.6 cm wavelength) and 2450 ± 50 MHz (12.2 cm wavelength).
For procedures using portable devices CMV-150-1-11 beam (with a maximum

output power of 150 W) and CMB-20-3-3 and Ray variation with a maximum power
of 20 watts.
Methodology Use two basic techniques Centimeter therapy: Distant and

contact. In the first of them, carried out using the apparatus Luch-11 emitters
installed at a distance of 5-7 cm from the patient's body. By using contact methods
(using 3-beam apparatus) transducer is placed directly on the patient's body.
Dosing medical procedures performed on the output device. When distant

effects low-heat procedure performed at an output power up to 40 W, 40-60 W
medium heat and silnoteplovaya - 60-80 watts. When the contact method specified
degree of therapeutic effects achieved with output power respectively 3, 4-6 and 7-10
watts.
Duration conducted every day or two treatment modalities is 5-20 min, 5-15
treatment procedures. If necessary, a second course of therapy prescribed Centimeter
2-3 months.
Ultrasound Therapy - Therapeutic use of ultrasound.
Elastic vibrations in the ultrasonic range pose a high sound pressure gradient and
cause significant shear stresses in different biological tissues. The amplitude of
vibrational displacement of particles of tissue insufficient to excite the
mechanoreceptors of the skin. However, such bias can change the conductivity
stretch-channel membranes of various cells and cause microshowers metabolites in
the cytosole and organelles (micromassage tissues). The resultant deformation of the
tissues leads to an increase in the permeability of individual cells and
plasmolemmahistohematic different barriers. Activation of membrane enzymes and
depolymerization of hyaluronic acid may reduce edema and resorption, reduced
compression nociceptor nerve agents in the treatment area.
Along with the deformation of biological tissue ultrasonic vibrations cause the
complex physico-chemical reaction in tissues. They accelerate the movement of
biological molecules in the cells, which increases the likelihood of their participation
in metabolic processes. This also contributes to break the weak intermolecular bonds,
reducing the viscosity of the cytosole (thixotropy), the transition ions and biologically
active compounds in the free state. Subsequently activated mechanisms of nonspecific
immunological resistance the body by increasing the binding of biologically active
substances (kinins, histamine) blood proteins and their cleavage enzymes.
Ultrasound activation of lysosomal enzymes of macrophages leads to the

purification of the inflammatory focus of cellular debris and pathogenic microflora in
exudative step. Along with this, the ultrasonic waves accelerate the synthesis of
collagen by fibroblasts and formation of granulation tissue in the proliferative and
reparative stage of inflammation. Occurs under the influence of ultrasonic vibrations
increase the enzymatic activity of the cells and increased their metabolism stimulates
reparative regeneration of tissues, accelerates the healing of wounds and trophic
ulcers. Formed under the influence of ultrasonic vibrations collagen and elastin fibers
forming scars have increased (2 or more) strength and elasticity compared to non-
populated cloth. However, it should be remembered that ultrasound scoring bone in
the proliferative stage of inflammation leads to increased growth of cartilage and slow
osteoblast differentiation. These mechanical and physico-chemical effects arising in
the field of ultrasonic waves, determine the nonthermal (Specific) action of
ultrasound.
When the intensity of the ultrasound on the border heterogeneous biological

media formed highly damped shear (transverse) waves and releases heat (Thermal
action of ultrasound). Due to the significant absorption of ultrasonic vibration energy
to tissues containing molecules with large linear dimensions, tissue temperature
increases by 1 ° C, with the greatest amount of heat released is not uniform in the
thickness of tissue and tissue at the interfaces of different acoustic impedance -
collagen-rich superficial layers of the skin, fascia, ligaments, scars, synovium,
menisci and articular periosteum. Warming weak connective tissue increases its
elasticity and increases the range of physiological stress by streamlining its structure.
This increases the amplitude of movements of the joints in the case of contractures.
Tissue heating alters the functional properties of thermal, mechanosensitive

structures tendons and ligaments helps to reduce phantom pain and reduces muscle
spasms. Local vasodilatation microvasculature increases blood flow in ill tissues (2-
3 times), increasing their oxygenation and metabolic rate, which greatly accelerates
the reparative regeneration in inflammation.
Ultrasound improves physiological lability of the nerve centers, peripheral nerve

agents, smooth muscle spasm eliminates skin and blood vessels and parabiosis
excitable tissues. Due to increased afferent nerve conduction conductors activated
reticular formation, the hypothalamic-pituitary and limbic system and higher centers
of the parasympathetic nervous system. What is happening at the same time restoring
the metabolism of catecholamines enhances adaptive-trophic processes in the body of
the patient.
Ultrasonic vibrations damage cell membranes of microorganisms. Sensitivity to

ultrasound of different bacteria varies - the maximum - in Leptospira, and most
staphylococci resistant to it.
Therapeutic effects: anti-inflammatory, analgesic, antispasmodic, metabolic,

defibrosing, bactericidal.
Indications. Inflammatory and degenerative diseases of the joints with severe pain
(arthritis, osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, low back pain, periarthritis,
epicondylitis), injuries and damage to the musculoskeletal system (contracture,
tenosynovitis, etc.), inflammatory diseases of the peripheral nerves (neuritis and
neuralgia, radiculitis), respiratory diseases (bronchitis, pleurisy, pulmonary
tuberculosis), digestive (stomach ulcer and duodenal ulcer, biliary dyskinesia),
genitourinary system (oophoritis, adnexitis, cervical erosion, prostatitis), ENT
diseases, eyes, mucous membranes of the mouth, scleroderma, trophic ulcers.
Contraindications. Coronary heart disease, exertional angina FC III, hypotension,

vegetative-vascular dysfunction in early pregnancy (during irradiation of the lower
third of the abdomen), thrombophlebitis.
Parameters For procedures using ultrasonic mechanical vibrations frequency 22-

44 kHz, 880 kHz and 2640 kHz, generated in the continuous mode. Pulsed
ultrasound therapy using a series of low-frequency pulses with frequencies filling 1 3
MHz and a duration of 0.5, 1, 2, 4 and 10 ms and the pulse repetition frequency of 16,
48, 50 and 100 imp / s. Switching modes are mainly used to achieve non-thermal
effects. The ratio of non-thermal and thermal components of the therapeutic action of
the ultrasonic vibration is determined by the intensity of the radiation or mode
(continuous or pulsed) exposure.
The intensity of the generated ultrasonic vibrations in a continuous mode is 0.05 -

2.0 W / cm 2 , Pulsed - 0.1-3.0 W / cm 2 . Effective emission area is 0,7-5,4 cm 2 .
For the treatment modality widely used ultrasound therapy (UST) devices.
Methodology During procedures using ultrasound therapy stable and labile

techniques. In the first case the transmitter is fixed in one position and is moved
continuously in the second zone of influence.
Because of the strong attenuation of the ultrasonic vibration exposure is via

water or oil contact environment. To this end generally use vaseline or vegetable
oils or gels. After applying a coupling medium head transmitter installed in the
projection of the affected organ and smoothly move in a circular motion of small
radius without departing from the skin. Ultrasonic treatment on the part of the body
complex configurations (foot and hand joints) scoring is carried out in a pan with
water or through the rubber bag with water. One takes the form of the surface of the
irradiated portion and the second contact with the emitter.
Ultrasound therapy combined with electrophoresis (e elektrophonophoresis)

Diadynamic (phonodiadinamophoresis ) amplipulse (phonoamplipulse-
phoresis) various kinds of magneto (Magnitophonophoresis) and vacuum
massage ( in akuumphonoterapiya).
Dosing therapeutic interventions carried out by ultrasound energy flux density

(intensity). Its threshold at various techniques does not exceed 2 Watt / cm 2 .
Duration daily ongoing procedures is 10-15 minutes, a course-8-12 procedures. If
necessary, a second course of ultrasound therapy is prescribed in 2-3 months.
Herbal phonophoresis - The combined effects on the ultrasonic vibration and

entered with them drugs.
The phenomenon of vibrational displacement of dispersed particles relative to

the liquid phase in an ultrasonic field is called phonophoresis. If the path of the
drug substance are biological tissue, it will penetrate deeper into the particles and
they exert a therapeutic effect. Caused by ultrasound increased permeability of the
skin and other barriers histohematic creates favorable conditions for the penetration
of molecules through them drugs. When using this method to the above mechanisms
of biological action of ultrasonic vibrations are added therapeutic effects of a
particular drug. Due to significant radiation pressure of ultrasound (reaching 10 Pa)
molecule drugs acquire greater mobility and reactivity. This significantly increases
the amount of drug entering the body, its therapeutic effectiveness and action, which
also depends on the area of administration (mucosal receives more than through the
skin).
The amount of drug in the body is 1.3% of the damage to the skin surface. It
depends on the frequency of the ultrasonic vibrations - the lower, the greater the
amplitude of vibration induced displacements of the drug substance. Therefore, at a
frequency of 880 kHz amount phoretic matter more than at 2640 kHz. Also it depends
on the frequency increases with the intensity of the ultrasonic vibrations to 0.8 W /
cm 2 (And then reduced) and the duration of exposure. In the continuous mode, it is
also larger than a pulse, and when the above procedure labile than stable. Number
phoretic substance is directly proportional to the duration of exposure.
phoretic in an ultrasonic field drugs penetrate the epidermis and upper dermis
through the ducts of the sebaceous glands. Due to the lipophilicityexpressed they are
fairly easy to diffuse into the interstitium and pass through the pores of the
endothelium of blood and lymph vessels. As they begin to enter the blood at 1 hour
after treatment, reaching maximum concentrations after 12 hours and tissues are
within 2-3 days. Therefore, unlike electrophoresis under phonophoresis amount of
drug accumulating in the skin depot smaller, and they operate within a relatively short
time, which can not create a significant concentration in the affected area or
pathological nidus.
The quantity of ultrasonic waves using the drug substance does not exceed 3-4%
of the applied during the procedure and does not significantly increase with an
increase in their concentration in solution is above 5% and the intensity is greater than
1 W / cm 2 . Phoretic greatest activity exhibit lower frequency ultrasonic vibrations.
Ultrasonic vibrations significantly affect the pharmacokinetics and

pharmacodynamics of drugs phoretic. As a result of the combined action of
potentiated the therapeutic effects of vasodilators, anti-inflammatory and absorbable
materials, local anesthetics, antibiotics, immunosuppressants and anticoagulants, as
well as their side effects are attenuated. However, the ultrasonic vibrations molecules
inactivate certain drugs (atropine, barbiturates, vitamins, codeine, caffeine, morphine,
procaine, platifillina tartrate, polymyxin B sulfate, pyrazolone derivatives, quinine,
ephedrine, etc.), which considerably reduces their pharmacological activity.
Ultrasonic field is not significantly accelerates the diffusion of ascorbic acid and
thiamine.
Therapeutic effects: potentiated the effects of ultrasound therapy, and the specific
effects of the drug substance administered ultrasound.

drug substances and indications for ultrasound therapy.
Contraindications. Besides contraindications for ultrasonic therapy, they include

allergic reactions to medications administered.
Parameters For procedures apply mechanical vibrations parameters determined

values used for ultrasonic therapy.
For the procedures used ultraphonophoresis Aids Ultrasound therapy .

Methodology Procedures are carried out in two main ways: contact and distant.
In the first case, the area of impact is applied to drugs in the form of solutions,
suspensions, ointments, and then fixedly mounted transducer (Stable method) or
move it without departing from the surface of the skin (Labile procedure) .
Using solutions of drugs their pipetted and rubbed into the skin, then cover it with
vaseline oil and produce scoring. Efficiency of this method ultraphonophoresis
increases after preliminary mechanical or chemical treatment of the surface of the
skin in the area of influence: dehydration of a mixture of ether and alcohol, heating,
hot water or diadynamic (current SG).
In the second case, phonophoresis performed in the bath with a solution of the
medicinal substance in degassed water at a temperature of 35-36 ° C. The small
emitter is moved in a circular motion at a distance of 1-2 cm from the skin surface.
Such a method should preferably be used for non-uniform exposure to the extensive
surface. In dentistry instead of baths using various funnels and nozzles.

below
100% -86% 85% -71% 70-55% 54% -37% 36% or less
13.2.1. The method of "Learning Together" ("Coop-Coop") - Mutual learning

technique based on a single basic principle: study group is divided into small groups.
Each member of the group becomes an expert in a particular area of the subject and
teaches others. The goal of each team is to ensure that all participants have mastered
the topic in full.
Flow chart art "Learning Together" ("Coop-Coop")
Activity
Teacher Students
Phase 1 work
Forms a heterogeneous group of

Learning Levels 3-5 people.
Stage 2 work
Each group gives one thing job - part general theme, which Within each
will run over the whole study group. Provides support (expert group, the
lists). overall task is
distributed.
Topics for jobs:
3. Alternating currents: a) UHF-therapy
b) microwave therapy
c) darsonvalization
2. Magnetic therapy: a) mechanisms of therapeutic action
3. Ultrasound therapy: a) mechanisms of therapeutic action
Phase 3 work
Monitors the success of the job, the 3.1. All operate individual assignments
culture of communication. and work independently on the whole
subject.
3.2. Listen mini-reports of group

members. Form a common report.
Stage 4 work
Announces the completion of group Speakers groups or the whole group

work and the beginning of the performed a presentation of reports.
presentation of results.
5 stage work
Analyzes and evaluates the results of the group

determines the winning team. Final score group includes
both the total score for the report, and the individual
scores for independent work.
1. The patient was 30 years with a diagnosis: Sided bronchoalveolitis,

assigned UHF-therapy. Define the methodology and dosing procedure. Write down
the recipe.
Answer After lowering the temperature to 37 0 With assigned UHF-therapy technique
in the transverse low-heat dosage (20-40 W), with a gap of 1 cm, 10 minutes for
treatment 5-6 procedures.
2. Turned 27 years old patient with complaints of pain and crunching in the left
knee joint, worse when walking. The diagnosis is:Arthrosis, arthritis of the left knee.
Define goals and objectives physiotherapy appointment. What physical factors can
recommend?
Answer In this case, physiotherapy appointed to provide anti-inflammatory, analgesic,

anti-proliferative and trophic effects. In the different stages of the inflammatory
process of the studied physical factors can recommend UHF therapy, magnetic
therapy, electrophoresis with novocaine and potassium iodide ultrasound therapy or
phonophoresis with NSAIDs or corticosteroids.
3. Patient 50 years complained of headaches and dizziness.
Hypertensive heart disease more than 5 years. What physical factors can recommend?
Answer Physiotherapy goals: normalization of blood pressure, minimal medical

therapy to improve quality of life. Of physical factors can be recommended:
Darsonvalization neck area, total franklinization, KY electrophoresis or chalk on the
collar area.
13.2.3. Graphic Organizer: Graphic Organizer Venn on "Electrophoresis and

phonophoresis."
Venn diagram is used for comparison or matching or contrasting 2 3 aspects

and show their similarities. Develops systems thinking, the ability to compare,
compare, analyze and synthesis.
Students get acquainted with the rules of construction of a Venn diagram.

Individually or in pairs build a chart and fill part of overlapping circles. Then
combined in pairs, compare and complement your charts. The intersection of circles
(× ×) make a list of those features which, in their opinion, are common to the 2 or 3
dimensions, but in a place where the circles intersect (×), give it features these
aspects.
Venn diagram

30-26 below

100% -86% 85% -71% 70-55% 54% -37% 36% or less

Taken steps of:

satisfied executed
correctly
(0 points)

to the machine.
3 Plant patient. 5
4 Install capacitor plates assigned to the 20

procedure.
5 Set the power regulator on the 15

prescribed dose.
6 Turn on the machine, check 15

availability tester UHF field.
7 Be patient on 5-10-15 minutes. 10
9 Remove the capacitor plates, let the 10

patient.
Total: 100
4. Carrying out the procedure darsonvalization.

Taken steps of:

satisfied executed
correctly
(0 points)

to the machine.
3 In the presence of patient electrode 10

vacuum treat alcohol.
4 Plant patient. 5
5 Turn on the machine. Set the power 15

regulator on the prescribed dose.
6 Gradually increasing the knob 20

settings to determine the current.
7 The scope of process talc. 10
8 Slowly drive electrode Intended labile 20

procedure.

Release patient.
Total: 100
3. Carrying out the procedure of ultrasound therapy.

Taken steps of:

satisfied executed
correctly
(0 points)
1 Go into the treatment room, walk 10

up to the machine.
4 Mark emitter. 10
5 Turn on the machine. 5
6 Press the power button - the 10

prescribed dose.
7 Drip water on the surface of the 15

radiator - there is vibration.
8 Lubricate the skin with Vaseline. 10
9 Labile procedure - circular 15

movements influence.
10 Exposure time of 10 minutes. 10
11 Switch off the machine. Release 5

patient.
Total: 100
The maximum
14 points
and below
40-34
excellent poorly
85% -71% 70-55% 54% -37% 36% or less

100% -86%

 oral
 written
 Joint evaluation criteria table theoretical and analytical, practical and self-
employment units
Number % 100% - 85% - 36% or less
86% 71%
Theoretical 25-22 21-18 8 points
part score points and below
30-26 25-21 10 points
The practical 40-34 33-28 14 points

3 27-22 points 21-15 points
part points points and below
And 1.8
Independent 5-4,3 4,2-3,6
4 3.5-2.8 score 2,7-1,9 score points
work score score
below

Nu Achievers Rating Level of knowledge and skills
mb -
er dependenc
e in%
1. 96-100% excellent Full correct answer to the questions on the
"5" classification, mechanisms of action studied (UHF,
2. 91-95% Full correct answer to the questions on the
classification, mechanisms of action studied (UHF,
3. 86-90% excellent Questions posed by the classification, mechanisms
highlight enough, but there are 1-2 errors in the
response. Applies in practice, with the matter, said
sufficiently.
decisions.
grammatical errors.
4. 81-85% Good Questions posed by the classification, mechanisms
fully covered, but there are 2-3 inaccuracies,
errors. Applies in practice, with the matter, said
sufficiently. Inaccuracies in solving situational
problems.
decisions.
grammatical errors, inaccuracies in dose. CDS
prepared high quality (abstract, slides, banner,
video) with no less than 10 online sources and
action studied (UHF, microwave therapy,
phonophoresis) physical factors (FF), methods of
application, indications and contra-indications, but
not fully versed in the mechanisms of action of
physical factors. With the matter, said confidently,
has fine views. Actively involved in interactive
games. Situational problem gives partial solutions.
years.
action studied FF (UHF, microwave therapy,
phonophoresis), methods of application,
indications and contra-indications, but not fully
in this pathology . With the matter, said
interactive games. Situational problem gives
partial solutions.
years.
response. Passive when discussing CDS.
grammatical errors.
Satisfactorily
"3"
response.
grammatical errors.
literature in recent years. Passive when discussing
CDS.
9. 55-60% Correct answer 40% of the questions. Student
knows classification studied FF (UHF, microwave
therapy, phonophoresis), but poorly versed in the
mechanisms of action of physical factors,
incomplete lists contraindications to CFT in this
pathology. With the matter, said uncertainly, has
accurate representations only on specific issues
theme. Situational problems are solved correctly,
but there is no justification response.
grammatical errors.
literature in recent years. The abstract mistakes,
broken logical sequence of topics subject was not
disclosed. Improper design of slides and posters.
Passive when discussing CDS.
10 31-54% Unsatisfactorily Coverage less than 40% of the questions at the
"2" wrong approach. Student does not know the
physical factors (UHF, microwave therapy,
phonophoresis). Practically does not understand
the mechanisms of action of physical factors, does
not understand the indications and
contraindications to the appointment of FT in this
CDS performed with numerous errors, using only
1-2 online sources and literature, poorly framed,
the student can not present their work. Passive
11 20-30% Unsatisfactorily Students attend practical training in proper form,
"2" there is a workbook. Questions not answers. Does
not know the physical factors (UHF, microwave
therapy, phonophoresis) and their mechanisms of
action. Is not able to prescribe physical factors on
the topic.
Homework is not satisfied. CDS is not prepared.
Student in class passive.
50. Test Questions

13. Please enter a valid factor and mechanism of action darsonvalization.
14. Methodology for darsonvalization.
15. Indications for use darsonvalization.
16. Please enter a valid factor and mechanism of action of UHF therapy.
17. What impact has the gap when installing capacitor plates UHF therapy el.field energy
distribution in the tissues?
18. Indications and contraindications for the purpose UHF therapy.
19. Specify differences UHF therapy and microwave therapy.
20. Please enter a valid factor and mechanism of action of magnetic therapy.
21. Indications and contraindications for the purpose of magnetic therapy.
22. Please enter a valid factor and mechanism of action ultrasound therapy.
23. The mechanism of penetration of drugs into the tissue at phonophoresis.
24. Indications and contraindications for the purpose of ultrasound and phonophoresis.

2000.
Internet sites:
http://www . ze.ru
Introduction.
Physiotherapy as science, holds a strong position in the practice of health care

institutions. This circumstance requires a doctor fiziot e therapists clearly navigate
the various rows of physiotherapy meth treatment and prevention of diseases. In
this connection it is necessary billeting n tion better teaching physiotherapy as a
subject. Currently, physical therapy is considered as a field of medicine that studies
Deiss t Wier on the body natural and artificially created factors. Pieces e is
studying physiotherapy treatment are physical factors. The object of study of
physiotherapy is a person exposed to phys e Sgiach factors with curative,
preventive and rehabilitative purposes. F and zioterapiya as a specialty contained
in the list of medical specialties STAY approved by Order of the Ministry of
Health of the Russian Federation № 415n 0 7.0 7. 9 of 200
Physiotherapy is closely linked with other sciences. Molecular and Cleto h
ITATION mechanisms of therapeutic action of physical factors are the subject of a
number of sciences, natural science foundation components physiotherapy:
biophysics, biochemistry of normal and pathological physiology, immunology and
others. In this context, it becomes clear close collaboration with these departments
in terms of training medical residents. In addition, physical therapy about
inextricably linked with physical therapy as treatment, so within a single
department clinical residents have completely f OPPORTUNITIES get
comprehensive information about the rehabilitation process at various stages of
treatment.
Explanatory note.

medicine.
in cardiology, neurology, Hira p energy and rehabilitation of the Russian
p ordinator.

communication;
with computers;
care.
activities:
health and disease;
e rights.
measures and iCal;
topics:
- Respiratory;
- Cardiovascular;
- Nervous;
- Psychic;
- Endocrine glands;
- Immune;
- Reproductive;
- Organs of vision;
doctors, etc.);
manipulations:
The main tasks of the fourth activity
"Organising"
Physiotherapist should know the demographic and medical and social
characteristics of the district population, city, region, republic, where he works.In
accordance with this characteristic it is:
- Takes part in the promotion of medical knowledge, building on rovogo
lifestyle, nutrition, and hygiene education in a variety of food groups, the sick and
the disabled;
- Makes recommendations on hardening involved in physical molecules s ture
and sports;
- Attracts heads of agencies and businesses, health care facilities, trade s tion
and other public organizations, patients to actively participate in prov e Denia
therapeutic and rehabilitation activities;
- Organizes full range of diagnostic and therapeutic rehabilitation measures
involving, if necessary, special and sheets;
- Participates jointly with the social welfare and charity services in the
organization of rehabilitative care for the chronically ill and the disabled;
- Examines temporary disability of patients, eg in lennyh on VTEK defines
indications for employment, translated oble g tained working conditions,
sanatorium treatment;
- Organizes medical and psychological rehabilitation services patsie n there
considering health, motor activity and age of wasps singularities;
Theoretical part
DC currents.
Galvanization
Galvanising - therapeutic use of a constant electric current of low power (up to
50mA) and low voltage (up to 80).
Under the action applied to the tissue of the external electric field occurs therein
conduction current. Positively charged particles (cations) move toward the negative
pole (cathode), and negatively charged (anions) - to the positively charged pole (anode).
Approaching the metal plate electrode, ions regain their outer electron shell (lose their
charge) and turn into atoms with high chemical activity (Electrolysis) . Interacting
with water, these atoms form the products of electrolysis. By the anode is formed acid
(HCl), and a cathode - alkali (KOH, NaOH).
Products of electrolysis are reactive substances and in sufficient concentration can

cause chemical burns underlying tissues. To prevent it by electrodes placed water-soaked
gasket that allows to achieve an adequate dilution of the reactive compounds.
The current density is determined by the conductivity and strength of the

electromagnetic field depends on the conductivity of the tissues. Due to the low
conductivity of the skin motion of charged particles in the underlying tissue is mainly
the excretory ducts of the sweat glands and hair follicles - the least - through the
intercellular spaces of the epidermis and dermis. In deeper tissues maximum conduction
current density observed in body fluids: blood, urine, lymph, interstitial, perineural
spaces. Note that the conductivity of tissue increases when shifts the acid base
equilibrium resulting from inflammatory edema, congestion, etc.
Movement of the ions under the influence of a constant electric current causes a
change in the ratio of normal cells and the intercellular space. Such dynamics of ionic
situation particularly affects plasmolemma excitable tissues, changing their
polarization. However, it should be noted that the threshold sensitivity of nerve fibers
to the constant current is minimal when compared with other types of currents.
Cathode under the action of DC occurs first reduction of the resting potential at a
constant critical level of depolarization (DFP) excitable membranes. It is due to
inactivation of voltage-gated ion channels and potassium leads to partial depolarization of
excitable membranes (physiological catelectrotone). However, with prolonged
exposure of current occurs, and inactivation of voltage-gated sodium ion channels, which
leads to a positive displacement ASCs excitability and reduced tissue. Under the anode
voltage-activated potassium occurs ion channels.
As a result, increases the value at a constant resting potential ASCs, which leads to
partial hyperpolarization of excitable membranes (saline anelectrotone ).
Subsequently, due to the negative bias DFP associated with the elimination of a certain
number of stationary inactivation of sodium channels of excitable tissues increases.
Along with the movement of the ion alters the electrical current and the permeability
of biological membranes increases passive transport through these large protein
molecules (ampholytes) and other substances (the phenomenon electrodiffusion).
Furthermore, an electric field arises in the tissues multidirectional movement of water
molecules included in the hydration shell of appropriate ions (mainly, Na , K ).
Because the number of water molecules in the hydrated membranes more cations than
anions in the water content at the cathode is increased, and by decreasing the anode
(Electroosmosis).
Thus, a constant electric current causes in biological tissues following physico-

chemical effects: electrolysis, polarization, electrodiffusion and
electroosmosis.
During galvanization underlying tissues activated the system of regulation of local

blood flow and increases the content of biologically active substances (bradykinin,
kallikrein, prostaglandins) and vasoactive mediators (acetylcholine, histamine) that cause
activation of vascular relaxing factors (nitric oxide and endothelin). As a result, there is
an expansion in the vascular lumen and flushing of the skin.
Dilation of the capillaries and increased permeability of the walls due to local
neurohormonal processes occur not only in the application of the electrodes, but in the
deep tissues, through which a constant electric current. Along with increased blood and
lymph circulation, increased resorption capacity of tissues, there is a weakening of
muscle tone, increased secretory function of the skin and edema reduction in
inflammation or injury in the field. It also reduces the compression painful conductors
due to electroosmosis more pronounced under the anode.
Depending on the active current functional status of the patient and the chosen
method of galvanization, patients have local, segmental or generalized reaction
metameric. Local responses commonly observed in the skin and partly in tissues and
organs located in the area interpolar. Reaction of higher order occur when the reflex
galvanizing and paravertebral areas, as well as the respective segments and brain
structures.
Therapeutic effects: anti-inflammatory (drainage-dehydrating), analgesic, sedative

(the anode), vasodilator, muscle relaxant, metabolic, secretory (cathode).
Indications. CVD (CHD Angina I, II FC, hypertension, NDCs), gastrointestinal
diseases (gastritis, peptic ulcer, colitis, cholecystitis, pancreatitis and hepatitis),
diseases of the IPU (nephritis, cystitis), diseases of the musculoskeletal system
(Ankylosing spondylitis, osteochondrosis, arthrosis, arthritis), peripheral vascular
disease and nerves.
Contraindications. Acute purulent inflammation, disorders of skin sensitivity

idiosyncrasy current violation of the integrity of the skin in the areas of electrodes,
eczema.
Parameters With the purpose of treatment using low voltage DC (80 V) and low
power (50 mA). The maximum current is used in electroplating limbs (20-30 mA) and
trunk (15-20 mA). On its face value is typically less than 3.5 mA, while in the mouth and
nose - 3.2 mA.
Currently used for galvanizing apparatus Feed-1. With the help of a transformer in it
reduced AC voltage up to 60 V, straightening his semiconductor wave rectifier and
smoothing filter ripple current. Direct current is supplied to the output terminals of the
machine. Its value is measured using a shunt milliammeter 5 or 50 mA. Structurally, the
apparatus 1 comprises flow-out of the housing, a board on which are mounted all the
elements of the circuit and potentiometer. It can be operated as in a desktop position, and
attached to the wall.
electrophoresis
Drug electrophoresis - a combined effect on the body of a constant electric current
and input with the help of the drug.
When using this method to the above mechanisms of biological action of DC added
therapeutic effects he introduced a particular drug substance They determined phoretic
mobility of substances in the electromagnetic field, the method of administration, the
amount of the drug enters the body, as well as its area of administration.
Medicinal substances in solution dissociate into ions, further constituting the

hydrophilic charged complexes. When placed in these solutions of the electric field the
ions contained therein will move toward opposite poles. Phenomenon of motion of
dispersed particles relative to the liquid phase under the action of electric fields is called
electrophoresis . If the paths are blocked by biological tissue, the drug ions will
penetrate deep into tissues and exert therapeutic effects. Phoretic drugs penetrate the
epidermis and upper dermis. Their poor vascularization leads to the accumulation of
drugs in the skin, from which they diffuse into the interstitium, fenestrated endothelium
microvasculature and lymphatics. The period of excretion of the drug from the depot of
the skin is from 3 hours to 15-20 hours. Therefore, the formation of skin depot causes
prolonged stay of drugs in the body and prolonged therapeutic effect.
Direct electric current which causes not only the essential features of drug
administration, but also significantly affects their pharmacokinetics and
pharmacodynamics. As a result of the combined action of the therapeutic effects of most
drugs phoretic (except for some anticoagulants, enzymatic and antihistamines)
potentiated and implemented at relatively low concentrations. Drugs entering the body
accumulate locally, allowing them to create a significant concentration in the affected
area or the pathological focus. With this method, there is also no adverse effects of oral
and parenteral drug administration, and there is much less allergic reactions. In addition
to these features in the electrophoresis weak expressed to ballast ingredients and applied
solutions do not require sterilization, which allows their use in procedures in the field.
Therapeutic effects. Potentiated the effects of electroplating and specific
pharmacologic effects of the drug administered shock.
drug substances and indications for electroplating.
Contraindications. Besides contraindications for galvanization, these include

contraindications for use of the drug administered (intolerance, allergic reactions to the
drug).
The drugs are administered in the poles with the same name, which corresponds to
the sign of the charge of the active drug substance. If both parts must enter the drug, it is
administered with both poles. Metal ions most alkaloid administered with a positive
pole, whereas the acid radical ions and metalloids - a negative. Before the procedure,
electrophoresis of antibiotics is advisable to do a skin test for sensitivity to drugs of this
group.
PULSE ELECTROTHERAPY
Electric dream therapy - Therapeutic effect of pulsed currents on the structure of
the brain.
Used in this method pulsed currents penetrate into the cranial cavity through the
hole orbits. Maximum current density occurs along the vessels of the skull base.
Emerging here conduction currents have a direct impact on sensory nucleus of
cranial nerves and hypnogenic centers of the brain stem (Hypothalamus,
pituitary, the inner region of the pons, reticular formation). They cause
inhibition of impulse activity aminergic neurons of locus coeruleus and reticular
formation, which leads to a decrease in the ascending activating influences on the
cerebral cortex and increased internal inhibition. This contributes to the synchronization
pulse repetition frequency current to the slow rhythms of brain activity.
Along with the strengthening of inhibitory processes in the cerebral cortex,

rhythmically ordered impulse currents activate serotonergic neurons of the dorsal raphe
nucleus. Accumulation of serotonin in the subcortical structures of the brain leads to a
reduction of conditioned reflex activity and emotional activity. Because of this, the
patient comes to the state nap, and in some cases, and sleep.
Together with the central structures, pulsed currents excite sensory nerve conductors
eyelid skin. Arising in these rhythmic afferent flows come to the bipolar neurons of the
trigeminal (Gasser) node, and from there spread to the large touch trigeminal nucleus and
- further - to the nuclei of the thalamus. Electrical stimulation of the reflex zones
enhances central hypnogenic effects of pulsed currents leads to normalization of the
higher nervous activity and better night's sleep.
Close morphological and functional coupling between the nuclei of the brain stem
determine the induction effect of pulsed currents on the vasomotor and respiratory
centers as well as centers of the autonomic and endocrine systems. Such currents have a
direct impact on the regulation of internal organs and tissues, activate trophic influence
on them of the parasympathetic nervous system. This leads to lower elevated vascular
tone activates the transport processes in the microvasculature, increases oxygen capacity
of the blood, stimulates the formation of blood and normalizes the ratio of coagulation
and anticoagulation systems of blood. Pulse currents also cause slowing and deepening
of external respiration, increase its volume per minute, activate the secretory function of
the gastrointestinal tract, excretory and reproductive systems. They restore the disturbed
carbohydrate, lipid, mineral and water exchanges in the body, activate the hormone-
producing function of the endocrine glands.
Due to the dynamic nature of brain activity when electrodream-therapy

conventionally identified two functional phases - braking and activation. The first
of these occurs during the procedure, and is characterized by drowsiness, sleepiness,
slowing of the heart rate and respiration (bradycardia and bradypnea), a reduction of
activating rhythms of brain activity. After 30 minutes to 1 hour after the procedure arises
activation phase, which continues in the long term. It manifests itself in feeling sick, and
freshness, reducing fatigue and increasing efficiency, improving mood and activation of
cortical processes.
Therapeutic effects: tranquilizing, sedative, antispasmodic, trophic,

secretory.
Indications. Diseases of the central nervous system (neurasthenia, reactive and

asthenia, sleep at night, logoneurosis), diseases of the cardiovascular system (cerebral
atherosclerosis in the initial period, coronary heart disease, cardiopsychoneurosis
hypertension type, hypertension 1-11 stages, obliterating vascular diseases of
extremities), gastric ulcer and duodenal ulcer, asthma, atopic dermatitis, eczema,
enuresis.
Contraindications. Epilepsy decompensated heart disease, intolerance to electric

current, inflammatory diseases of the eye (conjunctivitis, blepharitis), weeping
dermatitis of the face and hysteria.
Parameters electrodream-therapy to use rectangular pulses 5-160 pulse frequency

and duration of 0.2-0.5 ms. The strength of the pulse current is typically less than 8.10
mA. Pulse repetition rate is selected based on the patient's condition. Low frequencies
(5-20 c / s) is used in patients with severe central nervous system excitation and higher
frequencies (40-100 pulses / s) at its oppression. Effectiveness of pulsed exposure
increases when the constant component of the electric current.
For the procedures used electrodream-therapy Aids Electrosleep-4T (ES-4T) and

Electrosleep-5 (EC-10-5). They allow you to interact continuous pulsed currents with
different ratios and pulsed direct current (dc component). Generated by these devices
impulse currents can discretely change in frequency and amplitude.
Methodology Procedures are carried out in a darkened room, isolated from the noise.
Patients should be in a comfortable position, lying on the couch. Use orbital-
retromastoid methodology for applying electrodes. Apply rubber cuff bifurcated
electrodes, which are inserted into sockets hydrophilic water-soaked pad thickness of 1
cm is placed on the eye electrodes closed eyelids and connected to the cathode, occipital
electrodes fixed on the mastoid process of the temporal bone and is attached to the
anode. Maximum allowable current during electrodream-therapy should not exceed 8
mA. It increased until the patient experiences mild painless vibration under the
electrodes. Experience discomfort, burning under the electrodes serves as a signal to
reduce power supplied current.
Duration of the treatment procedure of 20-40 min. They spend a day or every day, a
course of treatment - 15-20 procedures. If necessary, repeat the course electrodream-
therapy prescribed in 2-3 months.
Diadynamic - Method of therapeutic effects on the body Diadynamic pulse

currents.
Used in this method diadynamic currents rhythmically excite myelinated nerve

conductors somatosensory system (skin and muscle afferents). It is known that nerve
conductors have a maximum sensitivity of the skin to such currents. Emerging rhythmic
ascending afferent flows thick myelinated fibers extend toward the gelatinous substance
of posterior horn of the spinal cord and further paleospinothalamic, neospinothalamic
spinoreticulothalamic paths and activate the endogenous opioid and serotonergic
systems of the brain stem and form a dominant focus of excitation in its crust.
Dominant rhythmic stimulation by law negative feedback induction causes

delocalization of pain in the cortex of the dominant centers and activates the
parasympathetic nervous system. Downstream physiological mechanisms of activation
of pain suppression leads to a reduction in pain of the patient until complete analgesia.
As a result of afferent impulses of pain hearth reaches ascending pathways and does not
enter the central nervous system. These changes in afferent impulse flows are most
pronounced in the tissues under the cathode. Analgesic effect Diadynamic currents
potentiated while the introduction of local anesthetics - (dyadic namoforez ) and
continues for 2 to 6 hours. Generated as a result of activation of cortical and subcortical
centers descending efferent impulse flows increase blood flow velocity in the affected
organs and tissues, activate trophic influence of the sympathetic nervous system and
local protective humoral mechanisms. The activation of the release of endorphins, the
increase in enzyme activity, Diadynamic currents under the action of the paravertebral
zone activate Renshaw cells and restores the system of spinal inhibition. This reduces
the increased muscle tension associated with pain (breaking the cycle of pain circle). In
a direct impact on the affected areas of the body such currents cause rhythmic
contractions of the large number of myofibrils of skeletal muscle and vascular smooth
muscle. Change their contractile properties leads to a unique massage microvasculature
that defines reflex vasodilation, and increases the number of active anastomosis and
collaterals. Used in this method pulsed currents activated by metabolic processes in
tissues. As a result, their temperature in the affected area is increased by 0,4-1 º C.
Along with hyperemia, vascular smooth muscle causes an increase in venous outflow,
the redistribution of the content of ions and water dipoles in the interstitium, promotes
removal of products of autolysis of cells, tissue dehydration and reduction of edema .
Changing the ratio of ions leads to increased dispersion of protein colloids cytosole
significantly alters the permeability of cell membranes and plasmolemma. Reducing
perineural edema improves functional properties nerve agents (primarily their
excitability and conductivity) in the impact zone. Such swelling are often
the cause of pain the patient. It should be noted that the reflex nature of
the regulation of vascular tone of blood determines the gain in body sites
innervated by a single segment of t he spinal cord, and including on the
opposite side.
Therapeutic effects: myoneurostimulating, analgesic, vasoactive trophic.
Indications. Acute and subacute peripheral nervous system diseases

(sciatica, neuritis, radiculoneuritis, sympathalgia, spinal cord injury),
acute traumatic injuries of the musculoskeletal system (ligament damage,
injuries, myalgia, periarthritis, muscle atrophy), dis eases of the
cardiovascular system (hypertension stage II, Raynaud's disease,
atherosclerosis of the extremities, varicose disease, occlusive disease),
asthma, diseases of the gastrointestinal tract (cholecystitis, biliary
dyskinesia, atonic and spastic co litis, pancreatitis), rheumatoid arthritis,
enuresis, deforming osteoarthritis, ankylosing spondylitis chronic
inflammatory diseases of the uterus, adhesive disease.
Contraindications. Fractures with mobilizing bone fragments, urine
and cholelithiasis, thr ombophlebitis, acute pain of visceral origin (angina
pectoris, myocardial infarction, renal colic, childbirth, surgical
procedures), increased sensitivity to electrical current, psychosis, multiple
sclerosis.
Parameters For the procedures used diadynamic c urrents - half-sine
pulses with the falling edge, overcast exponentially at 50 and 100 Hz.
Author of this method French dentist P.Bernard showed that excitable
tissues of the body will quickly adapt to such currents. Adaptation to
reduce the need to change the form of electrical stimulation that leads to
the need for diadynamic currents in various combinations. Currently used 5
basic combination (s) of these currents and 2 types of wave modulation.
Main types diadynamic currents. One -way continuous (OH) semi-
sinusoidal current at 50 Hz. Possesses strong irritant and myostimulating
action until tetanic muscle contraction. Vibration causes major trouble in
the patient.
Continuous-wave (NAM) semi-sinusoidal current with a frequency of
100 Hz. Possesses strong analgesic and vasoactive action causes fibrillary
twitching of muscles, small and diffuse vibration.
Half-wave rhythm (RR) intermittent half -wave current, which
alternate parcel with pauses of equal duration (1:1 or 1.5:1.5 s). Has the
most pronounced effect myostimulating during current pulses, which are
combined with a period of complete muscle relaxation during pause The
current modulated short period (KP), sequential combination of half-wave
continuous (OH) and continuous-wave (NAM) currents following equal parcels (1-1.5
c). This significantly reduces the alternation adaptation. This current in the early
exposure has neuromyostimulating action, but after 1-2 min causes analgesia. Its
inclusion causes the patient feeling periodic large and soft gentle vibration.
Current modulated long period (DP) simultaneous combination of half-wave

continuous parcels (OH) 4 with the current duration and continuous-wave (DN) of the
current duration of 8 seconds. In this current pulses for 4 OH supplemented with
smoothly rising and falling (for 2 s) current pulses NAM. Such currents decreases
neuromyostimulating action and gradually increases the analgesic, vasoactive and
trophic effects. Feelings of the patient are similar to the previous mode of exposure.
Wave modulation diadynamic currents. One-way wave (RH) sending a half-

wave continuous current at 50 Hz with a duration of 4-8 with a gradual increase and
decrease of amplitude followed with a pause of 2-4 seconds). Possesses strong
neuromyostimulating action.
Wave-wave (VC) full-wave sending continuous current 100 Hz lasting 4-8

seconds with a gradual increase and decrease of amplitude followed with a pause of 2-4
seconds). Possesses strong neurotrophic and vasoactive action.
To reduce the patient's addiction to impulse current in the recipe usually use 2-3
kinds diadynamic currents. Depending on the purpose and impact of the expected effect
of using a combination of base currents and their modulations.
Methodology Diadynamic therapy during procedures using flat electrodes of various

sizes used for electroplating, small and medium sized pan electrodes, as well as
abdominal (rectal and vaginal). Flat electrodes placed on the patient's body
longitudinally (transversely) and fixed rubber bandages or sacks with sand. At the same
time strive to achieve good electrode contact with the tissues of the patient. Calyx cavity
electrodes tampone the hydrophilic gaskets. The distance between electrodes should not
be smaller than their transverse dimensions. The electrodes should be placed on the
surface of the skin in the area of pain hearth, and the use of local electrodes to move
them in the course involved in the pathological process of the nerves. At the center
impose pain active electrode connected to the cathode, which is the most effective forms
dominant rhythmic stimulation, promotes relief of acute pain. The figurative expression
P.Bernard, "The physician must chase the cathode for the pain."
At diadynamophoresis anesthetics between the skin of the patient and a

hydrophilic drug gasket interlayer moistened with a solution of the drug. On the
other electrode the drug can be administered opposite polarity. Current supplied to the
patient dosed strength, which depends on the shape and size of the electrodes and is
from 2-5 to 15-20 mA. In addition, a nurse during procedures should focus on feelings
of the patient. Current is gradually increased until a distinct vibration sensation or
feeling sliding electrode. When the burning sensation under the electrodes or significant
hyperemia after the procedure amperage decrease in subsequent proceedings.
Length conducted daily or twice daily influences not exceed 8-10 minutes. The
course of treatment is 6-12 procedures. If necessary, a second course in 2 weeks.
Amplipulse - Therapeutic effect on the sinusoidal modulated currents.
The main active factor of this method is an alternating electrical current at 5000 Hz,
amplitude-modulated, and that was the basis of the method name (and mplipuls -
Amplitude ripple). Along with the amplitude, such currents are also at the low-frequency
modulation.
Delivered to the patient's body sinusoidal modulated currents in the underlying

tissues cause significant conduction currents that stimulate nerve and muscle fibers. The
basis of these reactions is the activation of voltage-gated ion channels and sarcolemmal
neurolemma that leads to a change of the initial polarization of the membrane and the
generation of action potentials (spikes). No. activated ion channels due to matching the
modulation frequency AC and kinetic characteristics of ion channels, as well as the depth
of amplitude modulation. The lower the frequency modulation affecting the AC, the
longer duration have a series of oscillations. This opens up not only prevailing on
excitable membranes are rapidly activated ion channels are activated but slowly. As a
result, the factor stimulating effect increases. In contrast, with increase of the modulation
frequency and shorter duration of the series oscillation, it becomes smaller. On the other
hand, the greater the depth of amplitude modulation of the alternating current, the greater
the probability of the excitation of the ion channels are involved not only low but also
with high thresholds. Consequently, the effect neuromyostimulating sinusoidal
modulated currents parametrically depends on the frequency and depth of modulation.
Moreover, its efficiency is slightly higher, in whose direct current, but inferior
diadynamical and fluctuating currents.
Due to significant tensions induced electromagnetic field in the tissues involved in

the excitation of skin, muscle and visceral afferents, as well as motor and autonomic
nerve fibers. Because of the coincidence frequency modulation with a repetition rate of
spikes along the nerve fibers of different types in them rhythmically formed orderly flow
of afferent impulses in the central nervous system. It makes extensive use of sinusoidal
modulated currents in relieving pain in patients.
Antalgic effect of sinusoidal modulated currents implemented along the same lines
as diadynamic (see Diadynamic). However, they cause a more efficient blockade of
the peripheral conductors of pain sensitivity, up to their parabiosis. In addition, due to
the weak adaptation to such currents in the central nervous system is formed expressed
dominant rhythmic stimulation associated with severe time constraints centers
neuroendocrine regulation of the brain. This dominance leads to rapid extinction of
dominant pain and stimulates the trophic function of the sympathetic nervous system and
the allocation of opioid peptides in the brain stem.
Along with the central mechanisms of pain management, sinusoidal modulated

currents activate the microcirculatory bed of ischemic tissues, reduce venous stasis and
perineural edema, which are often the cause of compression nociceptor conductors. The
combination of these mechanisms ensures a significant analgesic effect, which is
expressed in 90-98% of patients. In this sinusoidal modulated current most effectively
cropped pain syndromes associated with overstimulation of autonomic fibers
(sympathalgia).
Series sinusoidal modulated current amplitude when they are able to cause
considerable reduction of the rhythmic large number of myofibrils that at a modulation
frequency higher than 10 Hz can lead to tetanus smooth and skeletal muscle. Because of
the periodic variation of the intensity vector generated electric fields in tissues
myostimulating action is expressed here in a lesser degree compared to Diadynamic
currents. Accordingly, the sinusoidal modulated currents can cause excitation of muscles
and their innervating motor fibers only in the early stages of degeneration. Nevertheless,
because of the impact of this therapeutic factor to all tissues of the interelectrode space
is a reduction not only skeletal muscle but also smooth muscle organs.
As a result of the convergence of ascending afferent streams at different levels of the

central nervous system is the activation of the vasomotor and respiratory centers. This
leads to marked changes in hemodynamic and respiratory function (slows heart rate and
breathing, the tone of the cerebral vessels). Sinusoidal modulated currents increased
arterial inflow and venous outflow, which causes an increase in tissue temperature at
0,8-1,0 º C. There is also increased contractile function of the heart and respiratory
function (increases its depth). Along with this sinusoidal modulated currents increase the
tone of the intestine, biliary tract and ureters. The trophic processes in the internal
organs function restores them with dystrophic changes and stimulates reparative
regeneration of tissues.
Therapeutic effects: neuromyostimulating, analgesic, vasodilatory, trophic.

Indications. Diseases of the peripheral nervous system with pain (neuralgia, neuritis,
sciatica, plexitis, neuromyositis, causalgia), hypertension stage I-II, respiratory disease
(chronic bronchitis, bronchial asthma), gastrointestinal tract (functional indigestion,
peptic ulcer gastric and duodenal ulcers, reflux esophagitis, dyskinetic constipation,
biliary dyskinesia), joint diseases (rheumatoid arthritis, arthrosis deformans,
periarthritis), enuresis, impotence functional nature.
Contraindications. Non-immobilising fractures with bone fragments, cholelithiasis

and urolithiasis, increased sensitivity to electrical current, varicose veins.
Parameters To use variable amplipulse therapy harmonic (sinusoidal) current 5 kHz

modulated by a frequency of 10-150 Hz. Amplitude modulation depth currents up to
100%. For therapeutic effects applied AC and DC modes of generation of
electromagnetic oscillations. In the first case they are distributed in the form of
amplitude fluctuations and the second unipolar sinusoidal pulses. Amplitude modulating
a current not exceeding 50 mA. Amplipulse carry separate series of current oscillations,
following in sequence, which define the type of work. Isolated five main childbirth
operation.
The first kind of work (IPP, PM, constant modulation) - modulation of the
current principal (carrier) frequency currents fixed frequency (in the range 10-150 Hz)
and modulation depth. Power exciting effect increases with decreasing frequency
modulation and increase its depth.
The second type of work ( IIPP, PP send-pause) - a combination of

current pulses of the carrier frequency modulated by the same frequency (in the range of
10-150 Hz) with pauses. Duration current pulses and pauses discrete within 1-6 seconds.
This makes for a pronounced contrast sinusoidal modulated currents on the background
of pauses and has the most pronounced effect neuromyostimulating.
The third type of work ( IIIPP, Mon, parcel-carrier frequency) - A

combination of current pulses modulated by a specific frequency (in the range 10-150
Hz) to parcels current baseband frequency of 5 kHz. Duration current pulses discrete
within 1-6 seconds. The stimulatory effect of sinusoidal modulated currents in this
combination less pronounced than in the previous regime, but begins to show analgesic
effect.
The fourth type of work (IVPP, IF alternating frequency) - a

combination of alternating current pulses with a modulation frequency of 150 Hz and
with different modulation frequencies (in the range of 10-150 Hz). Sinusoidal
modulated currents in this case have the greatest analgesic effect, which increases with
decreasing difference between the frequency of 150 Hz and the selected modulation
frequency.
The fifth type of work (VPP, PPP, alternating frequency - pause) - a
combination of alternating current pulses with different modulation frequencies in the
range 10-150 Hz and pauses there between. This makes for an ill-defined contrast
sinusoidal modulated currents on the background of pauses and has a mild
neuromyostimulating and trophic effect.
Methodology Amplipulse therapy procedures carried out under conditions that

maximize patient muscle relaxation. Plate electrodes are used which are positioned on
the patient's body through a pad thickness of 1 cm, made of hydrophilic material.
Electrode area of a rectangular or circular shape should be commensurate with the size of
the pathological focus. Electrodes fixed with elastic bandages, dressings, bags of sand or
by placing electrodes on the patient.Sinusoidal modulated current is performed using
several kinds of operation. The more pronounced pain syndrome, the more the increase
in the frequency of the current modulation III kind of work, which affect 3-5 min. In
contrast, in the kind of IV frequency difference should be small (typically use
modulation frequencies of 90 and 120 Hz or 130 Hz and 150 Hz) with a duration of 1-2
chips, and limited exposure for 3-4 minutes. With a decrease in pain for 3-4th procedure
modulation frequency is reduced to 30-60 Hz, and the modulation depth is increased to
50-75%. When expressed pain with mild atrophy of muscles on the affected tissue
sinusoidal modulated currents of type II, IV and then kind of work for 3-5 minutes.
Duration conducted every day or impacts does not exceed 20-30 minutes, a course of
6-10 treatments administered. When severe pain procedures may be carried out 2 times a
day. If necessary, repeat the course amplipulse therapy prescribed in 15-30 days.
Electrophoresis
In the natural sciences, the term diathermy means "electrically induced heat" and is
commonly used for muscle relaxation. It is also a method of heating tissue
electromagnetically or ultrasonically for therapeutic purposes in medicine.
Diathermy is used in physical therapy to deliver moderate heat directly to

pathologic lesions in the deeper tissues of the body. Surgically, the extreme heat
that can be produced by diathermy may be used to destroy neoplasms, warts, and
infected tissues, and to cauterize blood vessels to prevent excessive bleeding. The
technique is particularly valuable in neurosurgery and surgery of the eye.
The three forms of diathermy employed by physical therapists are short wave,
ultrasound, and microwave. The application of moderate heat by diathermy
increases blood flow and speeds up metabolism and the rate of ion diffusion across
cellular membranes. The fibrous tissues in tendons, joint capsules, and scars are
more easily stretched when subjected to heat, thus facilitating the relief of stiffness
of joints and promoting relaxation of the muscles and decrease of muscle spasms.
Short wave diathermy machines utilize two condenser plates that are placed on
either side of the body part to be treated. Another mode of application is by
induction coils that are pliable and can be molded to fit the part of the body under
treatment. As the high-frequency waves travel through the body tissues between
the condensers or the coils, they are converted into heat. The degree of heat and
depth of penetration depend in part on the absorptive and resistance properties of
the tissues that the waves encounter.
The frequency allowed for short wave diathermy operations is under the control of
the Federal Communications Commission. The frequencies assigned for short
wave diathermy operations are 13.66, 27.33, and 40.98 megahertz. Most
commercial machines operate at a frequency of 27.33 megahertz and a wavelength
of 11 meters.
Short wave diathermy usually is prescribed for treatment of deep muscles and
joints that are covered with a heavy soft-tissue mass, for example, the hip. In some
instances short wave diathermy may be applied to localize deep inflammatory
processes, as in pelvic inflammatory disease.
Ultrasound diathermy employs high-frequency acoustic vibrations which, when

propelled through the tissues, are converted into heat. This type of diathermy is
especially useful in the delivery of heat to selected musculatures and structures
because there is a difference in the sensitivity of various fibers to the acoustic
vibrations; some are more absorptive and some are more reflective. For example,
in subcutaneous fat, relatively little energy is converted into heat, but in muscle
tissues there is a much higher rate of conversion to heat.
The therapeutic ultrasound apparatus generates a high-frequency alternating

current, which is then converted into acoustic vibrations. The apparatus is moved
slowly across the surface of the part being treated. Ultrasound is a very effective
agent for the application of heat, but it should be used only by a therapist who is
fully aware of its potential hazards and the contraindications for its use.
Microwave diathermy uses radar waves, which are of higher frequency and shorter
wavelength than radio waves. Most, if not all, of the therapeutic effects of
microwave therapy are related to the conversion of energy into heat and its
distribution throughout the body tissues. This mode of diathermy is considered to
be the easiest to use, but the microwaves have a relatively poor depth of
penetration.
Microwaves cannot be used in high dosage on edematous tissue, over wet

dressings, or near metallic implants in the body because of the danger of local
burns. Microwaves and short waves cannot be used on or near persons with
implanted electronic cardiac pacemakers.
As with all forms of heat applications, care must be taken to avoid burns during
diathermy treatments, especially to patients with decreased sensitivity to heat and
cold.
Magnet therapy
Magnet therapy, magnetic therapy, or magnotherapy is an alternative medicine

practice involving the use of static magnetic fields. Practitioners claim that
subjecting certain parts of the body to magnetostatic fields produced by permanent
magnets has beneficial health effects. These claims are both physically and
biologically implausible and no effects on health or healing have been established.
Although hemoglobin, the blood protein that carries oxygen, is weakly
diamagnetic and is repulsed by magnetic fields, the magnets used in magnetic
therapy are many orders of magnitude too weak to have any measurable effect on
blood flow.
Methods of application
Magnet therapy is the application of the magnetic field of electromagnetic devices

or permanent static magnets to the body for purported health benefits. Some
practitioners assign different effects based on the orientation of the magnet; under
the laws of physics, magnetic poles are symmetric. Products include magnetic
bracelets and jewelry; magnetic straps for wrists, ankles, knees, and the back; shoe
insoles; mattresses; magnetic blankets (blankets with magnets woven into the
material); magnetic creams; magnetic supplements; and water that has been
"magnetized". Application is usually performed by the patient.
Purported mechanisms of action
Perhaps the most common suggested mechanism is that magnets might improve
blood flow in underlying tissues. The field surrounding magnet therapy devices is
far too weak and falls off with distance far too quickly to appreciably affect
hemoglobin, other blood components, muscle tissue, bones, blood vessels, or
organs. A 1991 study on humans of static field strengths up to 1 T found no effect
on local blood flow. Tissue oxygenation is similarly unaffected. Some practitioners
claim that the magnets can restore the body's theorized "electromagnetic energy
balance", but no such balance is medically recognized. Even in the magnetic fields
used in magnetic resonance imaging, which are many times stronger, none of the
claimed effects are observed.
Efficacy
Several studies have been conducted in recent years to investigate what, if any, role
static magnetic fields may play in health and healing. Unbiased studies of magnetic
therapy are problematic, since magnetisation can be easily detected, for instance,
by the attraction forces on ferrous (iron-containing) objects; because of this,
effective blinding of studies (where neither patients nor assessors know who is
receiving treatment versus placebo) is difficult. Incomplete or insufficient blinding
tends to exaggerate treatment effects, particularly where any such effects are small.
Health claims such as longevity and cancer treatment are implausible and
unsupported by any research. More mundane health claims, most commonly pain
relief, also lack any credible proposed mechanism, and clinical research is not
promising.
Pain
Effects of magnet therapy on pain relief beyond non-specific placebo response

have not been adequately demonstrated. A 2008 systematic review of magnet
therapy for all indications found no evidence of an effect for pain relief, with the
possible exception of osteoarthritis. It reported that small sample sizes, inadequate
randomization, and difficulty with allocation concealment all tend to bias studies
positively and limit the strength of any conclusions. In 2009 the results of a
randomized double-blind placebo-controlled crossover trial on the use of magnetic
wrist straps (a leather strap with a magnetic insert) for osteoarthritis were
published, addressing a gap in the earlier systematic review. This trial showed that
magnetic wrist straps are ineffective in the management of pain, stiffness and
physical function in osteoarthritis. The authors concluded that "reported benefits
are most likely attributable to non-specific placebo effects".
What are the contraindications?
Magnetic field therapy should not be used in the following situations:
 Pregnancy
 Tuberculosis
 People with pacemakers
Therapeutic ultrasound
Therapeutic ultrasound refers generally to any type of procedure that uses

ultrasound for therapeutic benefit. This includes HIFU, lithotripsy, targeted
ultrasounddrug delivery, trans-dermal ultrasound drug delivery, ultrasound
hemostasis, and ultrasound assisted thrombolysis.
Physical Therapy
Therapeutic ultrasound as a treatment modality that has been used by therapists

over the last 50 years to treat soft tissue injuries. Ultrasonic waves (sound waves of
a high frequency) are produced by means of mechanical vibration of the metal
treatment head of the ultrasound machine. This treatment head is then moved over
the surface of the skin in the region of the injury. When sound waves come into
contact with air it causes a dissipation of the waves, and so a special ultrasound gel
is placed on the skin to ensure maximal contact between the treatment head and the
surface of the skin.
Therapeutic ultrasound in physical therapy is alternating compression and

rarefaction of sound waves with a frequency of >20,000 cycles/second.
Therapeutic ultrasound frequency used is 0.7 to 3.3 MHz. Maximum energy
absorption in soft tissue is 2 to 5 cm. Intensity decreases as the waves penetrate
deeper. They are absorbed primarily by connective tissue: ligaments, tendons, and
fascia (and also by scar tissue).
What are the effects of therapeutic ultrasound?

Therapeutic ultrasound may have two types of benefit: Thermal effects and non
thermal effects. Thermal effects are due to the absorption of the sound waves. Non
thermal effects are from cavitation, microstreaming and acoustic streaming.
Cavitational effects result from the vibration of the tissue causing microscopic air
bubbles to form, which transmit the vibrations in a way that directly stimulates cell
membranes. This physical stimulation appears to enhance the cell-repair effects of
the inflammatory response.
Therapeutic ultrasound is sometimes recommended for muscle as well as joint

pain.As the ultrasound waves pass from the treatment head into the skin they cause
the vibration of the surrounding tissues, particularly those that contain collagen.
This increased vibration leads to the production of heat within the tissue. In most
cases this cannot be felt by the patient themselves. This increase in temperature
may cause an increase in the extensibility of structures such as ligaments, tendons,
scar tissue and fibrous joint capsules. In addition, heating may also help to reduce
pain and muscle spasm and promote the healing process.
Effects on the Inflammatory and Repair Processes:
 One of the greatest proposed benefits of ultrasound therapy is that it is

thought to reduce the healing time of certain soft tissue injuries.
 Ultrasound is thought to accelerate the normal resolution time of the
inflammatory process by attracting more mast cells to the site of injury. This
may cause an increase in blood flow which can be beneficial in the sub-
acute phase of tissue injury. As blood flow may be increased it is not
advised to use ultrasound immediately after injury.
 Ultrasound may also stimulate the production of more collagen- the main
protein component in soft tissue such as tendons and ligaments. Hence
ultrasound may accelerate the the proliferative phase of tissue healing.
 Ultrasound is thought to improve the extensibility of mature collagen and so
can have a positive effect to on fibrous scar tissue which may form after an
injury.
Application of Ultrasound:
 Ultrasound is normally applied by use of a small metal treatment head which

emits the ultrasonic beam. This is moved continuously over the skin for
approximately 3-5 mins. Treatments may be repeated 1-2 times daily in
more acute injuries and less frequently in chronic cases.
 Ultrasound dosage can be varied either in intensity or frequency of the
ultrasound beam. Simply speaking lower frequency application provides a
greater depth of penetration and so is used in cases where the injured tissue
is suspected to be deeply situated. Conversely, higher frequency doses are
used for structures that are closer to the surface of skin.
Contraindications for Use:
As ultrasound is thought to affect the tissue repair process and so it is also highly
possible that it may affect diseased tissue tissue in an abnormal fashion. In addition
the proposed increase in blood may also function in spreading malignancies around
the body. Therefore a number of contraindications should be followed when using
therapeutic ultrasound:
Do not use if the patient suffers from:
 Malignant or cancerous tissue

 Acute infections
 Risk of haemorrhage
 Severely ischeamic tissue
 Recent history if venous thrombosis
 Exposed neural tissue
 Suspicion of a bone fracture
 If the patient is pregnant
 Do not use in the region of the gonads (sex organs), the active bone growth
plates of children, or the eye.
Phonophoresis
Phonophoresis is the use of ultrasound to enhance the delivery of topically applied

drugs. Phonophoresis has been used in an effort to enhance the absorption of
topically applied analgesics and anti-inflammatory agents through the therapeutic
application of ultrasound.
Phonophoresis has been shown to be ineffective for some treatments, where it did
not increase the efficacy of absorption of drugs, or did not improve the outcome
more than the use of ultrasound alone.
References
1. Rawls, Walter C.; Davis, Albert Belisle (1996). Magnetism and Its Effects
on the Living System. Acres U.S.A. ISBN 0-911311-14-9.
2. Finegold L, Flamm BL (January 2006). "Magnet therapy". BMJ 332 (7532):
4. doi:10.1136/bmj.332.7532.4
3. Watson, T. (2006). "Therapeutic Ultrasound".
4. Wilkin, H. D., et al. (2004). Influence of Therapeutic Ultrasound on Skeletal
Muscle Regeneration Following Blunt Contusion. International Journal of
Sports Medicine, 25, 73-77.

Tashkent Medical Academy
"APPROVED BY"
Pro-rector for Academic Affairs
Prof. Teshaev O.R.
____________________
"________" ___________2014 y.
Department of Folk Medicine, Rehabilitation and physical culture
Subject: Medical control
EDUCATION TECHNOLOGY
Related to:
OBJECTIVES of medical supervision. MEDICAL EXAMINATION

SCHEME for athletes and sportsmen. Methods of study (anthropometry,
somatoscopy) and evaluation of physical development (methods of indices,
standards, correlation).
Guidelines for teachers and students of the 4th year
medical and medico-pedagogical faculties
Tashkent, 2014
Compiled by: Associate Professor, Ph.D. Adilov Sh.K.
Senior Lecturer, Ph.D. Vysogortseva O.N.
Technology training approved:

at the departmental meeting #______ from __________ 2014
Education technology discussed and approved at a meeting of the therapeutic

section CMC of the Tashkent Medical Academy # ____ from ________ 2014
Chairman prof. MD Karimov M.Sh.______________________________

Topic #1: OBJECTIVES for medical supervision. MEDICAL

EXAMINATION SCHEME for athletes and sportsmen. Methods of study
(anthropometry, somatoscopy) and evaluation of physical development
(methods of indices, standards, correlation).
Study time: 6 hours

session
II. The main part:
10.theoretical
11.analytical
12.practical
13.independent student work
The purpose for training session: to consolidate and deepen the knowledge of the
content of the subject LVC on the concept of physical development and its
methods of study and evaluation, develop the skill of anthropometry and
somatoscopy teach make conclusion and spend correction of physical
development.
• Fix a general idea of sports medicine

and medical control; The student must:
• organize knowledge about the kinds of  reveal the contents of the subject
medical examination of athletes and of sports medicine and medical
sportsmen and to conduct them; monitoring tasks;
 talk about the kinds of medical
• consolidate and extend the knowledge examination of athletes and
about the physical development; athletes for their performance;
 list the criteria for assessing the
• analyze techniques somatoscopic physical development;
research and data analysis to assess the  to give an opinion about the
features of physical development; physical development on the basis
of data collected;
• To develop skills of anthropometry and  describe the means and methods of
completing the relevant documentation; correction of physical
development.
• learn to assess physical development The student should be able to:
indices methods, standards, correlation;
The acquisition of practical skills.
• develop skills in organizing, comparing, somatoscopic conduct research on
summarizing, and analyzing information; their own to make anthropometric
• develop communication skills. measurements, complete medical
checklist-athletes and sportsmen.
Training Methods Brainstorming; machinery: graphic

organizer - a cluster of "Criteria for
assessing the physical development."
Learning Tools Manuals, training materials, a set of

measuring instruments (scales,
stadiometer, measuring tape,
spirometer, dynamometers), slides,
markers, sheets of A3, A4.

Typical flow chart of lesson
Stages of work, Content of the activity

time 6:00
Teacher Students
Phase 1 10. Tells subject, purpose and planned Listen, write,

Introduction to and features of the training session. questions.
the training 11. Describes key categories and
session concepts on this topic.
12. Reported indicators and evaluation
25 minutes criteria of academic work in class.
Stage 2 4 hours 25. Conducts a quiz to identify the Answer questions.

source of students' knowledge on the
Main: topic:
 Concept of sports medicine, medical
The theoretical
monitoring tasks.
part  Basic medical examinations of athletes
(2 hours) and sportsmen (primary, landmark,
additional, urgent).
 The concept of the physical
development and its meaning for sports
selection.
 somatoscopy.
 Anthropometry.
26. Students are encouraged to discuss
the problem of sports medicine and
medical monitoring method of
"brainstorming."
27. Explains the concept of "physical
development", parses the evaluation
criteria of physical development (data
external examination and
anthropometry).
28. Make offers graphic organizer - a
cluster on the topic: "Criteria for
evaluation of physical development."
Participate in
29. Demonstrates techniques of
Analytical part somatoscopy and anthropometry. discussions, ask
(2:00) 30. Organize the implementation of questions, outline,
students' practical skills. specify.
group discussion.
32. Gives the task:
 Proposed to solve situational problems.
Conduct and discuss the results of
individual work in mini-groups; Perform the
 Prepare for the presentation. learning task.
33. Coordinates, advises, directs the
learning activities. Examines and
evaluates the results of individual work:
filling medical and checklists, drafting
anthropometric profile and conclusions
about the physical development. Following the
teacher perform
practical skills.
The practical part Divided into

groups.
(1 hour)
Perform the
learning task.
Present the results

of individual and
group work.
3rd Step 7. An opinion on the subject, focusing Listen.

A Final-result importance of the work done for future Conduct self-
professional careers. esteem,
20 minutes
8. Commends the work of groups and intermarking. Ask
individual students, summarizes the questions. Opine.
interconnection. Analyzes and evaluates
lesson.
Recorded
assignment.
Subject: OBJECTIVES for medical supervision. MEDICAL

EXAMINATION SCHEME for athletes and sportsmen. Methods of study
(anthropometry, somatoscopy) and evaluation of physical development
(methods of indices, standards, correlation).

52. Duration of training Hours - 6.

53. Purpose of the lesson: to consolidate and deepen the knowledge of the content
of the subject LVC on the concept of physical development and its methods of
study and evaluation, develop the skill of anthropometry and somatoscopy
teach make conclusion and spend correction of physical development.
• Fix a general idea of sports medicine and medical control;
• organize knowledge about the kinds of medical examination of athletes and

sportsmen and to conduct them;
• consolidate and extend the knowledge about the physical development;
• analyze techniques somatoscopic research and data analysis to assess the features
of physical development;
• To develop skills of anthropometry and completing the relevant documentation;
• learn to assess physical development indices methods, standards, correlation;
• develop skills in organizing, comparing, summarizing, and analyzing

information;
• develop communication skills.

The student must:
 reveal the contents of the subject of sports medicine and medical monitoring
tasks;
 talk about the kinds of medical examination of athletes and athletes for their
performance;
 list the criteria for assessing the physical development;
 to give an opinion about the physical development on the basis of data
collected;
 describe the means and methods of correction of physical development.
 The acquisition of practical skills. somatoscopic conduct research on their own

to make anthropometric measurements, complete medical checklist-athletes
and sportsmen.
Brainstorming; machinery: Graphic Organizer - cluster.
57. Learning Tools

Manuals, training materials, a set of measuring devices for anthropometry
(medical scales, stadiometer, measuring tape, spirometer, manual and tripod
dynamometers), slides, markers, banners, sheets of A3, A4.
58. Form of study


60. Monitoring and evaluation

Interpreting control: checklists, perform educational tasks in groups,
performing skills.
Written control: test questions, test solution and situational problems.
61. Motivation
Features of modern life, on the one hand, is characterized by the lack of
adequate muscular load for optimum performance (no improvement) systems and
organs, and on the other - the use of large volume and intensity of physical activity
(professional sports). In connection with this medical practice before it became
necessary to study these relationships between the body and the physical work that
led to the creation of a special science - Sports Medicine.
Sports Medicine - a branch of medical science and practice, study the positive
and negative effects of different levels of physical activity on health and physical
condition, as well as the means and methods of influencing processes post-load
recovery and improve efficiency. Goals and objectives of sports medicine, as well
as means to achieve them are largely consonant c physiotherapy. For example, the
primary means of improving functional reserves, prevention and health promotion
athlete, a disabled patient is exercising. Their use in sporting activities and in the
process of rehabilitation is based on general principles of teaching the theory and
practice of physical education - training dosage. Thus, we can talk more about the
proximity of these disciplines than the difference.
Medical control is the main section of Sports Medicine. Its task is constant
selection, medical examination and monitoring of persons engaged in physical
culture and sports.

Teaching the topic is based on the knowledge students the basics of normal
anatomy and physiology, pathophysiology, propaedeutics internal medicine,
biostatistics (vertical integration). Also knowledge of the topic integrated with
therapy, hygiene of children and adolescents, physical therapy and traumatology
(horizontal integration).
63. Content of the lesson

13.1. The theoretical part
The main purpose of sports medicine - the preservation and promotion of health
of people engaged in physical culture and sports, treatment and prevention of
pathological conditions and diseases, promoting the rational use of means and
methods of physical culture and sports, process optimization post-load recovery
and improve performance, prolong active, creative life period (G.A.Makarova,
2003).
Tasks sports medicine reduced to the following aspects:
1. Definition of health and functional status, physical development surveyed to

address sports orientation, tolerance to physical education, sports, summer
residence of the recommendations for the rational use of physical activity,
modes of work and training;
2. Regular monitoring of the health, physical development, functional state during
training and competition.
3. Analysis of disease, injury and specific injury arising from unsustainable
physical education and sports, develop methods of early diagnosis, prevention,
treatment, and rehabilitation;
4. Development, testing and introduction of biomedical tools and methods for
optimizing the processes of recovery and improve athletic performance.
The objectives of the medical monitoring include:
Systematic medical monitoring and medical-pedagogical observation of athlete and athletes during
training and competitions;
Health-care provision of training and competitions, mass sports activities
Prevention and treatment of sports injuries, pathological conditions diseases
Consultations in the field of physical culture and sports
Educational-methodical management facilities medical control and the work of medical institutions of
physical culture and sports
Health education and awareness-raising among the population, etc.
Currently, public health, especially the younger generation, has deteriorated

significantly. At the same time there is a constant involvement of entities in
physical exercise. Medical control for dealing with physical culture and sport must
be carried out not only doctors specialized agencies, but also GPs network of
health facilities by health authorities. However, without a basic knowledge of
sports medicine is difficult to decide questions of professional selection, prevention
of pathological conditions, the use of tools and techniques in the training process,
adequate health and physical condition, age and individual abilities of man.
MEDICAL EXAMINATION SCHEME for athletes and sportsmen.
Regardless of the type of medical examination during their holding should

adhere to certain requirements are: complexity, functional and dynamic orientation
of medical examination, as well as an individual approach to the interpretation of
results.
Medical
Primary Staged Additional Current, urgent
examinations
The purpose of Give an opinion on Reveal Identify terms Analysis of post-

the medical access to physical the resumption of load changes in
examination activity and sports, dynamics classes and the body, to
to determine of the participation in evaluate the
medical group; hold impact competitions possibility of
professional studies after illness, participating in
selection injury multi-day events
Requirements complexity, functional and dynamic orientation of medical examination,

for medical an individual approach
examinations
Criteria Health Functional state Physical development
underlying the
med.
conclusion of
Methods for General and special Functional tests, tests somatoscopy (external
determining the history, laboratory examination),
criteria and clinical research anthropometry
tool
Evaluation Healthy Very bad Average

criteria
Almost healthy Poor Above-average
Diagnosis Average Below the average
good
Great
Minimum list of paraclinical examinations should include:
- general analysis of blood and urine;

- study of physical development (in young athletes is defined as the
degree of puberty);
- chest X-ray;
- ECG at rest and during exercise;
- echocardiography;
- analysis of the type of reaction of the cardiovascular system
functional tests;
- determination of total RWC
One of the difficult and important issues in the primary medical examination
should be considered a health assessment, identification of pathological hereditary
predisposition and underlying pathology. According to the WHO Constitution,
health - it is not merely the absence of disease or infirmity, but a state of complete
physical, mental and social well-being.
The main criteria for health are:

compliance structure, function and structure (the absence of morphological and functional
abnormalities)
the body's ability to maintain the constancy of the internal environment (homeostasis)
<g id="580"></g><g id="581">high efficiency and good psycho-emotional state.</g>

Gradation of health:
 Healthy.
 Practically healthy (with disabilities in the state of health or disease,
are well compensated, without exacerbation and do not limit the
execution of training work in its entirety).
 Has illness requiring exclusion from sports.
Principles of health assessment in the practice of sports medicine
 exclusion of diseases and pathological conditions attributable to common

contraindications to sports;
 prediction of the state of health (should take into account features of the
constitution, pathological hereditary predisposition, the probability of
underlying pathology, past illnesses and injuries, etc.);
 determine the degree of risk in the presence of so-called border states of the
examinees.
PHYSICAL DEVELOPMENT
Physical development - a set of inherited and acquired the morphological

and functional characteristics of the organism that determine its potential, as well
as compliance with the biological age of the passport. Physical development can
serve as criteria for the selection and orientation of sports for various sports.
Physical development is one of the indicators of health status.
The basic methods of physical development are somatoscopy (visual

inspection) and anthropometry (somatometry).
Criteria for the assessment of physical development are:
Anthropometry
somatoscopy
Morphological parameters Functional indicators
Physique Growth (body length) Body Weight
Posture Circumference of body Chest excursion

parts
Skin and visible mucous The diameters of the body LVC
parts
Subcutaneous fat Back force
Muscular System Dynamometry brushes
Skeletal system
Form thorax
Form back
Form feet
Form feet
Hernial ring
The first stage is the subject of the survey inspection. The subject should be
stripped down to his underwear, standing freely, feet shoulder width apart.
Inspection is carried out in the front, side and rear.
Figure. It refers to the dimensions, the odds, the proportions and features of
the mutual arrangement of body parts. The concept should not be confused with
the Constitution of a body shape that is much broader. The Constitution includes a
representation of the composition of the body, especially metabolic reactivity to
external and internal stimuli. The Constitution is a fairly stable morphological,
functional and emotional characteristics of an organism, established on the basis of
genotype under the influence of environmental factors (Makarova g.a., 2003). Due
to the complexity of diagnosis of the constitution in athletic and sporting practice
often guided by the research subject somatotype. That is, to describe a constitution
based on morphological characters, the term "somatic", which is also the biological
passport and identity. Currently somatotype regarded as one of the reliable factors
determining the rate of ontogeny, which is essential for early sports specialization.
Study the correlation of body componentsfat, muscle, bone, appreciating it as

endomorph (well developed subcutaneous fat), mesomorph (developed muscles
and skeleton), ectomorph (longitudinal, gaunt higher dimensions of the human
body).
Based on the schema type definition somatoscopic constitution

distinguished:
 Astenoid type. It is characterized by narrow body shapes, hands, feet.
Epigastric angle is acute. Stooping spin blades protrude. Bone thin. Weak
development of fat and muscle components. For small absolute values of
muscle strength and cardiorespiratory performance relative (per 1 kg of body
weight) figures are quite high, the response to exercise economical.
 Chest (thoracic). With this type of body shape is narrow (but to a lesser
degree than in asthenics) shoulder width - medium, epigastric angle -
straight, cylindrical thorax. Fat, muscle and bone components of the body
are weak or moderate. Relative performance of motor characteristics and
maximal oxygen consumption (IPC) high.
 Muscle type. A well-developed muscle and bone components with moderate
fat content component. Proportional physique, broad shoulders, narrow
pelvis, thorax cylindrical, epigastric angle - straight, body weight above the
average. High level of physical performance, large values of the absolute
and relative performance of motor characteristics.
 Abdominal (digestive) type. It corresponds to a stocky build, body weight
above the average values, abundant fat deposition, development of bone and
muscle components moderate body, shoulders and hips are wide, bulging
belly, all rounded body shape. Absolute values of motor characteristics can
be quite high, but relative - low. Reduced levels of physical health, wasteful
response to exercise.
Posture. It's a familiar position at ease standing person canopy heels with
socks, feet, deployed at an angle of 45-500. When viewed from the front draws
attention to the position of the head, shoulder girdle and nipple level, form the
thorax and abdomen, body position, symmetrical triangle waist (the distance
between the hand and lowered a notch waist), shape of the legs.
When viewed from the back, pay attention to the position of the head,
shoulder girdle level, the position of the blades (their level, the distance from the
spine to the tightness of their chest), a symmetrical triangle waist, symmetry along
the spinous processes, the level of the iliac bones.
When the tilt housing (chin should be pressed to his chest and arms hanging
freely) draws attention to the line of the spinous processes, for symmetry relief
chest muscle for the presence of the roller in the lumbar region and the rib hump.
When viewed from the side, the position of the head, or gain flatness
physiological curves of the spine in the thoracic and lumbar spine.
Posture is evaluated as right and wrong. With proper posture and lack of
curvature of the spine in the survey revealed a direct holding of the head, a
symmetrical arrangement of the blades, neck and shoulder lines, axillary folds, the
iliac bone on both sides, and in the presence of scoliosis and abuse their posture
symmetry is broken to a different extent depending on the degree of scoliosis and
posture defects.
Figure 1: Pronounced rib hump on the right cushion

and muscle in the left lumbar region. Curved line of the spinous processes. The
dashed line represents the view at the correct posture.
The color of the skin and mucous. The skin is described as a smooth, clean,
dry, wet, elastic, sluggish, etc. Visible mucous - like clean, pink, wet, etc.
Subcutaneous fat. Fat component outlines the shape of the body reflects the
hormonal status of the individual, the type of neural activity, particularly
metabolism.
Formation of fat mass and the nature of its distribution - a hereditary

phenomenon, not related to the volume of muscle mass and size of the proportion
of bone mass. Fat component depends on the age. In periods of life, age
appropriate, the number of persons with reduced fat deposition. In evaluating the
body fat mass are calipometric method.
Fig. 2. Compass, calipers (a) and thickness measurement skinfold on the

shoulder (b).
For persons not older than 25 years is enough to measure the sum of the
thickness of the four fat folds (Col4). On the front (over the abdomen biceps) and
back (in the middle third of the triceps muscle) of the shoulder. In the upper third
of the front of the thigh obliquely along the sartorius and the lower third of the
femur head above the outer quadriceps, taking the fold vertically. Calculations are
made using the formula: A = (Col4 -c)/d, where a is the amount (min.); (C) and (D)
are constants provided in their applications.
Currently, a number of foreign firms (Japan, Netherlands) produce

instruments for measuring body fat. The principle of the fat component of the body
is based on the measurement of resistance to the current passing through the tissue
of the subject.
Muscular system. Estimate the volume, tone and symmetry of muscle

development. Visually, the volume of the muscular system characterized as poorly,
moderately and well-defined. Certainly more important for athletes to assess
muscle mass and its percentage of the total weight. However, existing methods for
estimating muscle mass to date (X-ray, biochemical, anthropometric and
ultrasound) are virtually inaccessible for coaches.
Muscle tone is characterized as normal, hyper - and hypotonia. To define it

using special Myotonometry.
Bone system. Draws attention to the shape of the bony skeleton. It is rated as
narrow, wide and normal. Some idea of the shape skeleton gives the index by
Soloviev. When largest wrist circumference in women more than 16.5 cm and 18
cm more men form skeleton characterized as broad. Another way to assess the
form of skeleton is embracing his wrist wrist. If the distal phalanx of the thumb in
contact with a similar phalanx of the middle finger - a form of skeleton
characterized as normal. If one finger phalange is superimposed on another, or vice
versa, the distance between them, the shape of skeleton respectively evaluated as
narrow and wide.
Marked joint mobility. Are there any restrictions, the presence of tender
points on palpation of bones and bony protrusions. Reduced range of motion may
be due to:
 inability to relax muscles (spasticity and rigidity)

 specific pathology joint (arthrosis, arthritis, etc.)
 prolonged immobility joint immobilization needed to treat injuries of joints,
ligaments, muscles and tendons.
 constant chronic trauma to hypermobility or instability of the joint, which
causes a compensatory protective shortening of muscle-tendon tissue.
The shape of the chest. It is rated as cylindrical, conical, barrel-shaped, flat,
hen-like. Furthermore, to determine the degree of uniformity of development on
both sides of the chest.
Fig. 3. The shape of the thorax. 1-normal, 2-flat, 3 chicken, funnel-4, 5-

emphysematous (barrel).
Form back. Draws attention to the severity of the physiological curves in the
sagittal plane. Both increases and flattening the physiological curves may be due to
muscle imbalances, a manifestation of connective tissue dysplasia or
developmental abnormalities of the spine. For example, a significant increase in
thoracic kyphosis may be a manifestation of the disease Scheuermann - Mau, as a
consequence of underdevelopment of ossification centers in the anterior vertebral
body apophyses. Vertebrae while taking a wedge shape. When viewed from
behind estimated deviation from the midline of the spine to the right or to the left,
and the location of the spinous processes of the vertebrae, especially at maximum
lean forward with outstretched arms.
Fig. 4. Measurement of the curves of the spine in the sagittal (a) and frontal
(b) planes scoliosimeter by Podyapolskaya.
Fig. 5. Form back. a-normal, b-round, in-plane, g-round concave.

The shape of the legs and feet. Examination of the musculoskeletal system
always paid close attention as part of the medical staff and specialist sports.
Abnormalities in the development of the musculoskeletal system, in the form of
varus or valgus pronounced curvature of the lower limbs, varying the length of the
legs, the deviations in the arch of the foot in a tense muscle activity can lead to
specific injuries and diseases.
It is important to determine the length of the lower extremities (the distance

from the anterior superior iliac spine to the end of the inner ankle). Observations
show that the majority of children of preschool and school-age children have
defects of posture and spinal curvature is due to shortening of one limb (about
35%). Measurement of limb length spend supine, feet together, one should bear in
mind that the tip of the nose, navel and line connections are still in a straight line.
Under this condition the shortening of the limbs and sometimes can be seen by eye.
Legs form are correct (direct), when the longitudinal axis of the femur and
tibia are the same, and the inner surface of the knee and ankle joints in contact. If
the inside of the knee touch, and between the ankle has some distance (hip axis and
Glenn form an angle, open outwards) - a form of X-shaped legs. If the inside of the
ankles are touching, and the axis of the femur and tibia form an angle, open
inwards, leg shape - O-shaped (Fig. 5).
Pronounced O-and X - shaped curvature of the legs is a contraindication for

practicing a jump and aesthetic sports (long jump, triple jump, acrobatics,
gymnastics and sports, etc.)
Fig. 8. Form feet. a-normal, b-X-shaped in-O-shaped.

True leg length is measured in the supine position. The distance from the
greater trochanter to the medial malleolus. It should be borne in mind that there is a
true and functional (false) shortened one of the limbs. For their differentiation
using sample Derbolovsky. Subjects were asked to sit down. If the transition to a
sitting position, revealed a visual difference in leg length is leveled, there is a
relative (functional) shortened legs. In general anthropometric studies show that
75% of people left leg longer than the right, the difference in average reaches up to
8 mm. It should be borne in mind, jumpers longer leg (ie more leverage) often is
jogging. Do players in handling the ball and hitting it more often used over short
leg as shorter length of the lever allows fast feints techniques.
Study of the foot is made by podometry or plantography.
Podometric foot index is calculated by the formula:
I = (h * 100): L, where I - podometric index (%), h - height of the foot (cm),

the highest point of the dorsum of the foot; L - foot length (cm), the distance
between the edge of the heel and the end point of one phalanx of a finger. If I more
than 33% - a very high arch, from 33 to 31% - a moderately high arch, from 31 to
29% - normal arch, from 29 to 27% - a modest flat, from 27 to 25% - a flat foot
and no same 25 % - a sharp flat.
Determining the degree of flatfoot principle plantography modification by

Godunov. The ratio of the width of the loaded part of the sole to the Non load to 1
normal arch, from 1.1 to 2, the foot is considered to be flattened more than 2 - flat.
Visual inspection of the foot is loaded part (lateral) unlike Non load (medial) looks
darker.
Fig. 8. Explanation plantogram by IM Chijin.

Fig. 8. Shape of the foot (by plantogram). 0-hollow, 1-normal, 2-flattened, 3-
flat.
Anthropometry
When conducting anthropometric measurements necessary to comply with

the basic requirements and make them a unified methodology.
The pose of the measured. Analyzed must be located in a natural,

characteristic of him, pose in a position with your heels together, toes apart, arms
down, head is fixed so that the top edge of the tragus of the ear and the lower edge
of the orbit were in the same horizontal plane.
Place to measure. Appropriate, especially in mass screening, used for

measuring individual and undressing, warm, well-lit, the adjacent rooms.
The examination time. Morning fasting, or 2-3 hours after ingestion.
Anthropometric instruments. Must be accurate and continuously monitored.
Measuring the length of the bodyyou can use the pole aside and is
determined by standing and sitting. Analyzed becomes back to anthropometry,
touching his heels, buttocks, interscapular area. The upper edge and the lower edge
of the tragus of the orbit must be horizontal.
After the examinee has made the correct position on the top rack carefully
lower horizontal sliding sleeve with a clipboard to contact with the head. Figure,
which is fixed planchette shows height in centimeters. Measuring growth is
accurate to 0.5 cm
To measure the growth in the sitting position examinee sits on a folding

bench touching the buttocks straps and interscapular region. Head is attached to the
same position as in the measurement of growth standing.
Fig. 8. Measuring the length of the body (growth) standing (a) sitting and
(b).
Body weight. Used to measure it lever or electronic scales. Accuracy of

measurement of body weight equals 50 g
Fig. 10. Medical scales.
Weighing is done without coats and shoes. The subject becomes gently into
the middle of the weighing platform when the latch is down detent. Examiner
should raise the gate detent and move the weight on the bottom plate rocker from
the zero point to the free end as long as the rocker will not make significant swings
in relation to the level of the coracoid projection. Following this, it is necessary to
move in the same direction as the weight on the top plate until equilibration and
then lower the shutter detent.
Weight of the subject is derived from the sum of two numbers, the
movement of fixed weights on the top and bottom strips.
Measurement of girth are. Researcher puts a tape on the measured part of

the body so that the zero division ribbons are on the front sight, and the other end
of it - above the zero end and marks the division, coming against zero.
Neck-thyroid is measured under the cartilage.
Chest girth.Behind the tape is applied under the bottom corners of the blades,
the front men and children - at the
level of the nipple, women - the
upper edge of the breast. Bust is
measured with a deep breath, deep
breath and in the intermediate state
(paused). The difference in the
values of the chest girth measured in
a state of deep inhalation and exhalation is a hike chest.
Abdominal Girth-at the level of the navel point is measured at the moment of
pause between inhalation and exhalation.
Waist-the tape is applied to a 5 cm-6 cm above the iliac crests.
Girth through the buttocks-tape passes through the outermost area of

buttocks
Hip Girth-analyzed costs feet shoulder width apart. The tape is applied to the
thigh at the gluteal fold.
The circumference of the tibia-measured in the highest development of the

gastrocnemius.
Circumference of upper armin the idle state is measured in a place of

greatest development of muscles of the shoulder. Arm hangs, the muscles are
relaxed.
The girth of a shoulder-the subject raises his hand in a horizontal position, it

flexes the elbow joint and the maximum strain the muscles of the shoulder.
Measurement is performed in the widest part of the shoulder.
The girth of the forearm-measured in place most muscle development on

freely hanging hand, muscles are relaxed.
Vital capacity (LVC). This is the maximum amount of air to be exhaled

after maximal inhalation. LVC measured water or dry spirometers. More precise
figures are obtained using water spirometer. Holding his nose with your fingers,
the test after two - three deep breaths prior makes maximum exhale into the
mouthpiece of the spirometer. Procedure can be repeated. The value obtained is
called the actual LVC and FVC compared to its proper value MC (PLVC). LVC
sheet can be produced according to the formula:
men, proper LVC (ml) = (27.63 -0.112* age) BODY LENGTH (in cm); women,
proper LVC (ml) = (21.78 -0.101*age); BODY LENGTH (in cm).
For healthy people to FVC ratio PLVC ranges from 81 to 123%, covering
93% of the entire sample.
Dynamometric indicators (fromsilt left, right hand deadlift). For

measurements using a wrist arm strength dynamometer which is compressed with a
maximum intensity at the elongated arm at the side. Measurement of the force is
made up of hands unless the latter figure will not be less than the previous one.
Fig. 11. Hand and becomes dynamometers.
Deadlift at researched measured in the absence of contraindications:

omission of internal organs, spine instability, high myopia, the presence of hernias,
menstruation, high blood pressure numbers, etc. Analyzed subject becomes feet on
the platform, the mainstay of the dynamometer handle located at the knee, with
hands and feet should be unfolded. From this starting position the subject pulls the
handle up the mainstay of the dynamometer.
This indicator is one of the most important biological
factors assessment First, to any of the
survey.
anthropometric features are no contraindications for
their measurement. Secondly, in order to show good
results deadlift is necessary to generate a strong
impetus in the central nervous system to activate a
lot of muscle, and not only the muscles of the back,
but the upper and lower limbs, abdomen, neck, etc.
Fig. 12. Measurement of backbone strength
Evaluation of physical development
To this end, methods are used:
 indices or indicators;
 anthropometric standards and profiles;
 correlations;
 percentiles.
Method indexes. To assess the anthropometric data in the practice of

medical monitoring is not widely used. However, when mass screening to obtain
preliminary information about the physical development, clinical work (especially
body weight-height indicators) application of the method is justified indexes. The
most commonly used indices include:
Von Pirquet
Pin′e
Erisman Hygiene Federal Research Centre
Mass-grown (Quetelet, Mègoni, Brock-Brugša)
Standard
Power
Index Von Pirquet (Beduzi)shall be calculated by the formula: D – Dc

Х100
Dc
D is the length of the body while standing; Dc is the length of the body while
sitting. Value of the index gives an indication of the relative length of the legs: less
than 87% - a small length of the legs (lower center of gravity), 87 - 92% - is
proportional to the ratio between the length of the legs and torso, more - 92% - a
relatively large length of the legs (high center of gravity).
Index Of Pin′eshall be calculated by the formula: D-(M O), where D -

standing body length in cm, M - weight in kilograms; About - chest circumference
in the expiratory phase, see The smaller the index Pine, the better rate (in the
absence of obesity) . An index less than 10 is rated as a strong constitution, from
10 to 20 - good, from 21 to 25 - the average, from 26 to 35 - is weak, more than 36
- very weak.
Index Erisman Hygiene Federal Research Centreis calculated as follows:

from the chest circumference paused subtracted half body length. Erisman index
averages for men 5,4-6,0 cm for women 3,8-4,4 see
Massorostovye codes: The Quetelet IndexBody mass index (BMI) is
calculated by the formula BMI = m/D2where m is body weight in kg; D-body
length in meters.
WHO identifies four levels of BMI. Less than 18.5 kg/m2 -low body weight;
18, 5 and 24.9-normal body weight; from 25 to 29.9 is overweight and over 30 is
obese.
Index Of Mègoniideal body weight for men is calculated according to the

formula [(D/2, 5 x 4, 0) -128] x = 453 grams For women [(D/2, 5 x 3, 5) -108]
x453 = g.
Broca's Index-Brugša. Proper body mass (M) is calculated by the formula:

M = D-100 in subjects with a body length (D) 155-165 cm in body length of 166-
175 and more than 175 cm, respectively subtracted 105 and 110 cm
Life Index. The magnitude of the vital capacity (in ml) is divided by the
weight (in kg). Proper values of life index: males 50-65 ml / kg in females 40 -56
mL / kg.
Power indexcalculated what percentage of right, left hand or deadlifts is

investigated by his body weight. For men, the power index for the brush is 65-70%
for women - 50-60%. Deadlift for men, these figures reach 200-220% for women -
120-140%.
Method of anthropometric standards.. Standards - it's common or group

averages characterizing the mean values for all attributes of the surveyed group
(group standards). Average values of attributes corresponding to certain groups are
Rostovs with growth standards. For each attribute in the corresponding box in the
table indicate the average arithmetic value (m) and root mean square deviation
from M.
Body length standing evaluated by an overall average data. Assessment of

all other indicators based on the average results of these signs, taking into account
the length of the body surveyed through the Rostov standards. First, determine the
length of the body, standing, then - all other data. Anthropometric assessment
results produced by this method so. The results obtained are compared with the
corresponding mean values, which are standards for the study group. The
difference shows a deviation from the average of the values. It can have a positive
value if the attribute in more standard (M), or a negative value when the sign is less
than the standard.
To estimate the magnitude of deviations is divided into the average value of
a standard deviation, i.e. the amount of Sigma, investigated whether different from
average.
 Symptom is typical (standard) if the mean value does not differ by more
than 0.5
 A sign above or below a typical with respectively a positive or negative
value deviations greater than 0.5, but not more than 1.
 Sign of high (or low with a negative bias) if sigma greater than 1 but less
than 2.
 Indication of a very high (or, respectively, very low) if more than 2 sigma.
Anthropometric indices estimated by the standard deviation, can be
represented graphically by constructing anthropometric profile. For this purpose,
the abnormality in the sigma transferred to the grid, in which the vertical columns
are designated point corresponding features (length, weight, vital capacity, etc.),
and the horizontal - deviation sigma. United points form straight lines
anthropometric profile.
Method correlations. Many anthropometric signs of physical development,

in particular, such as length, weight, chest circumference, LVC interrelated. The
degree of dependence between the signs is the size of the correlation coefficient R
between 1. Factor 1 is a direct relationship between the studied traits (increasing
one trait increases the other). Coefficient of -1 means feedback.
The magnitude of an increase (or decrease) of the second feature if the first
incremented (e.g., by increasing the length of the body 1 cm) is called a regression
coefficient. The calculation of these coefficients allows us to represent the
correlation between anthropometric features in the form of tables or nomograms
used to assess physical development.
Method of percentiles. Percentiles - indicators that are determined by the

location in a series of ascending gradation. In practice it is usually used only some
of the percentiles: R3and r10, r25, r50,75,90, p97
It is believed that if individually observed symptom is within the bounds of 25

to75 p the value it complies with.
If anthropometric indicator is within the bounds of 10 to25 p and from75 to90p,

then score it accordingly above and below the median.
If the value of the indicator is in the PA r3 -r10 and from p90 p to97, the score
will be low or high.
If the value of the trait of some individual cases is pre p 3 or above r97, the
score will be "very low" or "very high" (hence the "very low" will be 3% of all
cases and "very high"-also 3%).
Evaluation and correction of physical development. Traditionally, the main

criteria of physical development include: body length, body weight, chest
circumference, vital capacity.
Correction of physical development should begin with a normalization of

body weight, as according to various sources, the number of people who are
overweight, ranges from 30 to 50%. Normalization only body weight, affect the
increase in the relative performance of the life and power indices. The most
rational approach to weight reduction is that energy during the day is higher than
the number of calories supplied to the food. As a means of better stimulating
catabolism is rational muscle activity. It should consist of the dynamic nature of
the exercises include large muscle groups. In general, exercise intensity should be
moderate (40-50% of the pulse reserve) with short-term, within 10-15 seconds,
increasing to a large and submaximal (60, 75-80% of the pulse reserve) intensity.
Duration of classes within 1-1.5 hours. This character classes is also a good way to
develop aerobic performance, maximal oxygen consumption.
Deficiency of body weight is recommended to use a technique classes

builders in combination with a sufficient amount of protein intake in the diet.
Physical stress on different muscle groups should be performed with moderate
weights (30-50% of the maximum voluntary force) with lots of repetitions (10-12
times) in one approach. Such approaches a rest interval between 2-3 minutes, must
be 6 - 8. Capacity will increase the active mass and muscle strength.
Questions for Knowledge Control:
1. OBJECTIVES for medical supervision.
2. Types of medical examinations of athletes and sportsmen, list their goals.
3. List the minimum list of paraclinical examinations to address the issue of the
possibility of physical culture and sports.
4. Define the term "physical development".
5. Research methods of physical development.
6. What signs are studying at somatoscopy?
7. List morphological anthropometric characteristics.

8. List the functional anthropometric characteristics.
9 Body types, types of constitution.
10 Posture, determination, research methods, types of posture.
11 Shape of the chest.
12 Forms back.
13 Leg shape.
14. Methods of studying the shape of the foot.
15 Methods of measuring growth.
16. Methods of measurement of body weight.
17th Method of measuring the circumference of the thorax.
18 Methods of measuring the LVC.
19. Methods of measuring forces of right and left hands.
20 Methods of measuring backbone strength.
21 List the methods of evaluation of physical development.
22 Describe the method of indices to assess risk factors.
23 Describe the method for assessing RF standards.
24 Describe the correlation method to assess risk factors.
25 Describe the method for estimating percentiles DF.
To assess the level of assimilation of the theoretical material is also used test
questions (see Appendix 1).

Maximum score 25-
8 points and
22 21-18 points 17-14 score 13-9 score
below
poorly
excellent good satisfactorily unsatisfactorily
36% or less
100% -86% 85% -71% 70-55% 54% -37%
13.2.1. USING "Brainstorming"

overcome psychological stress as an obstacle to open discussion. Technique
combines the ability to extend stereotype, abstracted from existing constraints, to
develop dynamic mental activity, intensify training activities. The method teaches
argue and defend their own point of view, to find the optimal solution to build
communion, to convince others of loyalty defended position.
Methodology provides:
 greeting soaring thoughts;

 receiving the largest number of proposals;
 combination of ideas and their development;
 any comments and criticisms that interfere with the formation of ideas;
 brief statement without arguments deployed;
 division of the group into those who generates ideas and those who cultivate
it.
Students are encouraged to discuss the task of sports medicine and a
doctor's supervision. Everyone expresses their proposals, which are written on the
board or flip card. Then alternately opened position template and compared with
the responses of students. At the end of an assessment of the job correctly and
summarizing.
The pattern of responses. The main tasks of Sports Medicine:
1. Definition of health and functional status, physical development surveyed to

address sports orientation, tolerance to physical education, sports, summer
residence of the recommendations for the rational use of physical activity,
modes of work and training;
2. Regular monitoring of the health, physical development, functional state during
training and competition.
3. Analysis of disease, injury and specific injury arising from unsustainable
physical education and sports, develop methods of early diagnosis, prevention,
4. Development, testing and introduction of biomedical tools and methods for
optimizing the processes of recovery and improve athletic performance.
1. systematic medical monitoring and medical-pedagogical supervision for
athletes and athletes during training and competition;
2. health-care provision of training and competition sites, mass participation of
sports events;
3. prevention and treatment of sports injuries, pathological conditions,
diseases;
4. consultation in the field of physical culture and sports;
5. training and guidance offices and medical monitoring work overall network
of medical institutions for physical culture and sports;
6. health education and advocacy among the population, etc.
13.2.2. Decision situational problems
1. Task: The girl is 16 years height 163 cm, typical for this growth weight
(± 0,4 σ), chest circumference in the pause ( 1 σ), spirometry ( 1 σ), the right hand
dynamometry (-1σ), dynamometry Back (-1σ) .
1. Draw her anthropometric profile
2. Make a conclusion on the physical development of the survey.
Template response: obtained on the basis of anthropometric profile of the

physical development of the survey can be considered as average, harmonious, but
there is a decrease of power indices, which allows us to recommend specific
exercises to strengthen the muscles of the limbs and back.
2. Task: Girl 14 years old, height 158 cm, weight 70 kg, chest
circumference in the expiratory phase of 106 cm, 35 kg Back dynamometry, hand
(right) - 15 kg, -20 kg left.
1. Calculate the index Pine.
2. Your conclusion about the physical development of the survey.
Template response: Pine index calculated by the formula: D-(M O), where
D - standing body length in cm, M - weight in kilograms; About - chest
circumference in the expiratory phase, see In this case, a 158 - (70 106) = -24. The
figure shows a sturdy physique, but she is overweight (BMI 28 kg/m2), and is high
keeps the physique. In this case, the conclusion about the physical development in
terms of Pine can not be done, it is necessary to count the other indices.
3. Task A young man of 17 years, a standing height of 186 cm, sitting
height 94 cm, body weight 80 kg, LVC 3700 ml, the strength of his right hand 75
kg, left - 73 kg becomes force - 100 kg.
1. Give the formula and calculate the Quetelet index, Brock-Bruksha.
2. Give the formula and calculate the indices of life and power.
3. Draw conclusions about the physical development of the subject by the

method of indices.
Template response:
1. Quetelet index: body weight, g / standing height, cm = 80000/186 = 430 g

/ cm
Index by Brock-Bruksha: because surveyed 186 cm height, the formula is

calculated as follows growth-110 = 186-110 = 76 kg - due weight
2. Life index = LVC ml / weight kg = 3700/80 = 46 ml / kg
Power indicators: power brush, kg / body weight, kg = 75/80h100 x100 =

93% (right hand), 73/80h100 = 91%;
Back force = 100/80h100 = 125%
Conclusions: with high growth and sufficient body weight subject has
observed declines in life and backbone strength index, indicating that the
disharmony of physical development and necessitates correction with regular
aerobic exercise.
13.2.3. Graphic Organizer: compilation of clusters on a given topic.
Cluster - (beam bunch) method mapping information - gathering ideas

around a main factor for determining the meaning and focus of the whole structure.
Stimulates updating knowledge helps freely and openly engage in new associative
thinking process perspective on a topic. Technology develops systems thinking, the
ability to structure, organize information.
Students are divided into small groups of 2-3 people, they are distributed threads
for compiling cluster. To complete the task given to 15-20 minutes, after which the
group presents its cluster.
Subject: (Evaluation criteria are listed in Appendix 2).

Steps:

6. In the center of the chalkboard or a large sheet of paper written keyword or
topic name of 1-2-words.
7. By association with the keyword credited by his side in the circles smaller
"satellite" - words or sentences that are associated with the topic. Connect them
with lines of "principal" word. These "satellites" may be "small satellites", etc.
record goes before the expiration of the allotted time or until exhausted ideas.
8. Exchange clusters for discussion.
Maximumscore 30- 10 points and

26 below
poorly
36% or less
100% -86% 85% -71% 70-55% 54% -37%
Examination of athletes and sportsmen
- passport data;
- life history;
- sports history;
- anthropometric data;
- external examination of the data.
Survey and clearance protocol
1.Defining the protocol anamnesis
Date_(year, month, day)
1. General information
Name of organisation_________
Sport type_________________________________
1. Last name, first name____________________________
2. Date of birth
3. Sex
3. Home address 11Phone__
4. Place of work or study__________________________________________
2. Life history
1. Occupation ____________________________
2. Educational______________
3. Terms life____________________________
4. Food regimen____________________________
5. Drinking alcohol: random, little, many, often, does not use
(Underline)
6. Postponed: a) disease____________________________________
b) surgery________________________________________________________
c) traumas______________________________________________________
7. Hereditary diseases (diseases in the family) ___________________
3. General sports history
1. At what age began (a) engage in sports? What kind of sports?

_________________________________________________________________
2. The main sport at the moment (starting date, the time, with a break of more than
6 months, independently, under the guidance of coach)
________________________________________________________________
3. Dynamics of sports qualification
Date
Discharge
Sport
2. Protocol somatoscopy
Position of head_______________________________________________
Position of shoulders_______________________________________________
Location of scapulae_____________________________________
Back shape______________________Abdominal shape_________________
Spine: lordosis________________ kyphosis__________________
scoliosis_______________поворот_______________________
Lumbar triangles _______________________________________
Epigastric angle _______ Сhest shape_________________
Arms shape_________________Legs shape____________________
Feet shape____________________________________________________
Mobility of joints__________________________________________
The development of muscles_______________________________________
Skin color ______________________ humidity_______________,
The presence of pigmentation, depigmentation

____________________________
Conclusion According somatoscopy:
Posture________________________________________________
Type of frame _______________________________________________
Conducting anthropometry.
1. Measurement of growth.
Purpose: teach students how to measure growth (body length) of the

subject and the evaluation of results.
Steps for:
satisfied executed
correctly
(0 points)
1 Preparing the venue measuring growth. 0 "5"
2 Establishment subject to the site of 0 20

stadiometer to touch the upright heels,
buttocks, interscapular area
3 Establishing the position of the head so that 0 10

the line connecting the outer corner of the
eye and the tragus of the ear, is horizontal
4 On top rack carefully lower horizontal 0 10

sliding sleeve with a clipboard to contact
with the head, write the result (standing
height)
5 Preparation for measurement of growth 10

sitting
6 The subject sits on a folding bench, touching 0 15

the buttocks straps and interscapular area
7 Lay the head of the subject is the same 0 10

position as in the measurement of growth
standing
8 Lower sliding sleeve until it touches the 0 10

head, write the result
9 Evaluate the results 0 10
Total 20 * h/100 100

Х
2. Measurement of body weight (body weight)

Purpose: teach students how to measure the mass (body weight) of the
Steps for:

satisfied executed
correctly
(0 points)
1 Align the scales 0 15
2 Surveyed outerwear without getting on the 0 10

middle of the weighing plate latch is down
detent
3 Lift gate detent 0 10
4 Move the weight on the bottom plate rocker 0 10

until Ranges towards rostral projection
5 Secure the bottom indicator weights 0 10
6 Move the weight on the top plate to 0 10

equilibrate
7 Secure the upper indicator weights. Lower 0 10

gate detent
8 Summarize the performance of the lower and 0 10

upper weights (as a result of the mass of the
subject displayed)
Total 20 * h/100 Х 100

3. Measuring the circumference of the chest
Purpose: teach students how to measure chest circumference of the

Steps for:

satisfied executed
correctly
(0 points)
1 Preparing subject to measurement 0 5
2 Impose a tape behind in both sexes at the 0 20

bottom corners of the blades, the front men
- but lower segment areola, women - over
the mammary gland at the level IV has
attached ribs to the sternum.
3 Chest circumference measured during 0 15

pause.
4 Chest circumference measured at the 0 15

maximum inspiration.
5 Chest circumference measured at the full 0 15

exhalation.
6 Determine the difference between the 0 15

values of circles in inspiratory and
expiratory phase (degree of mobility of the
chest excursion, pp).
Х 100
Total 20 * h/100
4. Measurement of muscle strength (dynamometry)
Purpose: teach students how to measure the force of the subject and the
evaluation of results.
Steps for:

satisfied executed
correctly
(0 points)
1 Prepare carpal dynamometer for measuring 0 5

the compression force (arrow dynamometer
set to "0")
2 Surveyed standing right hand grasps the 0 15

dynamometer dial to the palm, without
voltage reaches out to the side and
squeezes with maximum force, repeated 3
times, record the best result
3 The subject in the standing position with 0 15

the left hand grasps the dynamometer dial
to the palm, without voltage reaches out to
the side and squeezes with maximum force,
repeated 3 times, record the best result.
4 Preparation becomes a dynamometer to 0 10

measure (arrow lead to a "0")
5 The subject becomes the base, bending at 5

the waist, grip dynamometer must be at
knee level
5 The subject is taken with both hands on the 0 5

handle of the dynamometer and gradually
and smoothly, without bending his knees,
with the force to failure is rectified.
6 Make measurement of 2-3, record the best 0 20

result
Total 20 * h/100 Х 100
Criteria for assessing the practical part of the lesson.
Evaluation of the practical classes is 40% of rated current control. Maximum

of 20 points.
On the subject of "medical control" every practical skill consists of 5-15

steps, each of which is assessed separately and a total of 100 possible points.

incorrectly or reduced points: if improperly performed from 1 to 4 points, at
default from 5 to 15 points ..
Amount of points by a factor of 0.2.
For example: student scored 80 points for the implementation of practical

skill, multiply by a factor of 0.2, will 80h0, 2 = 16 points.
The maximum
14 points or
below
40-34
excellent poorly
36% or less
85% -71% 70-55% 54% -37%
100% -86%
 oral
 written
Joint evaluation criteria table theoretical and analytical, practical and self-
employment units
Rating poorly
Number
% Achievement 100% - 85% - 36% or less
70-55% 54% -37%
86% 71%
The theoretical 25-22
1 21-18 8 points and
part score 17-14 score 13-9 score
points below
The analytical 30-26 25-21 10 points and
part points points below
40-34
3 The practical part 33-28 14 points and
points 27-22 points 21-15 points
points below
Independent 4,2-3,6 And 1.8 points
4 5-4,3 score 3.5-2.8 score 2,7-1,9 score
work score below
65. Evaluation Criteria

Nu Performanc Rating knowledge and skills of the student
mb e in%
er
1. 96-100% excellent Full correct answer to questions about the tasks of sports medicine and
"5" medical monitoring for exercise and sports, athletes survey scheme,
physical development, learning methods, evaluation and correction of
physical development. Summarizes and makes decisions, think
creatively, independently analyzes. Situational problems are solved
correctly, with a creative approach, with full justification response.
Actively and creatively involved in interactive games, right to make
informed decisions and summarizes and analyzes.
Actively involved in the development of practical skills and properly
performing.
SIW prepared high quality (abstract, slides, banner, video) with no less
2. 91-95% Full correct answer to questions about the tasks of sports medicine and
medical monitoring for exercise and sports, athletes survey scheme,
physical development, learning methods, evaluation and correction of
physical development. Summarizes and makes decisions, think
creatively, independently analyzes. Situational problems are solved
correctly, with a creative approach, with full justification response.
Actively and creatively involved in interactive games, right to make
informed decisions and summarizes and analyzes.
Actively involved in the development of practical skills and properly
performing.
3. 86-90% excellent Questions raised about the problems of sports medicine and medical
"5" monitoring for exercise and sports, athletes survey scheme, physical
development, learning methods, evaluation and correction of physical
development lit enough, but there are 1-2 mistakes in the response.
Applies in practice, with the matter, said confidently, has fine views.
Situational problems are solved correctly, but the justification answer
sufficiently.
Actively involved in interactive games, correct decisions. Actively
involved in the development of practical skills, but there are 2-3
mistakes in their implementation.
4. 81-85% good Questions raised about the problems of sports medicine and medical
"4" monitoring for exercise and sports, athletes survey scheme, physical
development, learning methods, evaluation and correction of physical
development covered completely, but there are 2-3 inaccuracies, errors.
Applies in practice, with the matter, said confidently, has fine views.
Situational problems are solved correctly, but the justification answer
sufficiently. Inaccuracies in solving situational problems.
Actively involved in the development of practical skills, but there are
2-3 mistakes in their implementation.
5. 76-80% good Correct but incomplete coverage of the issue. Student knows about the
"4" problems of sports medicine and medical monitoring for exercise and
sports, athletes survey scheme, physical development (RF), learning
methods, evaluation and correction of physical development but fully
understands the methods of assessing risk factors. With the matter, said
confidently, has fine views. Actively involved in interactive games.
Situational problem gives partial solutions.
CPC prepared good quality (abstract, slides) using at least 5-8 online
6. 71-75% good Correct but incomplete coverage of the issue. Student knows about the
"4" problems of sports medicine and medical monitoring for exercise and
sports, athletes survey scheme, physical development, but incomplete
lists methods of examination, evaluation and correction of physical
development. With the matter, said confidently, has fine views.
Actively involved in interactive games. Situational problem gives
partial solutions.
CPC prepared good quality (abstract, slides) using at least 3-5 online
7. 66-70% The correct answer to half the questions posed. Student knows about
the problems of sports medicine and medical monitoring for exercise
and sports, athletes survey scheme, physical development, but poorly
versed in the methods of examination, evaluation and correction of
physical development. With the matter, said uncertainly, has accurate
representations only on specific issues theme. Situational problems are
solved correctly, but there is no justification response. Passive when
discussing SIW. Passive during the development of practical skills,
makes mistakes when they are executed.
8. 61-65% The correct answer to half the questions posed. Student knows about
the problems of sports medicine and medical monitoring for exercise
and sports, athletes survey scheme, physical development, but poorly
Satisfactori solved correctly, but there is no justification response.
ly Passive during the development of practical skills, makes mistakes
"3" when they are executed.
CPC prepared satisfactorily designed (abstract, slides) using at least 2-3
online sources and literature in recent years. Passive when discussing
SIW.
9 55-60% Correct answer 40% of the questions. Student knows about the
problems of sports medicine and medical monitoring for exercise and
sports, athletes survey scheme, physical development, but poorly
solved correctly, but there is no justification response.
Passive during the development of practical skills, makes mistakes
when they are executed.
CPC prepared satisfactorily designed (abstract, slides) using at least 2-3
online sources and literature in recent years. The abstract mistakes,
broken logical sequence of topics subject was not disclosed. Improper
design of slides and posters. Passive when discussing SIW.
10 31-54% Unsatisfact Coverage less than 40% of the questions at the wrong approach.
orily Student does not know about the problems of sports medicine and
"2" medical monitoring for exercise and sports, athletes survey scheme,
physical development. Practically versed in the methods of
examination, evaluation and correction of physical development.
Homework is not satisfied.
Passive during the development of practical skills, making numerous
mistakes in their implementation.
SIW performed with numerous errors, using only 1-2 online sources
and literature, poorly framed, the student can not present their work.
Passive when discussing SIW.
11 20-30% Unsatisfact Students attend practical training in proper form, there is a workbook.
orily Questions not answers. Do not know about the problems of sports
"2" medicine and medical monitoring for exercise and sports, athletes
survey scheme, physical development. Not involved in the
Homework is not satisfied. SIW is not prepared. Passive in class.
Violates discipline prevents conduct classes.
66. Test Questions

1. What are the object of study sports medicine and medical supervision.
2. MEDICAL EXAMINATION SCHEME for athletes and sportsmen.
3. What are the primary tasks of medical examination of athletes and sportsmen.
4. Name the task landmark medical examination of athletes and sportsmen.
5. Name the problem further medical examination of athletes and sportsmen.
6. What are the current problems (urgent) medical examination of athletes and
sportsmen.
7. What criteria addressed the issue of the possibility of the subject engage in
sports?
8. Give the definition of "physical development".
9 What methods studied physical development?
10 List the methods of evaluation of physical development.
11 List the advantages and disadvantages of the indices.
12 List the advantages and disadvantages of the standards.

13 List the advantages and disadvantages of the method of correlation (regression).
14. Explain the method of percentiles for assessment of physical development.
15 Name the body types and their significance for sports selection.
16 What information is included in the history of sports?
17th At what valuation method is composed of physical development

anthropometric profile?
18 List the main methods of correction of physical development.
19. What difference between the concepts "constitution" and "body?"
20 Quetelet index calculation formula.
21 The formula for calculating the index Pine.
22 The formula for calculating the index Erisman.
23 The formula for calculating the index-Brock Bruksha.
24 The formula for calculating life index.
25 The formula for calculating power indices.
17.Recommended literature
Main sources
1.Epifanov VA Apanasenko R.L M Therapeutic exercise and medical

control M.1990
2.Chogovadze AV Round IM Medical control physical education and sport

M.1987.
Extra sources
1.Epifanov VA Therapeutic exercise, Moscow, 2003
2.Epifanov VA physical therapy and sports medicine. M.– 2000

3.Dembo AG Medical control in sport. M.: Medicine, 1988
4.Zhuravleva AI, ND Graevskii Sports medicine and physical education.

Manual M., 1993
5.Lecture materials and pedagogical developments.
6.Aulik IV Determination of physical performance in the clinic and sports.

M.1990
7.Karpman VL Sports Medicine. M.– 1987
8.Karpman VL Heart and sports. M.– 1990
9.Dembo AG, EV Zemtsovsky Sports cardiology. M.1989
10.Rihsieva OA Massage T., 1996
11.Eryshev OF Life without drugs. C:-P. Publisher "Pioneer", Moscow,

Astrel, ACT 2001
12.Sportivnaya medicine. Ed. A.V.Chogovadze Moscow, Moscow, 1984
13.Vinogradov PA Dushanin AP Zholdak VI Fundamentals of physical

culture and healthy lifestyle. MOSCOW, 1996
14.Volozhin AI Subbotin, JK, SJ Chikin Way to Health. MOSCOW, 1996
GM 15.Kukolevsky Medical supervision for athletes. M., 1975
16.Natalov GG Introduction to physical culture. Krasnodar, 1995
17.www.doktor.ru, www. medinfo. home.ml.or

Appendix
Tests to monitor the level of knowledge on the lesson number 1
1. To determine the functional state of the autonomic nervous system can calculate
the indices:
1.index by Pirke
2. Pine index
3. index by Ruffo
4.index by Kerdo (cardio)
5.index by Erisman
2. What forms back distinguish?
1.plain
2. kyphotic
3. round
4.lordotic
5.skoliotic
3. The main criteria for the physical development does not apply
A. length
B. weight
C. foot length *
D. LVC
E. chest circumference
4. Proper values of life index in men
A. not less than 65-70 ml / kg *

B. not less than 50-65 ml / kg
C. not less than 75-80 ml / kg
D. not less than 70-75 ml / kg
E. not less than 80-85 ml / kg
5. The method determines calipermetry
A. bone mass
B. Muscle
C. fat mass *
D. musculoskeletal component
E. amplitude joint
6. Indicate the type of medical examination for distribution in the sports section
A. landmark
B. secondary
C. Primary *
D. current
E. in-depth
7. Specify the group, subject to an in-depth medical examination
A. students of secondary schools

B. children attending kindergarten
C. Honored Master of Sports, master of sports, candidates for master of sports *
D. students of universities
E. sports veterans
8. An index that characterizes the ratio of weight and height:
A. Erisman
B. Pine
C. Quetelet *
D. life index
E. Pirke
9 For round-concave back is characterized by:
A. increase in breast kyphosis and lumbar lordosis absence

B. chest kyphosis increase and decrease in lumbar lordosis
C. increase in breast kyphosis and lumbar lordosis *
D. decrease chest kyphosis and lumbar lordosis
E. scoliosis cervicothoracic
10 Index for measuring body fortress:
A. Pirke
B. Erisman
C. Pine *
D. Quetelet
E. vital
11 Medical examination of the athletes performed
A. in the clinic
B. hospital
C. in medical - sports clinic *
D. the sports complex
E. in institutions
12 Medical examination of athletes and sportsmen happens, delete the wrong

answer
A. urgent
B. landmark
C. recurrent *
D. additional
E. primary
13 The purpose of the primary survey
A. access to physical education and sports, sports selection, definition of med.

groups *
B. measurement of health after illness and injury
C. eligible to compete
D. detection efficiency effects of physical exercise on health
E. treatment of injuries athletes
14. Anthropometry determines
A. morphological parameters *
B. biological age
C. somatotype
D. physical fitness
E. state of fitness
15 Specify the correct assessment of physical development
A. good
B. satisfactory
C. harmonious *
D. reduced
E. poor
16 Objectives for medical supervision.
A. setting standards TRP

B. Writing systems of physiotherapy
C. definition of physical development, health and functional status of the body
*
D. conducting classes in a special group
E. organizational and methodological guidance
17. What are the normal form of the chest
A. barrel
B. flat-rachitic
C. cylindrical *
D. cone *
18 Name the pathological form of the thorax.
A. emphysematous *
B. flat-rachitic *
C. cylindrical
D. conical
19. When somatoscopy determine:
A. body type *
B. the shape of the chest *
C. the functional state of the respiratory system
D. the diameters of the body parts
20. Anthropometric indicators of the human body;
A. morphological *
B. Function*
C. range of motion of joints
D. form of thorax
21. Morphological anthropometric indices:
A. body length *
B. parts of the body circumference *
C. weight
D. LVC
22. Functional anthropometric measures:
A. body weight *
B. Back power *
C. growth
23. Methods for assessing physical development:
A. the method of indices *

B. method standards *
C. regression method *
D. coefficient method
E. method percent
F. Method of progression
24. In assessing the physical development indices used by the formula:
A. Quetelet's index *
B. Broca's index-Brugsch *
C. index of Pine *
D. Kerdo's index infarction
E. Martin's index
F. Valsalva's index
25. Specify contraindications to determine postural muscle strength
pregnancy *
A. high myopia *
B. hernia *
C. average physical development
D. excess body weight
E. flatfoot
26. Medical examination carried athletes to choose the wrong answer:
A) in the clinic *
B) in a hospital *
C) in medical - sports clinic
D) in the office of the LVC
E) in the resort *
F) in public health - care facilities
27. Medical examination of athletes happens, delete the wrong answer:
A) secondary *
B) primary
C) the previous *
D) depth *
E) recurrent
F) additional
28. Objectives for medical supervision.
A) preparation of complexes of physiotherapy
B) determining the physical development *
C) to determine the state of health *
D) determination of the functional state of the body *
E) conducting classes in a special group
F) organizational and methodological guidance
29. (number) List the types of constitution:
A. normostenic *
B. astenic *
C. hypersthenic *
D. sanguine person
E. melancholiac
F. phlegmatic person
30. For asthenic type constitution characteristic signs:
A. characterized by its narrow body shapes, hands, feet *

B. acute epigastric angle *
C. weak development of fat and muscle components *
D. good development of muscle and bone components
E. moderate content of fatty component
F. broad shoulders and pelvis
APPENDIX 2
Sample preparation on the cluster:
"Criteria for evaluation of physical development"

Physical
development
somatoscopy: Anthropometry:
Morphological
physique Functional indicators
parameters
Growth (body
posture Body Weight
length)
Chest circumference
Form of back, chest, Circle diameters and
inspiratory and
legs, feet body parts
expiratory
Skin and visible

Chest excursion
mucous
Subcutaneous fat LVC
Torque indicators
Muscular System (power brushes
becomes force)
Joint Mobility
Questions for Knowledge Control :
1. List the tasks of medical control .
2 . Types of medical examinations of athletes and sportsmen , list their goals .
3 . List the minimum list of paraclinical examinations to address the issue of the
possibility of physical culture and sports .
4 . Define the term " physical development ".
5 . Research methods of physical development .
6. What signs are studying at of somatoscopy ?
7. List morphological anthropometric characteristics.
8. List the functional anthropometric characteristics.
9. Body types , types of constitution.
10 . Posture , determination , research methods , types of posture.
11. Shape of the chest.
12. Forms back.
13. Leg shape .
14. Methods of studying the shape of the foot .
15. Methods of measuring growth.
16. Methods of measurement of body weight.
17. Method of measuring the circumference of the thorax.
18. Methods of measuring the VC.
19. Methods of measuring forces of right and left hands.
20. Methods of measuring backbone strength .
21. List the methods of evaluation of physical development .
22. Describe the method of indices to assess risk factors .
23. Describe the method for assessing RF standards .

24. Describe the correlation method to assess risk factors .
25. Describe the method for estimating percentiles DF .
To assess the level of assimilation of the theoretical material is also used quiz
questions (see Appendix 1 ).
Maximum score 21-18 17-14 13-9 8 points and

25-22 points below
excellent good satisfactory unsatisfactory bad
100%-86% 85%-71% 70-55% 54%-37% 36% or below
13.2. The analytical part of
13.2.1 . USING "brainstorming"

overcome psychological stress as an obstacle to open discussion . Technique
combines the ability to extend stereotype , abstracted from existing constraints , to
develop dynamic mental activity , intensify training activities . The method teaches
argue and defend their own point of view , to find the optimal solution to build
communion , to convince others of loyalty defended position .
Methodology provides :
• greeting soaring thoughts ;
• obtaining the greaquiz number of proposals;
• a combination of ideas and their development;
• any comments and criticisms that interfere with the formation of ideas ;
• a brief statement without arguments deployed ;

• division of the group into those who generates ideas and those who cultivate it
.
Students are encouraged to discuss the problem of sports medicine and medical
supervision. Everyone expresses their proposals , which are written on the board or
flip card. Then alternately opened position template and compared with the
responses of students. At the end of an assessment of the job correctly and
summarizing.
Pattern of responses. The main tasks of Sports Medicine :
1. Definition of health and functional status , physical development surveyed to

address sports orientation , tolerance to physical education , sports, summer
residence of the recommendations for the rational use of physical activity, modes of
work and training ;
2 . Regular monitoring of the health , physical development , functional state

during training and competition.
3 . Analysis of disease, injury and specific injury arising from unsustainable

physical education and sports , develop methods of early diagnosis, prevention,
4 . Development, quizing and introduction of biomedical tools and methods for

optimizing the processes of recovery and improve athletic performance .
1. systematic medical monitoring and medical- pedagogical supervision for

athletes and athletes during training and competition ;
2 . health-care provision of training and competition sites , mass participation of

sports events;
3 . prevention and treatment of sports injuries , pathological conditions, diseases

;
4 . consultation in the field of physical culture and sports;
5 . training and guidance offices and medical monitoring work overall network of
medical institutions for physical culture and sports;
6. health education and advocacy among the population , etc.

13.2.2 . Decision situational problems
1. Problem: The girl is 16 years height 163 cm, typical for this growth weight (±
0,4 σ), chest circumference in the pause (+1 σ), spirometry (+1 σ), the right hand
dynamometry (-1σ), dynamometry becomes ( - 1σ).
1. Draw her anthropometric profile
2 . Make a conclusion on the physical development of the survey .
Template Answer : Based on the obtained anthropometric profile surveyed

physical development can be assessed as average , harmonious , but there is a
decrease of power indices, which allows us to recommend specific exercises to
strengthen the muscles of the limbs and back.
2 . Problem: Woman 14 years , height 158 cm, weight 70 kg, chest

circumference in the expiratory phase of 106 cm , 35 kg Stanovoy dynamometry ,
hand (right) - 15 kg , -20 kg left .
1. Calculate the index Pine .
2 . Your conclusion about the physical development of the survey .
Template Answer : Pine index calculated by the formula : D-(M + O), where D -
standing body length in cm, M - weight in kilograms; About - chest circumference in
the expiratory phase , see In this case, a 158 - (70 +106 ) = -24 . The resulting figure
shows a strong constitution , but the survey indicated overweight (BMI 28 kg/m2) ,
which accounts for the high rate of body fortress . In this case, the conclusion about
the physical development in terms of Pine can not be done , it is necessary to count
the other indices.
3 . Problem: The young man 17 years old, standing height of 186 cm, sitting
height 94 cm , body weight 80 kg, VC 3700 ml , the strength of his right hand 75 kg ,
left - 73 kg becomes force - 100 kg.
1. Give the formula and calculate the Quetelet index , Brock - Bruksha .
2 . Give the formula and calculate the indices of life and power .
3 . Draw conclusions about the physical development of the subject by the
method of indices.
Template response :
1. Quetelet index : body weight , g / standing height , cm = 80000/186 = 430 g /

cm
Index - Brock Bruksha : because surveyed 186 cm height , the formula is

calculated as follows growth -110 = 186-110 = 76 kg - due weight
2 . Life index = VC ml / weight kg = 3700/80 = 46 ml / kg
Power indicators : power brush , kg / body weight , kg = 75/80h100 x100 = 93% (

right hand ) , 73/80h100 = 91% ;
Strength force = 100/80h100 = 125%
Conclusion: with high growth and sufficient body weight subject has observed
declines in life and backbone strength index , indicating that the disharmony of
physical development and necessitates correction with regular aerobic exercise.
13.2.3 . Graphic Organizer : drafting clusters on a given topic .
Cluster - ( beam bunch ) method mapping information - gathering ideas around a

main factor for determining the meaning and focus of the whole structure .
Stimulates updating knowledge helps freely and openly engage in new associative
thinking process perspective on a topic . Technology develops systems thinking , the
ability to structure , organize information .
Students are divided into small groups of 2-3 people , they are distributed
threads for compiling cluster. To complete the task given to 15-20 minutes, after
which the group presents its cluster.
Subject: "Criteria for assessing the physical development" (Annex 2) .
steps:
2 . In the center of the chalkboard or a large sheet of paper written keyword or

topic name of 1 - 2- words.
3 . By association with the keyword credited by his side in the circles smaller "
satellite " - words or sentences that are associated with the topic. Connect them
with lines of "principal" word. These "satellites" may be " small satellites ", etc.
record goes before the expiration of the allotted time or until exhausted ideas.
4 . Exchange clusters for discussion.
Criteria for evaluation of the analytical part :
Maximum 21-18 17-14 13-9 8 points and

score 25-22 below
points
100%-86% 85%-71% 70-55% 54%-37% 36% or below
Examination of athletes and sportsmen
- Passport data ;
- Life history ;
- Sports history ;
- Anthropometric data ;
- External examination of the data .
Survey and clearance protocol
1.Exacution protocol anamnesis
Data_____________________________ (year, month , day)
1. Overview
Organization Name ____________________________
AMD Sports _________________________________
1. Last name, ____________________________
2 . Date of Birth ____________________________
3 . Paul ____________________________
3 . Home address ____________________________ Telephone______________
4 . Place of work or study__________________________________________
2 . life history
1. Occupation ____________________________
2 . Education ____________________________
3 . Terms of life____________________________
4 . Diet____________________________
5 . Drinking alcohol : random , little , many, often , does not use
( underline)
6. Postponed : a) illness____________________________________
b)operations_______________________________________________________
_
c) injures______________________________________________________
7. Hereditary diseases (diseases in the family) ___________________
3 . General sports history
1. At what age began ( a) engage in sports ? What kind of sports ?

_________________________________________________________________
2 . The main sport at the moment ( starting date, the time, with a break of more
than 6 months , independently, under the guidance of coach )
________________________________________________________________
3 . Dynamics of sports qualification

date
discharge
sport
2 . protocol of somatoscopy
position of head______________________________________________
position of shoulder_______________________________________________
Location of scapuls_____________________________________
Form of spine______________________Form of abdomen_________________
Spine : lordosis________________ kiphosis__________________
scoliosis_______________ _______________________
Lumbar triangles _______________________________________
Epigastric angle _______ Form chest _________________
Form of hand_________________Form of leg____________________
Form feet____________________________________________________
mobility of joints__________________________________________
The development of musculs_______________________________________
Skin: color ______________________ _______________ ,
The presence of pigmentation , depigmentation

____________________________
Conclusion According of somatoscopy :
carriage________________________________________________
Type of physique_______________________________________________
Conducting anthropometry .
1. Measurement of growth.
Objective: To teach students how to measure growth ( body length ) of the

subject and the evaluation of results .
Steps for :
№ Events impractic Fully

able number executed
(0 points) correctly
1 0 5
1 Preparing the venue measuring growth.
2 2 Establishment of the subject at the site 0 20

stadiometer to touch the upright heels , buttocks ,
interscapular area
3 Establishing the head position so that the line 0 10

connecting the outer corner of the eye and the
tragus of the ear, is horizontal
4 on the rack carefully lower horizontal sliding 0 10

sleeve with a clipboard to contact with the
head, write the result ( standing height )
5 Preparation for measurement of growth sitting 10
6 The subject sits on a folding bench , touching 0 15

the buttocks straps and interscapular region
7 To give to head of the subject is the same 0 10

position as in the measurement of growth
standing
8 Lower the sliding sleeve until it touches the 0 10

head
9 write the result 0 10
Total 100
2 . Measurement of body weight (body weight )
Objective: To teach students how to measure the mass ( body weight ) of the
subject and the evaluation of results .
Steps for :
№ Events impractic Fully

able number executed
(0 points) correctly
1 Align the scales 0 15
2 Surveyed outerwear without getting on the 0 10

middle of the weighing plate latch is down
detent
3 Raise the gate detent 0 10
4 Move the weight on the bottom plate rocker 0 10

until Ranges towards rostral projection
5 Secure the index lower weights 0 10
6 Move the weight on the top plate to trim 0 10
7 Secure the upper index weights . Lower gate 0 10

detent
8 summarize the performance of the lower and 0 10

upper weights (as a result of the subject
displayed weight )
9 Rate 9 results 0 15
Total
100
3 . Measuring the circumference of the chest
Objective: To teach students how to measure the circumference of the chest of

the subject and assessment of results .
Steps for :
№ Events impracticable Fully

number (0 executed
points) correctly
1 1 Pathways subject to measurement 0 5 0 5
2 2 tape measures impose behind in both sexes 0 20

at the bottom corners of the blades , the front
men - but lower segment areola , women -
over the mammary gland at the level IV has
attached ribs to the sternum . 0 20
3 3 Measure the chest circumference during 0 15

pause. 0 15
4 4 chest circumference measured at the 0 15

maximum inspiration. 0 15
5 5 chest circumference measured at full 0 15

exhalation . 0 15
6 6 Determine the difference between the 0 15

values of the circles in the inspiratory and
expiratory phase (degree of mobility of the
chest excursion , pp) . 0 15
0 15 100
4 . Measurement of muscle strength ( dynamometry )
Objective: To teach students how to measure the strength of the subject and
assessment of results .
Steps for :
№ Events Fully
impracticable executed
number (0 correctly
points)
1 1 Prepare carpal dynamometer for measuring 0 5

the compression force ( arrow dynamometer
set to "0" ) 0 5
2 2 Surveyed standing right hand grasps the 0 15

dynamometer dial to the palm , without
voltage reaches out to the side and squeezes
with maximum force , repeated 3 times ,
record the best score 0 15
3 3 Surveyed standing left hand grasps the 0 15

dynamometer dial to the palm , without
voltage reaches out to the side and squeezes
with maximum force , repeated 3 times ,
record the best result. 0 15
4 4 preparation becomes a dynamometer to 0 10

measure ( arrow lead to a " 0") 0 10
5 5 The subject becomes the base, bending at 5
the waist , grip dynamometer must be at knee
level 5
5 5 The subject is taken with both hands on the 0 5

handle of the dynamometer and gradually
and smoothly , without bending his knees ,
with the force to failure is rectified . 0 5
6 6 Perform measurement 2-3, record the best 0 20

score 0 20
Total
100
Criteria for assessing the practical part of the lesson .
Evaluation of the practical classes is 40% of rated current control . Maximum of

20 points.
On the subject of " medical control " every practical skill consists of 5-15 steps,

incorrectly or reduced points : if improperly performed from 1 to 4 points , at
Amount of points by a factor of 0.2 persent.
For example: a student scored 80 points for the implementation of practical skill
, multiply by a factor of 0.2 , will 80h0 , 2 = 16 points.
Maximum 21-18 17-14 13-9 8 points and

score 25-22 below
points
100%-86% 85%-71% 70-55% 54%-37% 36% or below
14. Forms of control knowledge , skills and abilities
• oral
• Written
• solving situational problems
• demonstration of skills mastered .
Joint evaluation criteria table theoretical and analytical , practical and self-
employment units
№ Rating Excellen Good Fair Poor Unsatisfactor
t y
% 100%- 85%-71% 70-55% 54%-37% 36% and below
Performance 86%
1 Theoretical 25-22 point 21-18 17-14 point 13-9 point 8points and
part points below
2 Analytical 30-26 point 25-21 20-16point 15-11point 10 points and below

points
part
3 Practical part 40-34 points 33-28 27-22 points 21-15 points 14 points and
points below
4 Independent 5-4,3 point 4,2-3,6 3,5-2,8 point 2,7-1,9 point 1,8 points and
point below
work
15. Criteria for evaluation of the current control

№ Progress mark Level of knowledge of student
in %
1. 96-100% excellent «5» Full correct answer to questions about the tasks of
sports medicine and medical monitoring for exercise
and sports, athletes survey scheme , physical
development, learning methods , evaluation and
correction of physical development . Summarizes and
makes decisions , think creatively , independently
analyzes . Situational problems are solved correctly ,
with a creative approach , with full justification
response.
Actively and creatively involved in interactive games ,
analyzes .
Actively involved in the development of practical skills
and properly performing.
CDS prepared high quality (abstract, slides , banner,
video ) with no less than 10 online sources and literature in
recent years.
2. 91-95% 2 . 91-95 % complete correct answer to questions about

the tasks of sports medicine and medical monitoring for
exercise and sports, athletes survey scheme , physical
development, learning methods , evaluation and correction
of physical development . Summarizes and makes decisions
, think creatively , independently analyzes . Situational
problems are solved correctly , with a creative approach ,
with full justification response.
Actively and creatively involved in interactive games ,
analyzes .
Actively involved in the development of practical skills
and properly performing.
recent years.
3. 86-90% Excellent «5» "5" The questions about the tasks of sports medicine
and medical monitoring for exercise and sports, athletes
survey scheme , physical development, learning
methods , evaluation and correction of physical
development lit enough , but there are 1-2 errors in the
response. Applies in practice , with the matter , said
confidently , has fine views. Situational problems are
solved correctly , but the justification answer
sufficiently.
Actively involved in interactive games , correct
decisions . Actively involved in the development of
practical skills , but there are 2-3 mistakes in their
implementation .
recent years.
4. 81-85% Good «4» The questions about the tasks of sports medicine and
medical monitoring for exercise and sports, athletes
survey scheme , physical development, learning
methods , evaluation and correction of physical
development is fully covered , but there are 2-3
inaccuracies, errors . Applies in practice , with the matter
, said confidently , has fine views. Situational problems
are solved correctly , but the justification answer
sufficiently. Inaccuracies in solving situational problems .
Actively involved in interactive games , correct
decisions .
Actively involved in the development of practical skills ,
but there are 2-3 mistakes in their implementation .
recent years.
5. 76-80% Good Correct , but incomplete coverage of the issue . Student

knows about the problems of sports medicine and medical
«4» monitoring for exercise and sports, athletes survey scheme
, physical development (RF ) , learning methods ,
evaluation and correction of physical development but
fully understands the methods of assessing risk factors .
With the matter , said confidently , has fine views. Actively
involved in interactive games . Situational problem gives
partial solutions .
CPC prepared good quality (abstract, slides) using at
least 5-8 online sources and literature in recent years.
6. 71-75% Good Correct , but incomplete coverage of the issue .
«4» Student knows about the problems of sports medicine
and medical monitoring for exercise and sports, athletes
survey scheme , physical development, but incomplete
lists methods of examination, evaluation and correction
of physical development . With the matter , said
confidently , has fine views. Actively involved in
interactive games . Situational problem gives partial
solutions .
CPC prepared good quality (abstract, slides) using at
least 3-5 online sources and literature in recent years.
7. 66-70% Satisfactory on the correct answer half of the questions . Student

«3» knows about the problems of sports medicine and
survey scheme , physical development, but poorly
versed in the methods of examination, evaluation and
correction of physical development . With the matter ,
said uncertainly , has accurate representations only on
specific issues theme. Situational problems are solved
correctly , but there is no justification response. Passive
when discussing CDS. Passive during the development of
practical skills , makes mistakes when they are executed
.
8. 61-65% correct answer half of the questions . Student

knows about the problems of sports medicine and
correctly , but there is no justification response.
Passive during the development of practical skills ,
makes mistakes when they are executed .
9. 55-60% correct answer to 40 % of the questions . Student

knows about the problems of sports medicine and
correctly , but there is no justification response.
years. The abstract mistakes , broken logical sequence of
topics subject was not disclosed . Improper design of
slides and posters. Passive when discussing CDS.
10. 31-54% dissatisfaction less than 40% coverage of the issues in the wrong
«2» approach. Student does not know about the problems of
sports medicine and medical monitoring for exercise and
sports, athletes survey scheme , physical development.
Practically versed in the methods of examination,
evaluation and correction of physical development .
Homework is not satisfied.
making numerous mistakes in their implementation .
CDS performed with numerous errors , using only 1-2
online sources and literature, poorly framed , the student
can not present their work . Passive when discussing CDS.
11. 20-30% dissatisfaction "2" is present on the student practical training in the
«2» proper form , there is a workbook . Questions not answers.
Do not know about the problems of sports medicine and
medical monitoring for exercise and sports, athletes survey
scheme , physical development. Not involved in the
Homework is not satisfied. CDS is not prepared .
Passive in class . Violates discipline prevents conduct
classes .
16. Quiz Questions
1. What are the object of study sports medicine and medical supervision.
2 . List the medical examinations of athletes and sportsmen.
3 . What are the primary tasks of medical examination of athletes and

sportsmen.
4 . Name the task landmark medical examination of athletes and sportsmen.
5 . Name the problem further medical examination of athletes and sportsmen.
6. What are the current problems ( urgent ) medical examination of athletes and
sportsmen.
7. What criteria addressed the issue of the possibility of the subject engage in
sports ?
8. Give the definition of " physical development ".
9. What methods studied physical development ?
10 . List the methods of evaluation of physical development .
11. List the advantages and disadvantages of the indices.
12. List the advantages and disadvantages of the standards.
13. List the advantages and disadvantages of the method of correlation (

regression ) .
14. Explain the method of percentiles for assessment of physical development.
15. Name the body types and their significance for sports selection .
16. What information is included in the history of sports ?
17. At what valuation method is composed of physical development

anthropometric profile ?
18. List the main methods of correction of physical development .
19. What difference between the concepts "constitution" and " body ? "
20. Quetelet index calculation formula .
21. The formula for calculating the index Pine .
22. The formula for calculating the index Erisman .
23. The formula for calculating the index - Brock Bruksha .
24. The formula for calculating life index.
25. The formula for calculating power indices.
17. Recomended literature
Main literatures:
.Dubrovskiy V.A.Sportivnaya myedisina. 2007y.
2.yepifanov V.A. Apanasyenko R.L M Lyechyebnaya fizkultura i vrachyebnыy

kontrol M.1990
3.yepifanov V.A Lyechyebnaya fizkultura i sportivnaya myedisina. M. 2000 y.
4.Choyovadzye A.V. Kruylыy I.M. Vrachyebnыy kontrol v fizichyeskom vospitanii i

sportye M.1987.
5.Dyembo A.Y, Vrachyebnыy kontrol v sportye. M.: Myedisina, 1988
6.Juravlyova A.I., Yrayevskaya N.D. Sportivnaya myedisina i lyechyebnaya

fizichyeskaya kultura. Rukovodstvo M., 1993
7.Lyeksionnыye matyerialы i uchyebno-myetodichyeskiye razrabotki.
Adittional :
1.Aulik I.V. Opryedyelyeniye fizichyeskoy rabotosposobnosti v klinikye i sportye.

M.1990 y.
2.Karpman V.L Sportivnaya myedisina. M. 1987 y.

3.Karpman V.L. Syerdsye i sport. M. 1990 y.
4.Dyembo A.Y., Zyemsovskiy E.V. Sportivnaya kardioloyiya. M.1989 y.
5.Rixsiyeva O.A. Massaj T., 1996
6.yerыshyev O.F. Jizn byez narkotikov. S:P. Izdatyelstvo «Pionyer», Moskva

Astryel, 2001
7.Sportivnaya myedisina Pod ryed. A.V.Choyovadzye M.,Moskva, 1984
8.Vinoyradov P.A., Dushanin A.P., Joldak V.I. Osnovы fizichyeskoy kulturы i

zdorovыy obraz jizni Moskva, 1996
9.Volojin A.I., Subbotin Yu.K., Chikin S.Ya. Put k zdorovyu Moskva, 1987
10.Kukolyevskiy Y.M. Vrachyebnoye nablyudyeniya za sportsmyenami M., 1975
11.Myedisinskiye osnovы fizichyeskoyo vospitaniya i formirovaniya zdorovya i

yarmonichnoyo razvitiya dyetyey i podrostkov» prof. Nazirov F.Y. prof.
Axmyedova D.M. prof. Suyumov F.A. dos. Vasilyev V.D, prof. Shayxova Y.I.
Tashkyent, 2003.
Foreign literature:
1. Consuelo T Lorenzo et al. Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Medscape

Reference 2011 – WebMD
2. Marlis Gonzalez-Fernandez, MD, PhD, Jarrod David Friedman, MDPhysical
Medicine and Rehabilitation Pocket Companion
3. Mark Harrast, MD, Jonathan Finnoff, DOSports MedicineStudy Guide and
Review for Boards
4. Sara J. Cuccurullo (Editor)Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Board
5. Teylor S.B., Miller N.H. “Basic physiologic principils relatied to Group
exirsise programs” Filadelphiya 1990
6. Tehaxton L. “Phithiological and psythological effects of short term
exirsiseeddiction on habitual runners.” 1992 96.
7. Wainapel, Stanley F.; Fast, Avital (Editors)Alternative Medicine and
RehabilitationA Guide for Practitioners2003 - Demos Medical Publishing.
www.doktor.ru
www. medinfo. home.ml.org

http://www.restart-med.ru
http://www.mirmed.ru
http://micropolarization.narod.ru
http://skolioz.mccinet.ru
http://www.sportpsy.cz
www. aapmr.org
www.alhealth.com
www.docguide.com
www.healthweb.com
www.acsm.org
www.apta.org
www.sportsmed.org
www.jphysiol.org
www.physsportmed.com
www.sportsmedicine.com
ANNEX
Quizs to monitor the level of knowledge on the lesson number 1

1. To determine the functional state of the autonomic nervous system can
calculate the indices :
1.indeks Pirke
2 . Pine index
3 . index Ruffo
4.indeks Kerdo (cardio ) +
5.indeks Erisman
2 . What forms back distinguish ?
1.straight
2 . kgphotic
3 . round +
4.lordoticheskaya
5.skolioticheskaya
3 . The main criteria for the physical development does not apply
A. body length
B. weight
C. foot length *
D. VCL
E. chest circumference
4 . Proper values of life index in men
A. not less than 65-70 ml / kg *
B. not less than 50-65 ml / kg
C. not less than 75-80 ml / kg
D. not less than 70-75 ml / kg
E. not less than 80-85 ml / kg
5 . The method determines kaliperometrii
A. bone mass
B. muscle
C. fat mass *
D. musculoskeletal component
E. amplitude joint
6. Indicate the type of medical examination for distribution in the sports section
A. landmark
B. secondary
C. primary *
D. current
E. in-depth
7. Specify the group contingent subject to a thorough medical examination
A. students of secondary schools
B. children attending kindergarten

C. Honored Master of Sports , master of sports , candidates for master of sports
*
D. students of universities
E. sports veterans
8. An index that characterizes the ratio of weight and height :
A. Erisman
B. Pine
C. Quetelet *
D. life index
E. Pirke
9. For round - concave back is characterized by:
A. increase in breast kgphosis and lumbar lordosis absence
B. chest kgphosis increase and decrease in lumbar lordosis
C. increase in breast kgphosis and lumbar lordosis *
D. decrease chest kgphosis and lumbar lordosis
E. scoliosis cervicothoracic
10 . Index for measuring body fortress :
A. Pirke
B. Erisman
C. Pine *
D. Quetelet
E. vital
11. Medical examination of the athletes performed
A. in the clinic
B. hospital
C. in medical - sports clinic *
D. the sports complex
E. in institutions
12. Medical examination of athletes and sportsmen happens , delete the wrong
answer
A. urgent
B. landmark
C. re *
D. additional
E. primary
13. The purpose of the primary survey
A. access to physical education and sports, sports selection , definition

med.grupp *
B. measurement of health after illness and injury
C. eligible to compete
D. detection efficiency effects of physical exercise on health
E. treatment of injuries athletes
14. Anthropometry determines

A. morphological parameters *
B. biological age
C. somatotype
D. physical fitness
E. state of fitness
15. Specify the correct assessment of physical development
A. good
B. satisfactory
C. harmonious *
D. reduced
E. poor
16. Name the task of medical control :
A. setting standards TRP
B. Writing systems of physiotherapy
C. definition of physical development , health and functional status of the body *
D. conducting classes in a special group
E. organizational and methodological guidance
17. What are the normal form of the chest
A. barrel
B. flat - rachitic
C. cylindrical *
D. cone *
18. Name the pathological form of the thorax.
A. emphysematous *
B. flat - rachitic *
C. cylindrical
D. conical
19. When of somatoscopy determine:
A. body type *
B. the shape of the chest *
C. the functional state of the respiratory system
20. Anthropometric indices :
A. morphological *
B. functionality *
C. range of motion of joints
D. form of thorax
21. Morphological anthropometric indices :
A. body length *
B. parts of the body circumference *
C. weight
D. VC
22. Functional anthropometric measures :
A. body weight *
B. Stanovoy power *
C. growth
23. Methods for assessing physical development :
A. the method of indices *
B. method standards *
C. regression method *
D. coefficient method
E. method percent
F. method of progression
24. In assessing the physical development indices used by the formula :
A. Quetelet index *
B. Broca index - Brugsch *
C. index Pine *
D. Kerdo index infarction
E. Martin index
F. Valsalva index
25. Specify contraindications to determine postural muscle strength

pregnancy *
A. high myopia *
B. hernia *
C. average physical development
D. excess body weight
E. flatfoot
26. Medical examination carried athletes to choose the wrong answer:
A) in the clinic *
B) in a hospital *
C) in medical - sports clinic
D) in the office of the VC
E) in the resort *
F) in public health - care facilities
27. Medical examination of athletes happens , delete the wrong answer :
A) secondary *
B) primary
C) the previous *
D) depth *
E) re-
F) additional
28. Name the task of medical control :

A) preparation of complexes of physiotherapy
B) determining the physical development *
C) to determine the state of health *
D) determination of the functional state of the body *
E) conducting classes in a special group
F) organizational and methodological guidance
29. List the types of constitution :
A. normostenik *
B. astenik *
C. hypersthenic *
D. sanguine person
E. melancholiac
F. phlegmatic person
30. For asthenic type constitution characteristic signs :
A. characterized by its narrow body shapes , hands, feet *
B. acute epigastric angle *
C. weak development of fat and muscle components *
D. good development of muscle and bone components
E. moderate content of fatty component
F. broad shoulders and pelvis
ANNEX 2
Quiz preparation on the cluster :

" Criteria for evaluation of physical development "
"APPROVED"
Vice Rector by Academic

Affairs
Prof.TeshaevO.R_________
__"________"
________2014y .
Department of Folk Medicine , Rehabilitation and physical culture

TECHNOLOGY TRAINING
Related :
FUNCTIONAL STATUS . FUNCTIONAL QUIZ FOR EVALUATION OF THE

RESPIRATORY SYSTEM ( QUIZ post, Genchi , Serkin , Rosenthal ) , autonomic
nervous system ( orthostatic , clinoorthostatic QUIZ ) CARDIOVASCULAR
SYSTEM ( QUIZ Martin, Letunova ) . Influence of physical activities on human
body.
Guidelines for teachers and students of the 4th year medical and medical-
pedagogical faculties
Tashkent. 2014
Compilers : Associate Professor , Ph.D. Adilov Sh.K.
Senior Lecturer , Ph.D. Vysogortseva O.N.
Technology training approved :

at a meeting of the department number ______ of __________ 2014

section CMK Tashkent Medical Academy ____ number of ________ 2014
Chairman prof. MD Karimov M.SH.______________________________
Topic number 2 : Functional status . Functional quizs for evaluating respiratory

system, autonomic nervous system , cardiovascular system. Effect of physical
activity on the human body .
Study time: 6:00
Study time: 6:00
II. The main part :
Structure of the training 1. theoretical

session prodrome 2 . analytical
3 . practical
4 . independent work of students
III. Final (resultant ) part
the functional status of a person , the impact of physical activity on the body,
develop the skill of functional quizs , teach an opinion on the functional status of
various organs and systems involved in sports activities.
Pedagogical objectives: Learning outcomes :
• Fix a general idea about the functional The student must :

state of the organism and its individual
• give an idea of the functional state
systems;
of the organism;
• organize knowledge about the kinds of
• to classify functional quizs used in
functional quizs and to conduct them;
medical control ;
• consolidate and extend the knowledge
• talk about the impact of physical
about the impact of physical activity on
activity on the human body ;
the human body ;
• list respiratory quizs ;
• analyze techniques functional quizs ;
• list vegetative quizs ;
• To develop skills of functional quizs and
completing the relevant documentation; • list the types of hemodynamic
response to exercise ;
• learn to assess the functional status of
athletes and sportsmen ; • to give an opinion on the functional
state of the organism on the basis of
• develop skills in organizing, comparing ,
these quizs.
summarizing , and analyzing information
; The student should be able to:
• develop communication skills. perform practical skills : conduct

functional quizs , complete medical
checklist - athletes and sportsmen .
Learning Methods Discussion , conversation , technology
: Graphic Organizer - categorical table
" Functional quizs " , the conceptual
table "Types of hemodynamic
response to exercise ."
Forms of organization of learning Individual work , group work, team .

activities
Learning Tools Training manuals, training materials ,

a set of measuring instruments
(stopwatch , spirometer , tonometer
with phonendoscope ) , slides ,
markers, sheets of A3 , A4.
Ways and means of feedback Quiz , quizing, presentation of the

results of solving situational problems
, drawing graphic organizers,
evaluation of the development of
practical skills.
Stages of work , Content

time 6 h activity
Teacher Student
stage 1 1 . Tells subject , purpose and planned Listen, write ,

learning outcomes . Familiar with the plan update , ask
Introduction to
and features of the training session . questions.
the training
session 2 . Describes key categories and concepts
25 min on this topic.
3 . Reported indicators and evaluation

Stage 2 The practical part Answer questions .
4 hours (1 hr ) 1. Conducts a quiz to identify the

main:
topic:
The theoretical
• The concept of sports medicine , medical
part ( 2:00 )
monitoring tasks .
• Basic medical examinations of athletes

and sportsmen (primary , landmark ,
additional , urgent ) .
• The concept of physical development

and the importance of it for sports
Analytical part selection .
( 2:00 )
• Somatoscopy .
• Anthropometry .
2 . Students are encouraged to discuss the

problem of sports medicine and medical
monitoring method of " brainstorming ."
Participate in
3 . Explains the concept of " physical
discussions , ask
development ", parses the evaluation
questions, outline ,
specify.
external examination and anthropometry )
.
4 . Make offers graphic organizer - a cluster

on " Evaluation Criteria of physical
development ."
Perform the
5 . Demonstrates techniques of of
somatoscopy and anthropometry . learning task .


group discussion.
8. Gives the task : Following the

teacher perform
• Solve the proposed situational problem .
practical skills.
Conduct and discuss the results of
individual work in mini-groups ; Divided into
groups.
• Prepare for a presentation.
1. 9. Coordinates , advises, directs the

learning activities . Examines and
evaluates the results of individual
work : filling medical and checklists , Perform the
structure -tion anthropometric learning task .
profile and conclusions about the
physical development .
Present the results

of individual and
group work .
Quizs to monitor the level of knowledge on the lesson number 2

1. Specify the quiz for the study of the functional state of the autonomic nervous
system
A. Rosenthal
B. Letunova
C. orthostatic *
D. Stange
E. quiz Voyachek
2 . Name the quiz , determining the functional state of the respiratory system:
A. triple probe
B. Martin quiz
C. Stange quiz *
D. quiz Voyachek
E. combined quiz
3 . What are the main type of response that characterizes the functional state of
the cardiovascular system :
A. hyperergic
B. hyperergic
C. Normotonic *
D. atonic
E. stage
4 . What do you call the type of reaction , in which after the load has been a sharp
increase in the maximum blood pressure of 180-200 mm Hg before , and the
minimum blood pressure either unchanged or increased, pulse pressure increases
slightly ?
A. atonic
B. stage
C. hypertensive type reactions *
D. dystonic
E. hypotonic
5 . What do you call the type of reaction , in which after the load slightly increased
systolic blood pressure and diastolic blood pressure did not change, pulse
pressure increases slightly ?
A. hypertensive type reactions
B. atonic
C. hypotonic type reactions *
D. stage
E. dystonic
6. What type of reaction is accompanied by " a phenomenon of endless tone" ?
A. hypotonic type reaction
B. atonic
C. dystonic *
D. stage
E. hypertensive type reactions
7. Martin in the quiz evaluated the following figure :
A. expiration flow rate

B. inhalation rate
C. pulse before and after loading *
D. Breath
E. speed run
8. Specify a trait that characterizes Normotonic type of reaction to stress
A. a sharp increase in diastolic blood pressure
B. sharp increase in systolic blood pressure
C. increased heart rate *
D. sharp increase in pulse rate
E. slowing of heart rate
9. Specify a trait that characterizes hypertensive type reactions
A. reduction in diastolic blood pressure
B. blood pressure increased by 15-30 %
C. pulse quickens dramatically *
D. slowing of heart rate
E. diastolic pressure decreases
10 . Specify a trait that characterizes the type of dystonic reactions
A. increase in systolic blood pressure
B. slowing of heart rate
C. diastolic blood pressure becomes zero *
D. increase in diastolic blood pressure

E. negative pulse
11. At what type of reaction due to the expansion of arterioles reduces peripheral
resistance ?
A. hypotonic
B. hypertonic
C. Normotonic *
D. dystonic
E. reaction with a stepwise rise in systolic blood pressure
12. Increased blood flow in dystonic type of reaction due to:
A. increase in systolic pressure
B. reduce the number of heart beats
C. reduction in diastolic blood pressure *
D. increased systolic ejection
E. OPS gain
13. The phenomenon of " infinite tone" characteristic in response to the load type
:
A. hypertonic
B. stepwise
C. dystonic reaction type *
D. hypotonic
E. normotonic
14. Functional quizs allow us to determine the functionality of the body:
A. on physical education
B. in training
C. after the event
D. at metered loads *
E. competitions
15. Functional quiz for the study of the respiratory system
A. Letunova
B. Aschner
C. Rosenthal *
D. orthostatic
E. Martine
16. Name the quiz , determining the functional state of the respiratory system:
A. Genchi quiz *
B. Martin quiz
C. Stange quiz *
D. quiz Letunova
17. Functional quizs for the study of the cardiovascular system :
A. orthostatic
B. Martin *
C. Letunova *
D. Serkin
E. Genchi
18. Name the phase of the combined quiz Serkin :
A. delay exhalations standing *
B. delay in the expiratory phase of respiration after 20 squats *
C. repetition of the first phase of 1 minute after 20 squats *
D. Breath in the inspiratory phase in a sitting position
E. Breath in the inspiratory phase in the supine position
F. delay in the expiratory phase of respiration after 3 minutes of running
19. Specify the types of loads used during the combined quiz Letunova :
A. 20 sit-ups in 30 seconds *
B. 3 minute jogging in place at a pace of 180 steps / min *
C. jogging on the spot in the maximum rate for 15 seconds *
D. 60 jumps in 30 seconds
E. 30 sit-ups in 20 seconds
F. three minutes pedaling on a stationary bike
20. Name the functional exercise quiz :
A. Quiz Martin *
B. Serkin quiz *
C. Letunova quiz *
D. Rosenthal quiz
E. quiz Stange
F. quiz Genchi
21. To assess the use of vegetative status :
A. Kerdo index infarction *
B. orthostatic quiz *
C. clinoorthostatic quiz *
D. sympathetic quiz
E. parasympathetic quiz
F. Valsalva
22. Specify the features that characterize the type of dystonic reactions
A) increase in the maximum blood pressure *
B) decrease in heart rate
C) minimum blood pressure becomes zero *
D) increase in the minimum blood pressure
E) the maximum blood pressure decreases
F) slows down the recovery period *
23. Specify the features that characterize the hypertensive type of reaction :
A) blood pressure increased by 15-30 %
B) pulse quickens dramatically *
C) slowing of heart rate
D) the pressure is reduced

E) blood pressure rises sharply *
F) the recovery period lasts for a long time *
24. Specify the features that characterize Normotonic type of reaction :
A) a sharp increase in the minimum blood pressure
B) a sharp increase in the maximum blood pressure
C) pulse quickens *
D) a sharp increase in pulse rate
E) the systolic pressure is increased by 15-35 mmHg *
F) the diastolic pressure does not change *
25. Specify the features that characterize the type of reaction step :
A) a sharp increase in the minimum blood pressure
B) a sharp increase in the maximum blood pressure
C) pulse quickens *
D) increase in systolic blood pressure by 2 - 3rd minute recovery period *
E) systolic pressure rises by 15-35 mmHg
F) the recovery period lasts for a long time *
26. Features of the respiratory system of athletes :
A. bradypnea alone *
B. increase in VC *
C. rapid recovery of respiratory rate after exercise *
D. decrease in lung excursions

E. Increased light airiness
F. absence of rapid breathing under load
27. Features athlete's heart :
A. left ventricular hypertrophy
B. right ventricular hypertrophy
C. uniform hypertrophy of the heart of all *
D. sinus bradycardia alone *
E. rapid recovery after exercise *
F. sinus tachycardia
28. Do athletes aged 14 years , engaged in artistic gymnastics , Kerdo index value
is 18 , as is evidenced by :
A. expressed sympathicotonia
B. parasympatikotonia
C. sympathicotonia +
D. normotonia
E. vagotonia
29. A man of 25 years , baseline blood pressure was 120/80 mm Hg . After the
quiz Martine 1 minutes BP max . was 125 mm Hg for 2 minutes to 130 mm Hg for
3-1 minutes 140 mm Hg What type of reaction in this case?
A. hypertonic
B. dystonic
C. step +
D. Normotonic
E. asthenic
30. At athlete swimmer age 19 years Kerdo index value is 10 , what does this
mean?
A. sympathicotonia
B. expressed sympathicotonia
C. normotoniya +
D. vagotonia
E. parasimpatikotoniya
ANNEX 2
" Functional quizs "
Without physical with exertion breathing autonomic CVD

exertion
Genchi , Rosenthal , quiz Serkin , Quiz Shtange Ortho- static , Quiz

Romberg klinoorto - Martin, static - Martin,
Genchi ,
static Letunova , VEP , klinoorto Letunova
Rosenthal ,
step quiz , quiz
Serkin
specific Spar
Example making categorical table on the theme:
APPENDIX 3
Example conceptual drawing table on the theme:
"Types of hemodynamic response to exercise "

Normotonic hypertonic hypotonic dystonic step
Reaction Increase by 50 Increase by increase in increase of increases

Ps % more than 60 heart rate is more than by 2 to 3
% 100 % or 60% minutes of
more the
maximum
Reaction Increase by 29 higher than Rises slightly above 200 Maximum

GARDEN % 160 mm Hg mmHg increases
by 2 to 3
minutes
Reaction Unchanged greater than Unchanged the maximum

DBP 90 mm Hg. "phenomenon increases
of endless by 2 to 3
tone" minutes
pulse increases by increases is increases sharply maximum

pressure 55% by less than increases increases
20% by 2 to 3
minutes
Period 2-3 minutes more than 5 more than 5 more than 5 more than
restitution min min min 5 min
"APPROVED"
Vice Rector by Academic

Affairs
Prof.TeshaevO.R_________
__"________"
________2014y .
Department of Folk Medicine , Rehabilitation and physical culture
TECHNOLOGY TRAINING
Related :
FUNCTIONAL STATUS . FUNCTIONAL QUIZ FOR EVALUATION OF THE

RESPIRATORY SYSTEM ( QUIZ post, Genchi , Serkin , Rosenthal ) , autonomic
nervous system ( orthostatic , clinoorthostatic QUIZ ) CARDIOVASCULAR
SYSTEM ( QUIZ Martin, Letunova ) . Influence of physical activities on human
body.
Guidelines for teachers and students of the 4th year medical and medical-
pedagogical faculties
Tashkent. 2014
Compilers : Associate Professor , Ph.D. Adilov Sh.K.
Senior Lecturer , Ph.D. Vysogortseva O.N.
Technology training approved :
at a meeting of the department number ______ of __________ 2014

section CMK Tashkent Medical Academy ____ number of ________ 2014
Chairman prof. MD Karimov M.SH.______________________________

Study time: 6:00
Study time: 6:00
II. The main part :
Structure of the training 1. theoretical

session prodrome
2 . analytical
3 . practical
4 . independent work of students
III. Final (resultant ) part

the functional status of a person , the impact of physical activity on the body,
develop the skill of functional quizs , teach an opinion on the functional status of
various organs and systems involved in sports activities.
Pedagogical objectives: Learning outcomes :
• Fix a general idea about the functional The student must :

state of the organism and its individual
• give an idea of the functional state
systems;
of the organism;
• organize knowledge about the kinds of
• to classify functional quizs used in
functional quizs and to conduct them;
medical control ;
• consolidate and extend the knowledge
• talk about the impact of physical
about the impact of physical activity on
activity on the human body ;
the human body ;
• To develop skills of functional quizs and
completing the relevant documentation; • list the types of hemodynamic
response to exercise ;
• learn to assess the functional status of
athletes and sportsmen ; • to give an opinion on the functional
state of the organism on the basis of
• develop skills in organizing, comparing ,
these quizs.
summarizing , and analyzing information
; The student should be able to:
• develop communication skills. perform practical skills : conduct

functional quizs , complete medical
checklist - athletes and sportsmen .
Learning Methods Discussion , conversation , technology

: Graphic Organizer - categorical table
" Functional quizs " , the conceptual
table "Types of hemodynamic
response to exercise ."
Forms of organization of learning Individual work , group work, team .

activities
Learning Tools Training manuals, training materials ,

a set of measuring instruments
(stopwatch , spirometer , tonometer
with phonendoscope ) , slides ,
markers, sheets of A3 , A4.
Ways and means of feedback Quiz , quizing, presentation of the

results of solving situational problems
, drawing graphic organizers,
evaluation of the development of
practical skills.
Stages of work ,
time 6 h activity
Teacher Student
stage 1 1 . Tells subject , purpose and planned Listen, write ,

learning outcomes . Familiar with the plan update , ask
Introduction to
and features of the training session . questions.
the training
session 2 . Describes key categories and concepts
on this topic.
25 min
3 . Reported indicators and evaluation
Stage 2 The practical part Answer questions .
4 hours (1 hr ) 1. Conducts a quiz to identify the

main:
topic:
The theoretical
• The concept of sports medicine , medical
part ( 2:00 )
monitoring tasks .
• Basic medical examinations of athletes

and sportsmen (primary , landmark ,
additional , urgent ) .
• The concept of physical development

and the importance of it for sports
Analytical part selection .
( 2:00 )
• Somatoscopy .
• Anthropometry .
2 . Students are encouraged to discuss the

problem of sports medicine and medical
monitoring method of " brainstorming ."
Participate in
3 . Explains the concept of " physical
discussions , ask
development ", parses the evaluation
questions, outline ,
specify.
external examination and anthropometry )
.
4 . Make offers graphic organizer - a cluster

on " Evaluation Criteria of physical
development ."
Perform the
5 . Demonstrates techniques of of
learning task .
somatoscopy and anthropometry .


group discussion.
Following the
8. Gives the task : teacher perform
practical skills.
• Solve the proposed situational problem .
Conduct and discuss the results of Divided into
individual work in mini-groups ; groups.
• Prepare for a presentation.
1. 9. Coordinates , advises, directs the

learning activities . Examines and
evaluates the results of individual Perform the
work : filling medical and checklists , learning task .
structure -tion anthropometric
profile and conclusions about the
physical development .
Present the results

of individual and
group work .
stage 3 1 . An opinion on the subject, focusing Listen.

A Final -result - Conduct self-
ing esteem, grade . Ask
professional careers .
questions. Opine .
20 min
2 . Commends the work of groups and
individual students , summarizes grade .
Analyzes and assesses the degree of
achievement of lesson .

Recorded
lesson .
assignment.
1. Venue classes : Department of Medical Rehabilitation third TMA Clinic , a

physiotherapy clinic 1st TMA .
2 . Duration of study themes : the number of hours - 6.
3 . Session Purpose : to consolidate and deepen the knowledge of the

functional status of a person , the impact of physical activity on the body,
develop the skill of functional quizs , teach an opinion on the functional status
of various organs and systems involved in sports activities.
4 . Pedagogical objectives:
fix a general idea about the functional state of the organism and its individual
systems;
• organize knowledge about the kinds of functional quizs and to conduct them;
• consolidate and extend the knowledge about the impact of physical activity on
the human body ;
• To develop skills of functional quizs and completing the relevant

documentation;
• learn to assess the functional status of athletes and sportsmen ;
• develop skills in organizing, comparing , summarizing , and analyzing

information ;
• develop communication skills.
5 . Learning outcomes
The student must :
• give an idea of the functional state of the organism;

• to give a classification of functional quizs used in medical control ;
• talk about the impact of physical activity on the human body ;
• list the types of hemodynamic response to exercise ;
• to give an opinion on the functional state of the organism on the basis of these
quizs.
• perform practical skills : conduct functional quizs , complete medical checklist -

athletes and sportsmen .
Method discussion ; machinery: Graphic Organizer - cluster.
7. learning Tools
Manuals, training materials, spirometer , tonometer , stethoscope , stopwatch,

ergometer , slides , markers, banners, sheets of A3 , A4.
8. forms of learning
Individual work , group work , team .
9. conditions of Learning
10 . Monitoring and evaluation
Interpreting control : control issues , perform educational tasks in groups ,

performing skills .
Written control : control questions , the quiz solution and situational problems .
11. motivation
Features of modern life , on the one hand, is characterized by the lack of
adequate muscular load for optimum performance ( no improvement ) systems
and organs , and on the other - the use of large volume and intensity of physical
activity (professional sports) . In connection with this medical practice before it
became necessary to study these relationships between the body and the
physical work that led to the creation of a special science - Sports Medicine .
Sports Medicine - a branch of medical science and practice, study the positive and
negative effects of different levels of physical activity on health and physical
condition, as well as the means and methods of influencing processes
postnagruzochnogo recovery and improve efficiency . Goals and objectives of
sports medicine , as well as means to achieve them are largely consonant c
physiotherapy . For example, the primary means of improving functional reserves
, prevention and health promotion athlete , a disabled patient is exercising. Their
use in sporting activities and in the process of rehabilitation is based on general
principles of teaching the theory and practice of physical education - training
dosage . Thus , we can talk more about the proximity of these disciplines than the
difference .
Medical control is the main section of Sports Medicine . Its task is constant
selection, medical examination and monitoring of persons engaged in physical
culture and sports .
12. Intra and Interdisciplinary communication
Teaching the topic is based on the knowledge students the basics of normal
anatomy and physiology, pathophysiology , propaedeutics internal medicine,
biostatistics (vertical integration ) . Also knowledge of the topic integrated with
therapy , hygiene of children and adolescents , physical therapy and traumatology
( horizontal integration) .
13. content classes
13.1. The theoretical part
FUNCTIONAL STATUS
The assessment of the functional state is the study of changes in the functions
and / or structures of certain organs or body systems under the influence of
various disturbances , which by their nature can be very different .
In sports medicine, functional quizs are used for pre-emptive research:
• the cardiovascular system;
• external respiratory system ;
• autonomic nervous system ;
• vestibular analyzer ;
• overall physical performance ;
• energy potentials of the body.
In clinical practice, functional loads are applied to identify the underlying

pathology , as well as assessing the effectiveness of rehabilitation programs.
Depending on the nature of competitive activity athlete leading functional

systems are :
1. When cycling maximum power - the central nervous system , neuromuscular

apparatus .
2 . When cycling and high submaximal power - systems responsible for

maintaining the homeostasis of the cardiorespiratory system , central nervous
system , neuromuscular apparatus .
3 . When cycling moderate power - cardiorespiratory system , the endocrine

system , the central nervous system .
4 . When acyclic exercises of various kinds - the central nervous system , neuro-
muscular system , the sensory system .
Value of functional quizs , quizs in professional activity is multifaceted. In sports

practice, they will evaluate the functionality and features of adaptation reserves
of various systems athlete. All this is the basis for the implementation of technical
skills and tactical plans , the successful performance of an athlete in competition.
In clinical practice physicians functional quizs are used to detect latent diseases of
the body, effectiveness of rehabilitation programs , determining the degree of
disability , etc.
Functional quizs , quizs. It's a different kind of disturbances . They can act as a
physical activity, and other means of manipulation ( breath holding at inspiration
or expiration, a change in body position , straining , drugs , food additives, cold
exposure , electrical aquiz air mixtures with different content of oxygen, carbon
dioxide , etc. ) .
Exercise quiz . It can be one, two - and trehmomentnoy . An example of a single-

stage exercise quiz is a quiz with twenty squats , which reveals the body's reaction
to this load . If you run a load with 20 squats twice, with an interval of time
between them in three minutes - the quiz will dvuhmomentnoy . Her ability to
assess the functional state of the wider after the second load can judge the
organism adaptation systems that load . To trehmomentnoy ( combined ) quiz
relates Letunova quiz . It consists of 20 sit-ups , 15 -second run at the maximum
rate and a 3- minute run at a pace of 180 steps per minute .
Quizs with quantitative dose . Quiz Shephard , Harvard step quiz, quiz Novakki ,
quiz physical performance (PWC170), determination of the maximum oxygen
consumption (MIC ) quizs with isometric exercise , etc.
Specific quiz. In these quizs the character perform load simulates activities athlete
, corresponding to a particular sport. Shadowboxing for the boxer . Rolls stuffed
for a fighter . Doing basketball with throws in the ring for basketball. Work on the
cycle ergometer , rowing machine , respectively, for the cyclist and rower .
Quizs without physical exertion . Latency exhalations (quiz Stange ) or exhalation

(quiz Genchi ) . Rosenthal quiz , Romberg ortoklinostaticheskie . Quizs with
inhalation of air containing various amounts of oxygen, carbon dioxide . Quizs
with nutritional supplements and pharmacological agents . Assay with aquiz
electrostimulation etc.
respiratory quizs
Quiz Stange - maximum delay exhalations . Studied in the sitting position after 2-3
deep breaths holding his breath . Stopwatch recorded Breath . In a healthy
person, it is not less than 50-60 s athletes - a few minutes ( 2-3).
Quiz Genchi - duration breath you exhale . In the sitting position after a normal
(not maximum ) holds his breath exhalation analyzed . Fixed delay time with a
stopwatch ; healthy it is 25-30 seconds. By reducing the resistance to hypoxia and
low O2 concentration in the blood, breath duration of inspiration and expiration
decreases.
Rosenthal quiz - a fivefold VC dimension with 15 -second intervals . In healthy

people, is then determined by the same or even decreasing figures VC. In cases of
respiratory system or the circulatory system , as well as athletes with fatigue ,
overexertion or overtraining results of repeated measurements of vital capacity
reduced. For athletes it depends on respiratory muscle fatigue and reduce the
functional state of the nervous system.
Combined AF quiz Serkin . Is performed in three phases. Phase 1 : Defines the

time during which the subject can hold his breath for the inspiratory phase in the
sitting position , 2 nd phase is determined by the delay time dyhaniyana
inspiratory phase directly after twenty squats performed for 30 seconds , the
third phase through minute repeated 1st phase .
Rating quiz Serkin
Contingent Phase
surveyed
1st 2nd 3rd
Healthy, trained Over 50% of the more than 100 %

45-60
1st phase of phase 1
Healthy, untrained with 30-50% of the 70-100 % of phase

35-45
1st phase 1
With hidden
less than 30% of least 70% of phase
circulatory 20-35
Phase 1 1
insufficiency
Vegetative quizs
Orthostatic quiz . It is noteworthy to assess autonomic status , functional status

VNS . Its holding in its simplest form is to record heart rate in the supine position
for 1 minute and standing once for 10 seconds . Assesses the degree of
excitability of the sympathetic division of the autonomic nervous system . Normal
activity is characterized by an increase in the sympathetic division of the pulse at
12-24 beats / min. However , for an athlete is quiz value lies not so much in the
assessment of autonomic status during orthostatic quiz , and how to register the
dynamics of changes in these quantities . To this end, orthostatic quiz carried out
daily , in the morning , after a night's sleep . With proper construction of the
training process the difference in the pulse lying - standing , recorded in the daily
conduct of orthostatic decreases. This increase , compared with the previous
value indicates a mismatch between training loads as an athlete , or failure
recovery processes , or overstrain of the nervous system . In any case, you should
take appropriate measures .
Another important detail that should be taken into account during the orthostatic
quiz . Reducing differences in heart rate during exercise is an individual limit. For
athletes , endurance athletes , the maximum reduction rate during the orthostatic
quiz may reach 5-6 strokes.
Klinostaticheskaya quiz . Pulse is recorded in the standing and lying down. We

study the parasympathetic autonomic nervous system excitability . It is
characterized by a decrease in heart rate compared with lying pulse beats
standing at 6-12 .
To assess autonomic status , especially in neurological practice indicators used

vegetation index Kerdo infarction ( VI ) . It is defined as follows. RV = ( 1 - ADD /
HR) x 100, where ADD , diastolic blood pressure .
VI values within
influences. VI values from 16 to 30 characterized sympathic and > 30 - expressed
sympathic . On parasimpatikotoniyu VI indicates the level from -16 to - 30, the
expressed parasimpatikotoniyu - below - 30.
Quizs for assessment of the functional state of the cardiovascular system
Quiz Martinet Kushelevskg ( 20 squats ) . Types of cardio - vascular system to the

load.
Despite more than 70 years ago the existence of a quiz , it has not lost its
significance due to its simplicity of , the ability to identify individuals predisposed
to hyper-or hypotensive reactions, the regulatory mechanisms and other
functional abnormalities in the study .
Procedure for registration of CAS indicators before and after the 20 sit-ups is
presented in Table 4 .
HR in the state of relative rest for 10 seconds fixed time intervals to obtain three
identical or with a difference in 1 hit two pairs of identical indicators. Blood
pressure is measured twice.
After doing 20 squats at a moderate pace for 30 seconds , 10 seconds, the first
minute of recovery, calculated heart rate. After that blood pressure is measured .
After the recording of blood pressure in the remaining time of the first minute
registration, again recorded heart rate. On the second and subsequent short
recovery period registration HR and BP in a similar way as in the first minute of
the period of restitution. Recording of the cardiovascular system continues to
restore them to the original values , but not more than 5 min recovery period.
After the end of the registration data type is determined hemodynamic response
to SSS performed load.
Types of Cardiovascular responses to physical stress system . Depending on

changes in heart rate, blood pressure systolic , diastolic, pulse , and recovery time
, there are 5 types of cardio -vascular system to exercise .
Normotonic type . Characterized by unidirectional, coexisting and adequate

intensity and duration of the work performed by changes in the direction of
increasing heart rate and PD ( pulse pressure ) . Blood supply of the active muscle
occurs due to increase in cardiac output (which indirectly indicates PD) , and heart
rate. The percentage increase in these parameters is between 20 and 60 %.
Coefficient endurance dormant at normotonic type should not vary more than 3-5
units of EF1 , registered in the first minute recovery period. Recovery time is 2-3
CVD indicators min.
TABLE 4 . Recording scheme CAS indicators before and after the quiz with 20
squats .
min 1 2 3 4 5
sec
10 18 15 12
20 - - -
30 - - -
40 - - -
50 - - -
60 15 13 12
148 129 118
75 70 72
HR ( first option) 12,12,12 ; heart rate ( the second version of the recording )
12,13.12,13 , BP 122/74 , 119/72 mmHg
The main criteria for evaluating types of reaction :
% Increase in heart rate during the first 10 sec recovery period = 50%
% Increase in systolic blood pressure = 29 %
% Increase in diastolic BP = 0%
% Increase in pulse pressure = 55 %
Recovery time indicators CVD - 3 min. Dynamics of financial pressure and heart
rate is calculated only for the first minute recovery period.
Additional criterion for assessing the type of reaction .
Endurance factor ( A.A.Kvas , 1960). Determined by the formula in which three

hemodynamic parameters merged into one.
Endurance factor HF ( cond units ) = (HR : PD )
With the increase in HF decreases the efficiency of the CVD .

HF Shore- ip = 15.3 ; EF1 = 14.8 . Respectively ( HF ip ) for the state of relative rest
and ( KV1 ) for the first minute of recovery. Heart rate to determine the HF
calculated for the first 10 minutes of the first recovery and translated for 1
minute.
Asthenic type . In this type of reaction increases sharply CVD heart rate is 100
percent or more. Pulse pressure increases by less than 20 %. Thus , the device CAS
for muscular work carried out mainly by heart rate. Endurance ratio ( KV1 ) ,
compared to the quiescent increases by more than 9 items . Recovery time
exceeds 5 minutes.
Dystonic type is characterized by the fact that after you have made physical work
auscultatory tone that defines the diastolic blood pressure does not go away ,
there is the so-called " infinite tone phenomenon ." There are two variants of
dystonic reaction type . Physiological appears after dynamic work large muscle
groups submaximal and maximal power , and does not depend on the functional
state of health of the subject . Duration physiological dystonic type 1-2 min. The
second option dystonic type - pathological . Dystonic tone persists for more than
2 minutes , then gradually begins to register a minimum of BP. To completely
restore the minimum AD requires more than 4 minutes . Appears when the
dynamic work , those with the presence of chronic infection , overvoltage
condition of the body.
Step type . Most often, this type occurs in response to fast load , for example, 15
seconds running at maximum pace. Suggest that his appearance is associated
with a disorder of mechanisms responsible for the redistribution of blood flow
during physical work and is an early sign of overvoltage condition of the body. A
distinctive feature of it from other types - increase in systolic blood pressure
second , and sometimes third minute recovery period longer than the first minute
.
Hypertensive type . Depending on the component that contributes to

hypertension, isolated cardiac , vascular and mixed type of hypertension.
Hypertensive type on cardiac component is primarily manifested in the high

figures of systolic blood pressure , which increased by 60 % or more from baseline
values. A load of 20 squats systolic blood pressure greater than 160 mmHg Often
combined with hyperkinetic circulation. Observed in boys ( juvenile type of
hypertension ) in persons carried about athletic gymnastics , bodybuilding ,
weightlifting without complying with the appropriate training methods and
medical supervision. Other types of reactions CVD criteria (minimum pressure,
heart rate ), except for the recovery time can be within the parameters
normotonicheskogo type reaction.
Hypertensive type on vascular component characterized by an increase of the

minimum blood pressure above 90 mm Hg. Art. In middle- aged and elderly ,
possibly due to organic changes in the peripheral blood vessels (atherosclerosis ) .
Athletes hypertensive type on vascular component may be due to increased
activity of the sympathetic nervous system, adrenergic sensitivity to
catecholamines , and other reasons.
Hypertensive type to mix the ingredients . In this type has been a sharp increase
in the maximum and minimum blood pressure, a load of 20 sit-ups , these figures
are higher than 160 and 90 mmHg Athletes observed in chronic surge violations of
the training , etc.
Combined quiz Letunova based on the definition of adaptability to different CAS

intensity and duration physical activities . The quiz involves three load .
1) 20 sit-ups in 30 seconds, 2) 15-second running on the spot in the maximum

rate (thigh rises to a horizontal position ), 3 ) running in place for 3 minutes at a
pace of 180 steps per minute ( for adolescents and women up to 18 years - 2-
minute run , thigh lift up to 75 º).
The first load is like a workout to the next. The second reveals the ability to
rapidly enhance circulation. Third load reveals the body's ability to maintain
stable increased blood circulation at a high level for a relatively long time.
Combined quiz is conducted as follows : after counting pulse in a sitting position

on a 10-second intervals and determining blood pressure makes the examinee 20
deep knee bends in 30 seconds . In the first 10 seconds after the load pulse count
the number of beats , and then within 40 seconds the blood pressure. Starting
from the 50th second, again to feel the pulse of a 10-second intervals , and
bringing it back to normal ( but not earlier than 2 min after the load) will be
measured again pressure . Then, the 2nd part of the quiz - running in place for 15
seconds at the most rapid pace. Thereafter, over 4 min , and said measured blood
pressure pulse ( at the beginning and end of each 10 minutes for a said pulse in
the pulse count between measured blood pressure). It continues by third part of
the quiz - running on the spot at a pace of 180 steps per minute ( on the
metronome ) . Upon termination of the pulse is determined in races and BP for 5
minutes in the same manner as after a 15-second run. All data is stored .
Fill pattern protocol combined quiz Letunova
Pulse until load 15.14,15 beats for BP until load 100/60 mmHg
10 seconds
20 squat 15-second run 3 - minute run

Time
Pulse after exercise
10 20 17 22 20 17 15 26 23 19 17 16
20 - 16 - - - 15 - - - - 15
30 - 15 - - - 15 - - - - 16
40 - 15 - - - - - - - - 15
50 - 15 - - - - - - - - 15
60 17 21 18 16 - 24 23 17 16 15
Blood pressure after exercise

125 100 140 130 115 100 160 145 130 115 105
Effect of physical activity on the human body . Features functional status of

persons regularly engaged in physical culture and sports .
Systematic influence adequate physical exercise on the human body leads

to structural and functional restructuring , characterized by the appearance of a
number of psychological and physiological effects. Among them, the formation of
certain personal qualities that depend on the functioning of the central nervous
system ; economization physiological function at rest and during dose effects ,
expanding physiological reserves , slowing the aging process , etc.
Increasing strength of neural processes in the process of systematic physical

exercises , their balance and mobility give individual athlete such characteristics.
As activity , commitment, ability to quickly mobilize and move freely from one
activity to another , high performance , etc.
Economization of physiological functions. One of the most striking manifestations
of functional changes in the body is an athlete economization of physiological
functions , which is celebrated both at rest and during dose effects of various
kinds. This effect is bradycardia (40-50 beats / min) , the physiological tendency to
hypotension , elongation phase of diastole and systole , bradypnea , a distinct
tendency to decrease in the concentration of certain hormones in the blood , and
others a role in the effect of economization plays high conjugation
neurohormonal mechanisms of regulation .
Expanding reserves physiological functions. A clear manifestation of the

morphological and functional changes in the body under the influence of
systematic physical exercise is an extension of physiological reserves . We
physically trained increased compared with untrained persons VC ,
arteriovenous oxygen difference , stroke volume , etc. Vividly these differences
manifest themselves in the study of performance at an altitude exercise.
Slowing the aging process . High functional ability neurohormonal mechanisms

of regulation , expansion of reserves physiological functions underlie slowing age
involutive processes in a systematic, adequate working as physical exercise. At
the same processes are stimulated vitaukta - adaptive mechanisms , actively
opposing involutive processes.
Increase body resistance to pathogenic influences . Maintaining a high aerobic

capacity provided cardiorespiratory , endocrine and other systems , high energy
consumption and training concerning the mechanisms of thermoregulation ,
maintaining proper body weight and level of resistance to the formation of
endogenous risk factors for diseases , improvement of the immune system in the
process of systematic physical training - all it creates a state of heightened
resistance to pathogenic influences : hypo-and hyperthermia , hypoxia ,
hemorrhage , intoxication varying nature of ionizing radiation , colds , etc. It is this
effect of exercise should take into account the doctor in planning and conducting
preventive work with the population.
Questions for Knowledge Control :
1. For what purpose are carried out functional quizs in the clinic and sports?
2 . What types of functional quizs , you know?

3 . What quizs are conducted without physical exertion ?
4 . What quizs are carried out with physical activity ?
5 . What quizs are used to determine the functional state of the respiratory
system ?
6. What quizs are used to determine the functional state of the autonomic
nervous system ?
7. What quizs are used to determine the functional state seredechno circulatory
system ?
8. What form of exercise used in the quiz Serkin ?
9. What form of exercise used in the quiz of Martin ?
10 . What types of physical activity are used in the quiz Letunova ?
11. Whichever is analyzed in the quiz Rosenthal ?
12. What indicators are analyzed during orthostatic and clinoorthostatic quizs?
13. What indicators are analyzed in the quiz Martin ?
14. What kinds of reactions to exercise hemodynamics you know ?
15. What is the impact systematic physical exercise on the human body ?
16. What changes to the respiratory system characterized by athletes?
17. What changes are characteristic of the autonomic system athletes?
18. What changes are characteristic of the cardiovascular system of athletes ?
To assess the level of assimilation of the theoretical material is also used quiz
questions (see Appendix 1 ).
Maximum 8 points and

21-18 17-14 13-9
score 25-22 below
points
36% or below
100%-86% 85%-71% 70-55% 54%-37%
13.2. The analytical part of
13.2.1 . Using the method of discussion
Discussion - The process of students and teacher discuss a specific topic . It

allows us to consider various options to get feedback , to unite members of the
working team , learn different and critical perspective on the project or proposal
to define the purpose and appropriate methods of its implementation , identify
any missing resources .
Students are encouraged to discuss the method of discussion, " Positive and
negative effect of different levels of physical activity on health and physical
condition of athletes and sportsmen ."
Issues for discussion :
1. Are there any differences in terms of " physical education " and "sport" ?
2 . What is the level of stress physical culture and sports ?
3 . What is the positive effect of physical activity on the body?
4 . What is the negative impact of physical activity on the body, in which cases , in
your opinion , it can be shown?
13.2.2 . Decision situational problems
1. Objective: The young man of 17 years, to load the initial blood pressure was
110/70 mm Hg , pulse 84 beats per minute. After the quiz Martine on the 1st
minute , systolic blood pressure was 125 mm Hg for 2 minutes to 130 mm Hg for 3
minutes, 140 mm Hg
1. What type of reaction to physical exercise hemodynamics in this case?

2 . Calculate the index Kerdo infarction , draw a conclusion about the state of the
autonomic NS subject .
Standard response: 1 ) on the basis of increase in systolic blood pressure by 2 and

3 minutes after dosed physical load can be concluded stepped type of reaction
hemodynamic load ;
2) Cardio - index Kerdo calculated by the formula : ( 1-DAD/ChSSpokoya ) x100 ,

into the formula available data subject , we
( 1-70/84 ) x100 = 17 , it means that the subject has sympathicotony .
2 . Problem: The girl is 22 years old, to load baseline blood pressure was 100/70
mm Hg , pulse 78 beats per minute. After the quiz Martine on the 1st minute
blood pressure was 135/75 mm Hg , pulse 120 ul / min for 2 minutes, reached
120/70 mm Hg , pulse 96 beats / min at 3 minutes into the 110/70 mm Hg , pulse
84 beats / min for 4 minutes, 100/70 mm Hg , pulse 78 beats / min .
1. What type of reaction to physical exercise hemodynamics in this case?
2. Explain your answer.
Standard answer : because % Increase in heart rate during the first 10 sec
recovery period = ( 120-78 ) / 53% = 78h100
% Increase in systolic blood pressure = ( 135-100 ) / 100100 = 35 %
% Increase in diastolic BP = ( 75-70 ) / 70x100 = 7%
% Increase in pulse pressure = ( 60-30 ) / 30h100 = 100% ;
recovery period was 4 minutes , type of reaction to physical exercise

hemodynamics Normotonic .
3 . Problem: the study of the functional state of the respiratory system in young
men 19 years following results were obtained : chest circumference 89 cm in the
pause , inspiratory - 94 cm, on the exhale - 88 cm , VC - 4400 ml quiz Stange - 48 ,
the quiz Genchi - 35 , the quiz Serkin : phase 1 - 48 , phase 2 - 23 s, the third phase
- 42 ; quiz Rosenthal : 4200 ml, 4300 ml, 4300 ml, 4400 ml, 4400 ml.
1. Assess the functional status of the subject .
2 . Justify your answer .
Standard answer : when compared with tabulated data revealed that the chest
circumference of the subject corresponds to age norms , tour ( WGC inspiratory -
expiratory OGC ) = 6 cm, which is also incorrect, the VC can be estimated as the
average for men of this age . Data analysis of functional quizs show that the
quizStange , Genchi and Rosenthal performed well , and the results of the quiz
Serkin ( 1st phase 48 - 100%, Phase 2 - 23 to - 48%, the third phase - 42 - 87% )
correspond to healthy untrained .
Criteria for evaluation of the analytical part :
Maximum score 30-26 points 25-21 20-16 15-11 score score 10 points and below
100 % -86 % 85 % -71% 70-55 % 54 % 36 % -37 % or below
quiz Martin
Objective: teaching students the art of Martin quiz to evaluate the response to
exercise hemodynamics .
Steps for :
№ Events impracticablenumber Fully

executed
(0 points)
correctly
1 1 Preparing the venue of the quiz ( 0 5

table, chair ) and the necessary
instruments : a stopwatch , tonometer
stethoscope 0 5
2 2 Surveyed for 2-3 minutes rest in a 0 5

sitting position . 0 5
3 3 On the radial artery pulse count to 10 0 10

with intervals to threefold repetition of
numbers , written in the protocol. 0 10
4 4 On the left shoulder cuff impose 0 10

tonometer to measure blood pressure,
record the minutes. 0 10
5 5 Leaving the cuff blood pressure 0 10

monitors , the examinee performs 20
deep knee bends for 30 0 10
6 6 The first 30 with the recovery period 0 10

to measure the radial pulse 10 0
7 Next 7 for 40 on the 1st minute of the 0 10

recovery period to measure BP 0 10
8 8 From the 50th to the pulse counting 0 20

again in 10 second segments to restore
the original frequency , written
evidence in the record 20 0
9 9 Measure the blood pressure at the 0 10

end of each minute recovery period 0
10
10 Rate 10 results ( to determine the type 0 10

of hemodynamic response to the load )
0 10
Total 20 * x 100 h/100 100
Determination of the functional state of the respiratory system by quiz and

Stange Genchi
Objective: teaching students the art of sampling and Stange Genchi to assess
the functional state of the respiratory system.
Steps for :
executed
(0 points)
correctly

instruments : a stopwatch. 0 5

3 3 The subject makes a full inhale and 0 10

exhale , then inhale (80-90% of
maximum) , covers the nose and
mouth 10 0
4 4 Note the time delay from the time 0 10

prior to its termination, record the
result 0 10
5 Rate 5 results 0 20 0 20

executed
(0 points)
correctly


3 3 The subject makes a full exhalation 0 10

and inhalation , then exhale and hold
his breath 0 10
result 0 10
Total 20 * x 100 h/100 100
Determination of the functional state of the respiratory system using quizs

Serkin
Objective: teaching students the art of quiz Serkin to assess the functional state of
the respiratory system.
Steps for :

executed
(0 points)
correctly


3 3 The subject makes a full inhale and 0 10

exhale , then inhale (80-90% of
maximum) , covers the nose and
mouth 10 0

result 0 10
5 5 The subject performs 20 deep knee 0 15

bends in 30 seconds , takes a breath
and holds his breath 0 15
6 6 Select the time from the delay to its 0 10

termination , record the result 0 10
7 7 Surveyed rest for 1 minute 5 0 0 5
8 8 The subject inhales and holds his 0 10

breath 0 10
9 9 Select the time from the delay to its 0 10

termination , record the result 0 10
10 Rate 10 20 0 results 0 20
Total 20 * x 100 h/100 100
Determination of the functional state of the autonomic nervous system with the
help of orthostatic
Objective: teaching students the art of orthostatic quiz to assess the functional
state of the autonomic nervous system.
Steps for :

executed
(0 points)
correctly

table, chair , couch ) and the necessary
stethoscope 0 10
2 February 5 - minute stay in the 0 10

horizontal position of the subject 10 0
3 3 Calculate the radial pulse for 15 0 15

seconds , measure blood pressure,
write the result 0 15
4 4 Surveyed quietly rises 10 0 0 10
5 5 Immediately after getting to calculate 0 15

the radial pulse for 15 seconds and
measure the blood pressure, write the
result 0 15
6 6 Surveyed resting 1 minute 0 10 0 10
7 7 Calculate the radial pulse for 15 0 15

seconds and measure the blood
pressure, write the result 0 15
8 Rate 8 0 15 results 0 15
Total 20 * x 100 h/100 100
Determination of the functional state of the autonomic nervous system using

wedge- orthostatic
Objective: teaching students the art of the wedge- orthostatic quiz to assess the
functional state of the autonomic nervous system.

executed
(0 points)
correctly

table, chair , couch ) and the necessary
stethoscope 0 10
2 2 We surveyed , in a standing position , 0 25

to calculate the radial pulse for 15
seconds , measure blood pressure,
write the result 0 25
3 3 The subject lies quietly on the couch 0 10
0 10
4 4 Immediately after the horizontal 0 25

position to calculate the radial pulse
for 15 seconds and measure the blood
pressure, write the result 0 25
Total 20 * x 100 h/100 100
Criteria for assessing the practical part of the lesson .
Evaluation of the practical classes is 40% of rated current control . Maximum of 20

points.
On the subject of " medical control " every practical skill consists of 5-15 steps,

incorrectly or reduced points : if improperly performed from 1 to 4 points , at
Amount of points by a factor of 0.2 umnozhantsya .
For example: a student scored 80 points for the implementation of practical skill ,
multiply by a factor of 0.2 , will 80h0 , 2 = 16 points.
Maximum
score 25-22 21-18 8 points and
17-14 13-9
points below
36% or below
100%-86% 85%-71% 70-55% 54%-37%
14. Forms of control knowledge , skills and abilities
• oral
• Written
• solving situational problems
• demonstration of skills mastered .
Joint evaluation criteria table theoretical and analytical , practical and self-
employment units
Unsatisfactor
Rating Excellent Good Fair Poor y
№
%
100%- 36% and below
Performance 85%-71% 70-55% 54%-37%
86%
Theoretical
1 25-22 point 21-18 8points and
part 17-14 point 13-9 point
points below
Analytical 30-26 25-21

2 20-16point 15-11point 10 points and below
part point points
3 Practical part 40-34 points 33-28 14 points and

27-22 points 21-15 points
points below
Independent 4,2-3,6 1,8 points and
4 5-4,3 point 3,5-2,8 point 2,7-1,9 point
work point below
15. Criteria for evaluation of the current control
Achievers number - Score

№ Progress in mark Level of student knowledge
%
1. 96-100% excellent Full correct answer to questions about the tasks of
«5»
sports, athletes survey scheme , physical development,
learning methods , evaluation and correction of physical
development . Summarizes and makes decisions , think
creatively , independently analyzes . Situational problems
are solved correctly , with a creative approach , with full
Actively and creatively involved in interactive games , right

to make informed decisions and summarizes and analyzes .
Actively involved in the development of practical skills and

properly performing.
CDS prepared high quality (abstract, slides , banner, video )

with no less than 10 online sources and literature in recent
years.
2. 91-95% 2 . 91-95 % complete correct answer to questions about

the tasks of sports medicine and medical monitoring for
exercise and sports, athletes survey scheme , physical
development, learning methods , evaluation and correction of
physical development . Summarizes and makes decisions ,
think creatively , independently analyzes . Situational problems
are solved correctly , with a creative approach , with full
Actively and creatively involved in interactive games , right

to make informed decisions and summarizes and analyzes .
Actively involved in the development of practical skills and

properly performing.

years.
3. 86-90% Excellent "5" The questions about the tasks of sports medicine and
«5» medical monitoring for exercise and sports, athletes survey
scheme , physical development, learning methods ,
evaluation and correction of physical development lit
enough , but there are 1-2 errors in the response. Applies in
practice , with the matter , said confidently , has fine views.
Situational problems are solved correctly , but the
justification answer sufficiently.
Actively involved in interactive games , correct decisions .

Actively involved in the development of practical skills , but
there are 2-3 mistakes in their implementation .

years.
4. 81-85% Good «4» The questions about the tasks of sports medicine and
medical monitoring for exercise and sports, athletes survey
scheme , physical development, learning methods ,
evaluation and correction of physical development is fully
covered , but there are 2-3 inaccuracies, errors . Applies in
practice , with the matter , said confidently , has fine views.
Situational problems are solved correctly , but the
justification answer sufficiently. Inaccuracies in solving
situational problems .
Actively involved in interactive games , correct decisions .


years.

«4» monitoring for exercise and sports, athletes survey scheme ,
physical development (RF ) , learning methods , evaluation and
correction of physical development but fully understands the
methods of assessing risk factors . With the matter , said
confidently , has fine views. Actively involved in interactive
games . Situational problem gives partial solutions .



«4»
monitoring for exercise and sports, athletes survey scheme ,
physical development, but incomplete lists methods of
examination, evaluation and correction of physical
development . With the matter , said confidently , has fine
views. Actively involved in interactive games . Situational
problem gives partial solutions .


7. 66-70% on the correct answer half of the questions . Student

physical development, but poorly versed in the methods of
Satisfact development . With the matter , said uncertainly , has
ory «3» accurate representations only on specific issues theme.
Situational problems are solved correctly , but there is no
justification response. Passive when discussing CDS. Passive
during the development of practical skills , makes mistakes
when they are executed .
8. 61-65% correct answer half of the questions . Student knows
about the problems of sports medicine and medical
monitoring for exercise and sports, athletes survey scheme
, physical development, but poorly versed in the methods
of examination, evaluation and correction of physical
development . With the matter , said uncertainly , has
accurate representations only on specific issues theme.


9. 55-60% correct answer to 40 % of the questions . Student knows

about the problems of sports medicine and medical
physical development, but poorly versed in the methods of
development . With the matter , said uncertainly , has
accurate representations only on specific issues theme.
Passive during the development of practical skills , makes

mistakes when they are executed .

years. The abstract mistakes , broken logical sequence of
topics subject was not disclosed . Improper design of slides
and posters. Passive when discussing CDS.
10. 31-54% dissatisfa less than 40% coverage of the issues in the wrong
ction «2» approach. Student does not know about the problems of
sports, athletes survey scheme , physical development.
Practically versed in the methods of examination, evaluation
and correction of physical development . Homework is not
satisfied.
Passive during the development of practical skills , making

numerous mistakes in their implementation .
CDS performed with numerous errors , using only 1-2

online sources and literature, poorly framed , the student can
not present their work . Passive when discussing CDS.
11. 20-30% dissatisfa "2" is present on the student practical training in the
ction «2» proper form , there is a workbook . Questions not answers. Do
not know about the problems of sports medicine and medical
physical development. Not involved in the development of
practical skills.
Homework is not satisfied. CDS is not prepared . Passive in

class . Violates discipline prevents conduct classes .
Literature:
Summary (O):
1.Bogolyubov VA "Overall physiotherapy" Moscow, 2001.
2.Ulaschik VS "Physiotherapy", Moscow, 2003.
3.Bogolyubov VA "Methods and techniques of physiotherapy," Moscow,
2001.
4.Pasynkov EI "Overall physiotherapy" (textbook for honey. Institutions)
1969.
5.Speransky AP "Tutorial physiotherapy" (for honey. Institutions) 1975.
6.Yuldashev K., Y. Kulikov "Physiotherapy" (textbook for students) in 1994.
7. "Manual Physical Therapy" under. Ed. AN Obrosova
8. "Physiotherapy Handbook", ed. IN Sosin.
9.Komarova LA, LA Blagovidova "Guidelines for physical therapies."
10.Pasynkov EI "Physiotherapy" darslik 1995. (In Uzbek. Language)
11.Pasynkov EI "Physiotherapy" darsligi 1966. (In Uzbek. Language.)
12.Yasnogorodsky VG "Electrotherapy" 1987. Medicine.
General (R)
1.Tsarfis PG, Kiselev VB "Therapeutic muds and other natural coolants" 1990.
2.Bassina VG Bergnitsky YM "Climatotherapy" Directory. Semfiropol. 1990
3.Biryukov AA "Massage satellite health" book for students 1992.
4.Korhin MA IM Rabinovich Gymnastics at home. L. Flax. Izdat. 1990.
5.Oransky IE, Ilhamdzhanova RS "Quick reference to physical therapy." g
6. "Manual Physical Therapy" under. Ed. VG Iasnogorodski M. Medicine,
1992.
7.Vorobev MG, V. Vorobyov "Physiotherapy at home" St. Petersburg, 1992
8.Ulaschik VS "Home physiotherapy" Minsk. Belarus. 1993
9.Umarova HT, Karachevtsev TV "Physiotherapy in Pediatrics", T., ed of
Avicenna, 1993
10.Larsky EG "Modern methods of electrophoresis» Review lit. 1990.
11.Soloveva TR "Magnetotherapy equipment." M. Medicine, 1991.
12.Yuldashev KY "Non-drug treatments for prevention and
rehabilitation." Sat scientific. works. TA-1994.
13.Yuldashev KY "Preformed natural and physical factors in the prevention
and rehabilitation." T. - 1991.
Foreign Literature:
1. Eckel M. Phizikoterapie 1 65. 2000

2. Consuelo T Lorenzo et al. Physical Medicine and
Rehabilitation Medscape Reference 2011 - WebMD
4. Marlis Gonzalez-Fernandez, MD, PhD, Jarrod David Friedman,
MD Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Pocket Companion
5. Harrast mark, MD, Jonathan Finnoff, DO Sports Medicine Study Guide
and Review for Boards
7. Sara J. Cuccurullo (Editor) Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Board
8. Teylor SB, Miller NH "B asic physiologic principils relatied to Group
exirsise programs" Fila delphiya 1990
9. Tehaxton L. "Phithiological psythological and Effects of Short Term
exirsise eddiction on habitual Runners. " 1992 96.
10. Wainapel, Stanley F.; Fast, Avital (Editors) Alternative Medicine and
Rehabilitation A Guide for Practitioners 2003 - Demos Medical Publishing.
Internet sources:
http://www . ze.ru

Perevod Behzod Nodira PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Perevod Behzod Nodira PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

MINISTRY OF HIGHERAND SECONDARYSPECIAL EDUCATION

MINISTRY OF HEALTH OF THE REPUBLIC OF UZBEKISTAN

TASHKENT MEDICAL ACADEMY

«________» _______________ 2014г.

Field of knowledge:700000 - “Health and welfare”

Field of study: 720000 — «Health»

Direction of education: 5720400 - «Stomatology»

Visogorceva.O.N.Senior Lecturer of folk medicine, rehabilitation and physical

Agzamova.Sh.A.Associate professor of ambulatory medicine and rehabilitation

Work program on the subject drawn up in accordance with the curriculum in

Physiotherapy - a field of medicine that studies the effects on the body

The purpose of training:

Studying the application of natural and preformed physical factors in

2 Reshape the physical factors. Electrotherapy (permanent and transient 2

3 Reshape the physical factors. Electrotherapy (alternating currents, 2

Lecture number 1. Subject and tasks of physiotherapy. Classification of

Contents Topics: History of physiotherapy as a science. Scientific contribution of

Lecture number 2. Reshape the physical factors. Electrotherapy (permanent

Content themes : Physical characteristics of galvanic current . Biophysical

The notion of electrophoresis. Advantages electrophoresis. Terms of drug

Pulse currents , classification according to the shape and frequency of pulses (

Lecture number 3. Reshape the physical factors. Electrotherapy (alternating

Ultrasoundtherapy . Characteristic physical factor . Holding ultrasound through

Phototherapy . Feature svetolechebnyh factors. Mechanisms of action depending

Peloidotherapy , mud . Types of therapeutic muds and their composition . The

Hydrotherapy . Hydrotherapy , balneotherapy . The mechanisms of action , the

Integral Lecture: (horizontal integration) Introduction to physical therapy.

Note: The presentation included lectures.

Literature:Basic(О). 1,2,3,4,5,6,10. Additional (D).10, 11, 14.

4.Content of practical lessons

1 2 1.Electroanalgesia methods in dentistry. 2 О.1,2,3,4,5,

3 3 1. Laser therapy in dentistry. 2 О.1,2,3,4,5,

2. The role of physical factors in the

1. Usage of multimedia presentation during lessons

1. Eckel M. Phizikoterapie 1 65. 2000

Tashkent Medical Academy

Pro-rector for Academic Affairs

Prof. Teshaev O.R.

Department of Folk Medicine, Rehabilitation and Physical Education

GALVANIZATION. ELECTROPHORESIS. LECTROSLEEP. DIADYNAMIC

Guidelines for teachers and students of

In clinical residency (2 years) performed sovershens t Vovan practical

Competence requirements for doctors by specialty "F izioter and Pius":

Knowledge, skills and abilities / manipulation / specialty.

Physiotherapy dental disease includes theoretical

In clinical residency (2 years) performed sovershens t Vovan practical

Competence requirements for doctors by specialty "F izioter and Pius":

www.alhealth.com, www.docguide.com, www.healthweb.com,www.acsm.org,

The chairman of the prof. phD Karimov M. Sh.

Composers: the senior teacher Badalova

At faculty meeting № ______ from __________ 2014

The technology of training is discussed and confirmed on therapeutic section CMC

The chairman of the prof. phD Karimov M. Sh.

Medical control is important in the scientific substantiation of the theory and

1.1. Purpose and objectives of teaching.

- health-care provision of training and competition sites, mass participation of

- prevention and treatment of sports injuries, pathological conditions, diseases;

- consultation in the field of physical culture and sports;

- a teaching guide to medical control cabinets and work a common network of

- health education and advocacy among the population

1.2.Requirements for knowledge, skills of students

During obtaining knowledge of subject of “Physiotherapy, Medical control

• list the criteria for evaluating physical development;

«» _______ 2014г.

At faculty meeting № from ____ 2014